Professional Documents
Culture Documents
CAD:CAM
CAD:CAM
testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Seat No -
Total number of questions : 60
1) All questions are Multiple Choice Questions having single correct option.
7) Use only black/blue ball point pen to darken the appropriate circle.
A : Hydraulic
B : Manual
C : Pneumatic
D : Electric motor
Q.no 2. The use of computers to control the operation of production process is known as
A : CAD
B : CAE
C : CAM
D : CAQ
A:1
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 1/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B:2
C:3
D:4
A : internal gripper
B : external gripper
A : design
B : introduction
C : decline
D : growth
A : FDM
B : SLS
C : EDM
D : LOM
A : AS/RS
B : AGV's
C : Lathe
D : CNC Machines
Q.no 8. What are types of Automation (a) Hard Automation, (b) Soft Automation
A : Only (a)
B : Only (b)
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 2/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : Extension of CAM
B : management philosophy
C : a type of automation
A : Plasma
B : Powder
C : Liquid
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 3/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
D : Solid
A : Hard
B : Soft
C : Programmable
D : Open
A : FDM
B : SLS
C : LOM
D : SLA
A:2
B:3
C:6
D:9
Q.no 18. The transformation that is used to alter the size of an object is …………..
A : Scaling
B : Rotation
C : Translation
D : Reflection
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 4/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Q.no 19. Reflection is the process of obtaining a ………image of the original shape.
A : Smaller
B : Larger
C : Slant
D : Mirror
A:2
B:3
C:4
D:6
A : Hyperbola
B : Bezier curve
C : B-spline curve
Q.no 22. The nature of loading at various locations and other surfaces conditions called
A : boundary condition
B : traction
C : friction
D : surfacing
A : G74
B : G78
C : G81
D : G85
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 5/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Q.no 24. When the series of motion of the tool is repeated number of times which of the following
command is used
A : Subroutines
B : Canned cycle
C : Macros
A : the shape function has a unit value at one nodal point and zero value at the other nodes
C : both a & b
Q.no 26. In CNC programming, cutter radius compensation to left and right are specified by
A : q101.jpg
B : q102.jpg
C : q103.jpg
D : q104.jpg
Q.no 28. The number of moveable joints in the base, the arm, and the end effectors of the robot
determines
A : degrees of freedom
B : payload capacity
C : operational limits
D : flexibility
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 6/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : low quantity
B : medium quantity
C : batch quantity
D : huge quantity
Q.no 30. The unit vector in the direction of the line is defined as …………
Q.no 31. If a Robot can alter its own trajectory in response to external conditions, it is considered
to be
A : Intelligent
B : Mobile
C : Non servo
D : Open loop
Q.no 32. The degree of the curve is independent of the number of control point in ……..
B : Bezier curve
C : B-spline curve
D : Hyperbola
Q.no 33. Which of the following person used the name robotics first time in print?
A : Josef capek
B : Karel capek
C : Isaac asimov
D : Newton
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 7/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Q.no 34. The region throughout which a robot arm can accomplish tasks is called its:
A : Coordinate geometry.
B : Reference axis.
C : Reference frame.
D : Work envelope.
Q.no 35. The equation for thermal stress in each element is ________.
A : σ = E (Bq + α Δt)
B : σ = E (Bq - α Δt)
C : σ = E (B + α Δt)
D : σ = E (B - α Δt)
Q.no 36. Which of the following is not a method for calculation of the stiffness matrix
B : Galerkin's principle
Q.no 37. The __________ of a robot is the smallest increment of movement into which the robot
can divide its work volume
A : control resolution
B : spatial resolution
C : accuracy
D : precision
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 8/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : wrist roll
B : wrist Pitch
C : wrist Yaw
D : Rotational traverse
Q.no 40. During the execution of a CNC part program block NO20 GO2 X45.0 Y25.0 R5.0 the
type of tool motion will be
C : linear Interpolation
D : rapid feed
A : Manipulator
B : Gripper
C : Wrist
D : End Effector
A:N
B:N+N
C : N(N-1)
D : N*N
Q.no 43. Sensors which are come in contact with some surface to measured desired physical
variable are known as____.
A : Non-contact sensors
B : Proximity sensors
C : Contact sensors
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 9/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Q.no 44. The number of ways in which a robot arm can move is known as
A : Degrees of rotation.
B : Degrees of freedom.
C : Degrees of arc.
D : Coordinate geometry
A : CAPP
B : CIM
C : FMS
D : Group Technology
Q.no 46. According to __________ movements and arrangement of links different configurations
are possible
A : arm
B : joint
C : grippers
D : end effector
A:N
B : N+N
C : N(N-1)
D : N*N
Q.no 48. In the following geometric modeling techniques which is not a three dimensional
modeling?
A : Wireframe modeling
B : Drafting
C : Surface modeling
D : Solid modeling
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 10/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Q.no 49. The movement of arm along its axis is called the ______
A : vertical traverse
B : Radial Traverse
C : Rotational Traverse
D : wrist Yaw
Q.no 50. Spherical coordinates can uniquely define the position of a point in up to:
A : One dimension
B : Two dimensions
C : Three dimensions
D : Four dimensions
A : Flexible
B : Programmable
C : Fixed
D : Extended
A : Warpage
B : Staircase effect
A : Number of points
A : Flexible Automation
B : Group Technology
C : Fixed Automation
Q.no 56. For 1-D bar elements if the structure is having 3 nodes then the stiffness matrix formed
is having an order of
A : 2*2
B : 3*3
C : 4*4
D : 6*6
Q.no 57. The composite transformation to rotate about any arbitrary point can be written as
A : q501.jpg
B : q502.jpg
C : q503.jpg
D : q504.jpg
Q.no 58. In _________ stage of PLM Sales are at peak and profit is maximum
A : introduction
B : growth
C : maturity
D : decline
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 12/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Q.no 60. Rotor of _________motor contains the permanent magnet, whereas the stator consists of
the coil segments and iorn
A : Brushless DC motor
B : AC servomotor
C : stepper motor
D : Vane motor
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 13/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 1/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 3/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 4/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Seat No -
Total number of questions : 60
1) All questions are Multiple Choice Questions having single correct option.
7) Use only black/blue ball point pen to darken the appropriate circle.
Q.no 1. Which transformation distorts the shape of an object such that the transformed shape
appear as if the object is composed of internal layers that are slided over each other
A : Rotation
B : Scaling
C : Shearing
D : Reflection
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 1/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : Oxygen
B : Nitrogen
C : Hydrogen
D : Carbon
Q.no 4. To solve the FEM problem, it subdivides the large problem into smaller, simpler parts
that are called
A : Finite elements
B : Infinite elements
C : Dynamic elements
D : Static elements
Q.no 5. PLM starts with conception of product and extends upto its
A : maintainance
B : manufacturing
C : disposal
D : service
A : Tactile sensor
B : Proximity sensor
C : Visual sensor
D : Range detector
Q.no 7. The extent to which a machine vision system can differentiate between two objects is
called the:
A : Magnification
B : Sensitivity
C : Selectivity
D : Resolution
Q.no 8. What are types of Automation (a) Hard Automation, (b) Soft Automation
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 2/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : Only (a)
B : Only (b)
A : Material
B : Machine
C : Scale
D : Time
A : M04
B : M05
C : M06
D : M08
A : Inversely proportional
B : Directly proportional
C : Exponential
D : Independent
A : Rayleigh-Ritz method
A : design
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 3/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : introduction
C : decline
D : growth
Q.no 14. Sensors are the transducers that are used to____.
A : internal gripper
B : external gripper
A:2
B:3
C:4
D:6
A : G00
B : G01
C : G02
D : G03
Q.no 18. In FEA, the use of smaller-sized elements will lead to _______ computation time
A : less
B : More
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 4/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
D : can't say
A : Selecting
B : Sorting
C : Scaling
D : Skewing
A : programmable automation
B : fixed automation
C : Flexible Automation
D : electronic automation
Q.no 21. The transformation that is used to alter the size of an object is …………..
A : Scaling
B : Rotation
C : Translation
D : Reflection
Q.no 22. Reflection is the process of obtaining a ………image of the original shape.
A : Smaller
B : Larger
C : Slant
D : Mirror
A : Artificial intelligence.
B : An expert system.
C : An analytical engine
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 5/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : G74
B : G78
C : G81
D : G85
Q.no 25. When every entity of the geometric model remain parallel to its initial position, the
transformation is called as……….
A : Scaling
B : Translation
C : Rotation
D : Mirror
Q.no 26. Internal state sensors are used for measuring __________ of the end effector.
A : Position
Q.no 27. Binary sensor are basically switches which respond to the ______________
Q.no 28. In penalty approach, rigid support is considered as a spring having _________ stiffness.
A : zero
B : very small
C : very large
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 6/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
D : Infinite
Q.no 29. In CNC programming, cutter radius compensation to left and right are specified by
A : Axial force
B : point force
C : Bending
D : Both A & C
Q.no 31. The number of moveable joints in the base, the arm, and the end effectors of the robot
determines
A : degrees of freedom
B : payload capacity
C : operational limits
D : flexibility
Q.no 32. A devive which is mounted on the tool plate and used to make intentional contact with
an object or to produce robots final effects on its surroundings by performing particular tasks
A : End effector
B : arm
C : joint
D : body
Q.no 33. From the following, which one will require 4 matrices to multiply to get the final
position?
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 7/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : Timing belts
B : Gear pairs
C : Gear Motors
D : Harmonic Drives
Q.no 35. Match the following part programme codes with their respective functions
P) G01 I. Spindle speed
Q) G03 II. Spindle rotation clockwise
R) M03 III. Circular interpolation CCW
S) M05 IV. Linear interpolation
Q.no 36. The __________ of a robot is the smallest increment of movement into which the robot
can divide its work volume
A : control resolution
B : spatial resolution
C : accuracy
D : precision
A : home position
Q.no 38. According to __________ movements and arrangement of links different configurations
are possible
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 8/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : arm
B : joint
C : grippers
D : end effector
A : 1 Point
B : 2 Points
C : 3 Points
D : 4 Points
A : CAPP
B : CIM
C : FMS
D : Group Technology
Q.no 41. In a CNC programme block,N002 G02 G91 X40 Z40………G02 & G91 refers to
A : Extension of CAM
C : a type of automation
Q.no 43. Which of the following terms IS NOT one of the five basic parts of a robot?
A : peripheral tools
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 9/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : end effectors
C : controller
D : drive
A : inductive sensors
B : binary sensor
C : capacitive sensor
D : ultrasonic sensor
Q.no 45. The degree of the curve is independent of the number of control point in ……..
B : Bezier curve
C : B-spline curve
D : Hyperbola
A:N
B:N+N
C : N(N-1)
D : N*N
C : NC Robot
D : Playback robot
Q.no 48. Which of the following terms refers to the rotational motion of a robot arm?
A : swivel
B : axle
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 10/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : retrograde
D : roll
A : Potentiometer
B : forse sensor
C : tacho-meter
D : capital encoder
A : Compressive
B : Tensile
C : Shear
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 11/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
D : Bending
Q.no 54. In an NC machining operation, the tool has to be moved from point (5, 4) to point (7, 2)
along a circular path with centre at (5, 2). Before starting the operation, the tool is at (5, 4). The
correct G and N codes for this motion are
A : N010GO3X7.0Y2.0I5.0J2.0
B : N010GO2X7.0Y2.0I5.0J2.0
C : N010GO1X7.0Y2.0I5.0J2.0
D : N010GOOX7.0Y2.0I5.0J2.0
Q.no 55. Rotor of _________motor contains the permanent magnet, whereas the stator consists of
the coil segments and iorn
A : Brushless DC motor
B : AC servomotor
C : stepper motor
D : Vane motor
Q.no 56. …………..allows the user to view the object from different angles.
A : Rotation
B : Translation
C : Reflection
D : Skewing
Q.no 57. The composite transformation to rotate about any arbitrary point can be written as
A : q501.jpg
B : q502.jpg
C : q503.jpg
D : q504.jpg
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 12/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Q.no 59. In _________ stage of PLM Sales are at peak and profit is maximum
A : introduction
B : growth
C : maturity
D : decline
Q.no 60. In a CNC milling operation, the tool has to machine the circular arc from point (20,
20) to (10, 10) at a sequence number 5 of the CNC part programme. If the center of the arc is at
(20, 10) and machine has incremental mode of defining position coordinates, the correct tool path
command is,
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 13/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 1/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 3/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 4/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Seat No -
Total number of questions : 60
1) All questions are Multiple Choice Questions having single correct option.
7) Use only black/blue ball point pen to darken the appropriate circle.
Q.no 1. When every entity of the geometric model remain parallel to its initial position, the
transformation is called as……….
A : Scaling
B : Translation
C : Rotation
D : Mirror
A : Sensors
B : Controller
C : Drives
D : Manipulator
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 1/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : G00
B : G01
C : G02
D : G03
Q.no 6. If the size of the elements is small, the final solution is expected to be ______ accurate.
A : More
B : less
D : can't say
A : programmable automation
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 2/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : fixed automation
C : Flexible Automation
D : electronic automation
A : Smaller
B : Larger
C : Slant
D : Mirror
C : drilling operation
D : turning operation
A : always exact
B : sometimes exact
C : never exact
D : mostly approximate
Q.no 14. Which of the following is a two dimensional cartesian coordinate system
Q.no 15. The …..is used to create a surface using curves that form closed boundaries.
A : ruled surface
B : plane surface
C : coons patch
D : surface of revolution
Q.no 16. Which one of the following in not Rapid Prototyping Process -
A : FDM
B : SLS
C : EDM
D : LOM
A : Proximity
B : Photo
C : Acaustic
D : Tactile
A:1
B:2
C:3
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 4/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
D:4
Q.no 19. The transformation that is used to alter the size of an object is …………..
A : Scaling
B : Rotation
C : Translation
D : Reflection
Q.no 20. Which type of motor is NOT used in axis or spindle drives of CNC machine tool
A : Induction motor
B : DC servo motor
C : Stepper motor
A : Actuators
B : Controller
C : Sensors
D : Manipulator
A : Electrical Engineering
B : Mechanical Engineering
C : Computer Science
D : Chemical
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 5/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : Powder
B : Liquid
C : Solid
D : Plasma
A:1
B:2
C:3
D:0
A : Axial force
B : point force
C : Bending
D : Both A & C
Q.no 27. Which of the basic parts of a robot unit would include the computer circuitry that could
be programmed to determine what the robot would do?
A : sensor
B : controller
C : arm
D : end effector
Q.no 28. In absolute coordinate system, line is to be drawn from (0, 0) to 8 units on the X-axis
and 5 units on Y-axis, the second point of the line is specified by
A : (5, 8)
B : (5, 0)
C : (0, 8)
D : (8, 5)
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 6/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : Magnetic
B : Mechanical
C : Contracting
D : Pneumatic
A:N
B : N+N
C : N(N-1)
D : N*N
A:3
B:6
C:9
D : 12
A : Screw type
B : Piston type
C : Bladder type
D : Swivel type
Q.no 33. A rectangle is to be rotated by 30 degree clockwise about an arbitrary point. Which
transformation is performed first.
A : Translation
B : Scaling
C : Cloclwise rotation
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 7/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Q.no 34. A devive which is mounted on the tool plate and used to make intentional contact with
an object or to produce robots final effects on its surroundings by performing particular tasks
A : End effector
B : arm
C : joint
D : body
A : material properties
B : section properties
C : thermal properties
D : nodal loads
C : NC Robot
D : Playback robot
A : N/mm2
B : Pascal
A : wrist roll
B : wrist Pitch
C : wrist Yaw
D : Rotational traverse
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 8/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Q.no 39. From the following, which one will require 4 matrices to multiply to get the final
position?
Q.no 40. Parts made by _________ require coating to prevent moisture absorbtion
A : SLS
B : LOM
C : FDM
D : AJM
A : q101.jpg
B : q102.jpg
C : q103.jpg
D : q104.jpg
Q.no 42. According to __________ movements and arrangement of links different configurations
are possible
A : arm
B : joint
C : grippers
D : end effector
Q.no 43. In truss analysis, the reactions can be found by using the equation ______.
A : R=KQ+F
B : R=KQ-F
C : R=K+QF
D : R=K-QF
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 9/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Q.no 44. Internal state sensors are used for measuring __________ of the end effector.
A : Position
Q.no 45. Compact Disc (CD) is in its _________________ phase of ‘Product Lifecycle’
A : introduction
B : growth
C : maturity
D : decline
A : Extension of CAM
C : a type of automation
Q.no 47. An automotive robot might best keep itself traveling down a specific lane of traffic by
using:
A : Binaural hearing
B : Epipolar navigation
C : Edge detection
Q.no 48. Match the following part programme codes with their respective functions
P) G01 I. Spindle speed
Q) G03 II. Spindle rotation clockwise
R) M03 III. Circular interpolation CCW
S) M05 IV. Linear interpolation
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 10/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : Manipulator
B : Gripper
C : Wrist
D : End Effector
A : Potentiometer
B : forse sensor
C : tacho-meter
D : capital encoder
Q.no 51. which actuator provide robot greater speed and strength
A : Pneumatic
B : hydraulic
C : electric
D : digital
Q.no 53. Rotor of _________motor contains the permanent magnet, whereas the stator consists of
the coil segments and iorn
A : Brushless DC motor
B : AC servomotor
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 11/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : stepper motor
D : Vane motor
Q.no 54. In an NC machining operation, the tool has to be moved from point (5, 4) to point (7, 2)
along a circular path with centre at (5, 2). Before starting the operation, the tool is at (5, 4). The
correct G and N codes for this motion are
A : N010GO3X7.0Y2.0I5.0J2.0
B : N010GO2X7.0Y2.0I5.0J2.0
C : N010GO1X7.0Y2.0I5.0J2.0
D : N010GOOX7.0Y2.0I5.0J2.0
A : Flexible
B : Programmable
C : Fixed
D : Extended
Q.no 56. Which of the following is included in Application function Machine Vision System?
A : Camera,Frame Grabber
D : both a & c
A : Flexible Automation
B : Group Technology
C : Fixed Automation
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 12/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : Warpage
B : Staircase effect
A : Simplification
B : Specialization
C : Order of operations
D : CIM
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 13/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 1/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 3/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 4/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Seat No -
Total number of questions : 60
1) All questions are Multiple Choice Questions having single correct option.
7) Use only black/blue ball point pen to darken the appropriate circle.
Q.no 1. According to Asimov’s three laws, under what circumstances is it all right for a robot to
injure a human being?
A : Never
C : In case of an accident.
A : AS/RS
B : AGV's
C : Lathe
D : CNC Machines
Q.no 3. ____ sensors are used to identify objects for pick and place purpose.
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 1/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : Range detectors
B : Infrared sensors
C : Vision sensors
D : Photo-metric sensors
A : Oxygen
B : Nitrogen
C : Hydrogen
D : Carbon
Q.no 5. When every entity of the geometric model remain parallel to its initial position, the
transformation is called as……….
A : Scaling
B : Translation
C : Rotation
D : Mirror
Q.no 6. PLM starts with conception of product and extends upto its
A : maintainance
B : manufacturing
C : disposal
D : service
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 2/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : M04
B : M05
C : M06
D : M08
A : Track drive
B : Robot arm
C : Vision system
D : Robot controller.
Q.no 11. Which transformation distorts the shape of an object such that the transformed shape
appear as if the object is composed of internal layers that are slided over each other
A : Rotation
B : Scaling
C : Shearing
D : Reflection
A:1
B:2
C:3
D:0
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 3/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : Truss element
B : Bar element
C : Pipe element
D : All a, b & c
A : line element
B : spar element
C : truss element
D : beam element
A : Material
B : Machine
C : Scale
D : Time
A : turning process
B : boring process
D : knurling process
Q.no 17. Adaptive control system measures following for control of speed or feed
A : input variables
B : output variables
D : outputvariable - inputvariable
A : Inversely proportional
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 4/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : Directly proportional
C : Exponential
D : Independent
Q.no 19. The nature of loading at various locations and other surfaces conditions called
A : boundary condition
B : traction
C : friction
D : surfacing
B: Point-to-point positioning
C : Absolute positioning
D : Incremental positioning
Q.no 21. The degree of freedom for of a two -node bar element are
A:1
B:2
C:3
D:4
A : programmable automation
B : fixed automation
C : Flexible Automation
D : electronic automation
A:3
B:6
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 5/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C:9
D:0
A : internal gripper
B : external gripper
A : Solid
B : Plasma
C : Powder
D : Liquid
Q.no 27. Which of the following is not a method for calculation of the stiffness matrix
B : Galerkin's principle
Q.no 28. The number of moveable joints in the base, the arm, and the end effectors of the robot
determines
A : degrees of freedom
B : payload capacity
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 6/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : operational limits
D : flexibility
Q.no 29. A robot arm that moves along three independent axes, each of which is straight and
perpendicular to the other two, employs:
A : Revolute geometry.
A : 2n-1
B : 2n
C : 1/2n
D : 2n-2
C : Metric Mode
D : Go to Home Position
A : Spline
B : Hyperbola
C : Parabola
D : Ellipse
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 7/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Q.no 34. The degree of the curve is independent of the number of control point in ……..
B : Bezier curve
C : B-spline curve
D : Hyperbola
A:3
B:6
C:9
D : 12
A : Axial force
B : point force
C : Bending
D : Both A & C
B : Metric mode
A : q201.jpg
B : q202.jpg
C : q203.jpg
D : q204.jpg
A : Manipulator
B : Gripper
C : Wrist
D : End Effector
A : Fit
B : Form
C : Failure
D : Function
Q.no 42. The movement of arm along its axis is called the ______
A : vertical traverse
B : Radial Traverse
C : Rotational Traverse
D : wrist Yaw
A : Timing belts
B : Gear pairs
C : Gear Motors
D : Harmonic Drives
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 9/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Q.no 44. For the CNC part programming, match group A with group B. P) Circular
interpolation , CCW I. G02
Q) Dwell II. G03
R) Circular interpolation, clockwise III. G04
S) Point to point countering IV. G00
A : q101.jpg
B : q102.jpg
C : q103.jpg
D : q104.jpg
A : SLA
B : SVS
C : FDM
D : 3D Printing
A : wrist roll
B : wrist Pitch
C : wrist Yaw
D : Rotational traverse
A : q301.jpg
B : q302.jpg
C : q303.jpg
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 10/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
D : q304.jpg
A : Prismatic joint
B : rotating joint
C : revolving joint
D : twist joint
Q.no 50. If a Robot can alter its own trajectory in response to external conditions, it is considered
to be
A : Intelligent
B : Mobile
C : Non servo
D : Open loop
Q.no 52. Circular arc on a part profile is being machined on a vertical CNC milling machine.
CNC part programme using metric units and absolute dimensions is listed below N60 G01 X30
Y35 Z-5 F50; N70 G02 X50 Y35 R20;
N80 G01 Z5; The coordinates of the centers of the circular arcs are
A : (30, 55)
B: (50, 55)
C : (50, 35)
D : (30, 35)
Q.no 53. Which of the following is NOT a type of robot cell layout?
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 11/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Q.no 54. For 1-D bar elements if the structure is having 3 nodes then the stiffness matrix formed
is having an order of
A : 2*2
B : 3*3
C : 4*4
D : 6*6
A : SLS
B : LOM
C : FDM
D : SLA
Q.no 56. The composite transformation to rotate about any arbitrary point can be written as
A : q501.jpg
B : q502.jpg
C : q503.jpg
D : q504.jpg
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 12/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : Flexible
B : Programmable
C : Fixed
D : Extended
Q.no 60. In _________ stage of PLM Sales are at peak and profit is maximum
A : introduction
B : growth
C : maturity
D : decline
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 13/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 1/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 3/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 4/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Seat No -
Total number of questions : 60
1) All questions are Multiple Choice Questions having single correct option.
7) Use only black/blue ball point pen to darken the appropriate circle.
A : Hydraulic
B : Manual
C : Pneumatic
D : Electric motor
A : programmable automation
B : fixed automation
C : Flexible Automation
D : electronic automation
Q.no 8. Which of the following is not method of expressing the feed in milling machines
A : Direct
B : Soft
C : Cluster
D : Hard
Q.no 10. When smooth cure is appoximated through the data points, then the curve is known as
……
A : interpolant curve
B : approximation curve
C : pitch curve
D : data curve
Q.no 11. Synthetic curve pass through defined data points and thus can be represented by ……..
A : polynominal
B : exponential
D : differential equation
A : G27
B : G28
C : G29
D : G30
A : Hard
B : Soft
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 3/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : Programmable
D : Open
Q.no 14. When every entity of the geometric model remain parallel to its initial position, the
transformation is called as……….
A : Scaling
B : Translation
C : Rotation
D : Mirror
Q.no 15. Which transformation distorts the shape of an object such that the transformed shape
appear as if the object is composed of internal layers that are slided over each other
A : Rotation
B : Scaling
C : Shearing
D : Reflection
A : bar
B : triangle
C : hexahedron
D : tetrahedron
Q.no 18. A triangular plane stress element has how many degrees of freedom
A:3
B:4
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 4/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C:5
D:6
A : internal gripper
B : external gripper
D : unemployment
Q.no 21. Adaptive control system measures following for control of speed or feed
A : input variables
B : output variables
D : outputvariable - inputvariable
A : Rabota
B : Robota
C : Rebota
D : Ribota
A : Artificial intelligence.
B : An expert system.
C : An analytical engine
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 5/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Q.no 24. What prevents arobotic instrument fromrunning into other objects
A : negative image
B : functional manipulators
C : memory
D : sensors
Q.no 25. The art of dividing the structure into a convenient number of smaller elements is known
as
A : assemblage
B : continuum
C : traction
D : discretization
Q.no 26. Parts made by _________ require coating to prevent moisture absorbtion
A : SLS
B : LOM
C : FDM
D : AJM
A : Simultaneous
B : Concurrent
C : Reverse
D : Balanced
B : Metric mode
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 6/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Q.no 30. From the following, which method is also called as Building Block Approach?
A : Cellular Decomposition
B : Spatial Occupancy
C : Generalized Sweeps
A : Playback Robot
B : NC Robot
C : Intelligent Robot
Q.no 32. In truss analysis, the reactions can be found by using the equation ______.
A : R=KQ+F
B : R=KQ-F
C : R=K+QF
D : R=K-QF
A:N
B : N+N
C : N(N-1)
D : N*N
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 7/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Q.no 34. The number of ways in which a robot arm can move is known as
A : Degrees of rotation.
B : Degrees of freedom.
C : Degrees of arc.
D : Coordinate geometry
Q.no 35. In which of the following operations Continuous Path System is used
C : Continuous welding
D : loading only
Q.no 36. Compact Disc (CD) is in its _________________ phase of ‘Product Lifecycle’
A : introduction
B : growth
C : maturity
D : decline
Q.no 37. During the execution of a CNC part program block NO20 GO2 X45.0 Y25.0 R5.0 the
type of tool motion will be
C : linear Interpolation
D : rapid feed
A : N/mm2
B : Pascal
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 8/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Q.no 39. Binary sensor are basically switches which respond to the ______________
Q.no 40. Which of the following person used the name robotics first time in print?
A : Josef capek
B : Karel capek
C : Isaac asimov
D : Newton
B : when same type of operations with same steps with different dimensions are to be repeated
Q.no 42. For a robot unit to be considered a functional industrial robot, typically, how many
degrees of freedom would the robot have?
A : three
B : four
C : six
D : eight
Q.no 43. Which of the following terms refers to the rotational motion of a robot arm?
A : swivel
B : axle
C : retrograde
D : roll
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 9/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : Magnetic
B : Mechanical
C : Contracting
D : Pneumatic
A : Plasma
B : Powder
C : Liquid
D : Solid
A : Analytical
C : Bezier
D : B-spline
C : NC Robot
D : Playback robot
Q.no 48. The operation of the vision system consists of three functions: sensing and digitizing
image data ,Image processing and analysis and..
A : Processing
B : Application
C : Orientation
D : Descriptors
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 10/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Q.no 49. In absolute coordinate system, line is to be drawn from (0, 0) to 8 units on the X-axis
and 5 units on Y-axis, the second point of the line is specified by
A : (5, 8)
B : (5, 0)
C : (0, 8)
D : (8, 5)
Q.no 50. Which of the following terms IS NOT one of the five basic parts of a robot?
A : peripheral tools
B : end effectors
C : controller
D : drive
Q.no 51. …………..allows the user to view the object from different angles.
A : Rotation
B : Translation
C : Reflection
D : Skewing
Q.no 52. which actuator provide robot greater speed and strength
A : Pneumatic
B : hydraulic
C : electric
D : digital
Q.no 53. In an NC machining operation, the tool has to be moved from point (5, 4) to point (7, 2)
along a circular path with centre at (5, 2). Before starting the operation, the tool is at (5, 4). The
correct G and N codes for this motion are
A : N010GO3X7.0Y2.0I5.0J2.0
B : N010GO2X7.0Y2.0I5.0J2.0
C : N010GO1X7.0Y2.0I5.0J2.0
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 11/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
D : N010GOOX7.0Y2.0I5.0J2.0
A : Flexible
B : Programmable
C : Fixed
D : Extended
A : Compressive
B : Tensile
C : Shear
D : Bending
A : Warpage
B : Staircase effect
Q.no 58. For 1-D bar elements if the structure is having 3 nodes then the stiffness matrix formed
is having an order of
A : 2*2
B : 3*3
C : 4*4
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 12/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
D : 6*6
A : SLS
B : LOM
C : FDM
D : SLA
A : Simplification
B : Specialization
C : Order of operations
D : CIM
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 13/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 1/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 3/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 4/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Seat No -
Total number of questions : 60
1) All questions are Multiple Choice Questions having single correct option.
7) Use only black/blue ball point pen to darken the appropriate circle.
A:1
B:2
C:3
D:4
A : Powder
B : Liquid
C : Solid
D : Plasma
A:1
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 1/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B:2
C:3
D:4
A:1
B:2
C:3
D:0
A : Hard
B : Soft
C : Programmable
D : Open
Q.no 6. The extent to which a machine vision system can differentiate between two objects is
called the:
A : Magnification
B : Sensitivity
C : Selectivity
D : Resolution
A : G74
B : G78
C : G81
D : G85
Q.no 8. When every entity of the geometric model remain parallel to its initial position, the
transformation is called as……….
A : Scaling
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 2/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : Translation
C : Rotation
D : Mirror
Q.no 9. From the following which type of element is not two dimensional
A : Rectangle
B : Quadrilateral
C : parallelogram
D : Tetrahedron
Q.no 10. If the size of the elements is small, the final solution is expected to be ______ accurate.
A : More
B : less
D : can't say
A : Truss element
B : Bar element
C : Pipe element
D : All a, b & c
D : unemployment
A : Actuators
B : Controller
C : Sensors
D : Manipulator
Q.no 15. Which transformation distorts the shape of an object such that the transformed shape
appear as if the object is composed of internal layers that are slided over each other
A : Rotation
B : Scaling
C : Shearing
D : Reflection
Q.no 16. When every entity of the geometric model remain parallel to its initial position, the
transformation is called as……….
A : Scaling
B : Translation
C : Rotation
D : Mirror
A : Selecting
B : Sorting
C : Scaling
D : Skewing
Q.no 18. The use of computers to control the operation of production process is known as
A : CAD
B : CAE
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 4/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : CAM
D : CAQ
A : the shape function has a unit value at one nodal point and zero value at the other nodes
C : both a & b
Q.no 22. Reflection is the process of obtaining a ………image of the original shape.
A : Smaller
B : Larger
C : Slant
D : Mirror
Q.no 23. The nature of loading at various locations and other surfaces conditions called
A : boundary condition
B : traction
C : friction
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 5/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
D : surfacing
A:2
B:3
C:6
D:9
Q.no 25. Which of the following is not a method to describe a curve mathematically?
A : Explicit form
B : Laplace form
C : Implicit form
D : Parametric form
A : q301.jpg
B : q302.jpg
C : q303.jpg
D : q304.jpg
Q.no 27. The unit vector in the direction of the line is defined as …………
A : 2n-1
B : 2n
C : 1/2n
D : 2n-2
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 6/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : Magnetic
B : Mechanical
C : Contracting
D : Pneumatic
Q.no 30. A rectangle is to be rotated by 30 degree clockwise about an arbitrary point. Which
transformation is performed first.
A : Translation
B : Scaling
C : Cloclwise rotation
Q.no 31. A robot arm that moves along three independent axes, each of which is straight and
perpendicular to the other two, employs:
A : Revolute geometry.
A : Plasma
B : Powder
C : Liquid
D : Solid
Q.no 33. The equation for thermal stress in each element is ________.
A : σ = E (Bq + α Δt)
B : σ = E (Bq - α Δt)
C : σ = E (B + α Δt)
D : σ = E (B - α Δt)
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 7/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Q.no 34. From the following, which method is also called as Building Block Approach?
A : Cellular Decomposition
B : Spatial Occupancy
C : Generalized Sweeps
Q.no 35. In penalty approach, rigid support is considered as a spring having _________ stiffness.
A : zero
B : very small
C : very large
D : Infinite
Q.no 36. The __________ of a robot is the smallest increment of movement into which the robot
can divide its work volume
A : control resolution
B : spatial resolution
C : accuracy
D : precision
Q.no 37. The number of moveable joints in the base, the arm, and the end effectors of the robot
determines
A : degrees of freedom
B : payload capacity
C : operational limits
D : flexibility
Q.no 38. With reference to NC machine, which of the following statements is wrong
B : Paper tapes, floppy tapes and cassettes are used for data storage
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 8/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : wrist roll
B : wrist Pitch
C : wrist Yaw
D : Rotational traverse
A : Potentiometer
B : forse sensor
C : tacho-meter
D : capital encoder
A : q101.jpg
B : q102.jpg
C : q103.jpg
D : q104.jpg
A : N/mm2
B : Pascal
Q.no 43. In the following geometric modeling techniques which is not a three dimensional
modeling?
A : Wireframe modeling
B : Drafting
C : Surface modeling
D : Solid modeling
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 9/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Q.no 44. For a robot unit to be considered a functional industrial robot, typically, how many
degrees of freedom would the robot have?
A : three
B : four
C : six
D : eight
Q.no 45. If a Robot can alter its own trajectory in response to external conditions, it is considered
to be
A : Intelligent
B : Mobile
C : Non servo
D : Open loop
Q.no 46. In absolute coordinate system, line is to be drawn from (0, 0) to 8 units on the X-axis
and 5 units on Y-axis, the second point of the line is specified by
A : (5, 8)
B : (5, 0)
C : (0, 8)
D : (8, 5)
Q.no 47. In a CNC programme block,N002 G02 G91 X40 Z40………G02 & G91 refers to
Q.no 48. Which of the following places would be LEAST likely to include operational robots?
A : warehouse
B : factory
C : hospitals
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 10/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
D : private homes
C : NC Robot
D : Playback robot
A : digital
B : pneumatic
C : electric
D : hydraulic
A : SLS
B : LOM
C : FDM
D : SLA
Q.no 52. For 1-D bar elements if the structure is having 3 nodes then the stiffness matrix formed
is having an order of
A : 2*2
B : 3*3
C : 4*4
D : 6*6
A : Simplification
B : Specialization
C : Order of operations
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 11/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
D : CIM
Q.no 54. In a CNC milling operation, the tool has to machine the circular arc from point (20,
20) to (10, 10) at a sequence number 5 of the CNC part programme. If the center of the arc is at
(20, 10) and machine has incremental mode of defining position coordinates, the correct tool path
command is,
A : Warpage
B : Staircase effect
Q.no 57. Rotor of _________motor contains the permanent magnet, whereas the stator consists of
the coil segments and iorn
A : Brushless DC motor
B : AC servomotor
C : stepper motor
D : Vane motor
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 12/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : Number of points
A : Flexible
B : Programmable
C : Fixed
D : Extended
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 13/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 1/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 3/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 4/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Seat No -
Total number of questions : 60
1) All questions are Multiple Choice Questions having single correct option.
7) Use only black/blue ball point pen to darken the appropriate circle.
C : Higher flexibility
D : Improved quality
A : Artificial intelligence.
B : An expert system.
C : An analytical engine
A : Truss element
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 1/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : Bar element
C : Pipe element
D : All a, b & c
A : Hydraulic
B : Manual
C : Pneumatic
D : Electric motor
A : home position
A : Actuators
B : Controller
C : Sensors
D : Manipulator
A:1
B:2
C:3
D:0
A : Track drive
B : Robot arm
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 2/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : Vision system
D : Robot controller.
Q.no 10. The art of dividing the structure into a convenient number of smaller elements is known
as
A : assemblage
B : continuum
C : traction
D : discretization
A : G04
B : G03
C : G02
D : G01
A : Oxygen
B : Nitrogen
C : Hydrogen
D : Carbon
A:2
B:3
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 3/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C:4
D:6
Q.no 14. The Robot designed with Cartesian coordinate systems has
Q.no 15. What are types of Automation (a) Hard Automation, (b) Soft Automation
A : Only (a)
B : Only (b)
Q.no 16. ____ sensors are used to identify objects for pick and place purpose.
A : Range detectors
B : Infrared sensors
C : Vision sensors
D : Photo-metric sensors
Q.no 17. PLM starts with conception of product and extends upto its
A : maintainance
B : manufacturing
C : disposal
D : service
A : design
B : introduction
C : decline
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 4/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
D : growth
Q.no 19. When every entity of the geometric model remain parallel to its initial position, the
transformation is called as……….
A : Scaling
B : Translation
C : Rotation
D : Mirror
A : bar
B : triangle
C : hexahedron
D : tetrahedron
Q.no 21. Adaptive control system measures following for control of speed or feed
A : input variables
B : output variables
D : outputvariable - inputvariable
Q.no 22. The use of computers to control the operation of production process is known as
A : CAD
B : CAE
C : CAM
D : CAQ
A : always exact
B : mostly approximate
C : sometimes exact
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 5/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
D : never exact
A : G27
B : G28
C : G29
D : G30
A : G74
B : G78
C : G81
D : G85
Q.no 26. The degree of the curve is independent of the number of control point in ……..
B : Bezier curve
C : B-spline curve
D : Hyperbola
Q.no 28. A robot arm that moves along three independent axes, each of which is straight and
perpendicular to the other two, employs:
A : Revolute geometry.
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 6/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Q.no 29. A devive which is mounted on the tool plate and used to make intentional contact with
an object or to produce robots final effects on its surroundings by performing particular tasks
A : End effector
B : arm
C : joint
D : body
Q.no 30. Binary sensor are basically switches which respond to the ______________
A : Direction measurement.
B : Epipolar navigation.
C : Distance measurement.
D : Machine vision.
A : Timing belts
B : Gear pairs
C : Gear Motors
D : Harmonic Drives
A : material properties
B : section properties
C : thermal properties
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 7/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
D : nodal loads
Q.no 34. On gathering stiffness and loads, the system of equations is given by
A : KQ=F
B : KQ≠F
C : K=QF
D : K≠QF
Q.no 36. The unit vector in the direction of the line is defined as …………
Q.no 37. The __________ of a robot is the smallest increment of movement into which the robot
can divide its work volume
A : control resolution
B : spatial resolution
C : accuracy
D : precision
A : Analytical
C : Bezier
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 8/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
D : B-spline
A : SLA
B : SVS
C : FDM
D : 3D Printing
A:3
B:6
C:9
D : 12
Q.no 41. The curve is defined as the locus of point moving with ……degree of freedom.
A : Zero
B : One
C : Two
D : Three
Q.no 42. Which of the following person used the name robotics first time in print?
A : Josef capek
B : Karel capek
C : Isaac asimov
D : Newton
Q.no 43. If a Robot can alter its own trajectory in response to external conditions, it is considered
to be
A : Intelligent
B : Mobile
C : Non servo
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 9/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
D : Open loop
A:N
B:N+N
C : N(N-1)
D : N*N
Q.no 45. In CNC programming, cutter radius compensation to left and right are specified by
A : SLR
B : SLS
C : LOM
D : FDM
Q.no 47. According to __________ movements and arrangement of links different configurations
are possible
A : arm
B : joint
C : grippers
D : end effector
Q.no 48. For the CNC part programming, match group A with group B. P) Circular
interpolation , CCW I. G02
Q) Dwell II. G03
R) Circular interpolation, clockwise III. G04
S) Point to point countering IV. G00
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 10/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : multiple gripper
C : notch gripper
D : internal gripper
A : 1 Point
B : 2 Points
C : 3 Points
D : 4 Points
A : Flexible
B : Programmable
C : Fixed
D : Extended
Q.no 53. which actuator provide robot greater speed and strength
A : Pneumatic
B : hydraulic
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 11/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : electric
D : digital
A : Compressive
B : Tensile
C : Shear
D : Bending
A : reducing WIP
B : controlong WIP
C : maintaining WIP
D : extending WIP
Q.no 57. In an NC machining operation, the tool has to be moved from point (5, 4) to point (7, 2)
along a circular path with centre at (5, 2). Before starting the operation, the tool is at (5, 4). The
correct G and N codes for this motion are
A : N010GO3X7.0Y2.0I5.0J2.0
B : N010GO2X7.0Y2.0I5.0J2.0
C : N010GO1X7.0Y2.0I5.0J2.0
D : N010GOOX7.0Y2.0I5.0J2.0
Q.no 58. Rotor of _________motor contains the permanent magnet, whereas the stator consists of
the coil segments and iorn
A : Brushless DC motor
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 12/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : AC servomotor
C : stepper motor
D : Vane motor
A : Flexible
B : Programmable
C : Fixed
D : Extended
Q.no 60. For 1-D bar elements if the structure is having 3 nodes then the stiffness matrix formed
is having an order of
A : 2*2
B : 3*3
C : 4*4
D : 6*6
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 13/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 1/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 3/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 4/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Seat No -
Total number of questions : 60
1) All questions are Multiple Choice Questions having single correct option.
7) Use only black/blue ball point pen to darken the appropriate circle.
Q.no 1. Which type of motor is NOT used in axis or spindle drives of CNC machine tool
A : Induction motor
B : DC servo motor
C : Stepper motor
A : internal gripper
B : external gripper
Q.no 4. When the curve passes through all the data points, then the curve is known as …….
A : approximation curve
B : pitch curve
C : data curve
D : interpolant curve
A:1
B:2
C:3
D:4
A : End of programe
B : End of block
D : Coolant on/off
A:1
B:2
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 2/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C:3
D:4
Q.no 10. Which of the following drive system is not used in Robotics
A : Hydraulic
B : Manual
C : Pneumatic
D : Electric motor
Q.no 11. The degree of freedom for of a two -node bar element are
A:1
B:2
C:3
D:4
A : Plasma
B : Powder
C : Liquid
D : Solid
Q.no 13. If the size of the elements is small, the final solution is expected to be ______ accurate.
A : More
B : less
D : can't say
A : design
B : introduction
C : decline
D : growth
A : always exact
B : mostly approximate
C : sometimes exact
D : never exact
A : G00
B : G01
C : G02
D : G03
Q.no 17. When the series of motion of the tool is repeated number of times which of the following
command is used
A : Subroutines
B : Canned cycle
C : Macros
Q.no 18. To solve the FEM problem, it subdivides the large problem into smaller, simpler parts
that are called
A : Finite elements
B : Infinite elements
C : Dynamic elements
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 4/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
D : Static elements
A : Track drive
B : Robot arm
C : Vision system
D : Robot controller.
Q.no 20. For truss analysis, which type of elements are used
A : Triangle
B: Bar
C : Rectangle
D : Parallelogram
Q.no 21. Which of the following is not a method to describe a curve mathematically?
A : Explicit form
B : Laplace form
C : Implicit form
D : Parametric form
A : always exact
B : sometimes exact
C : never exact
D : mostly approximate
Q.no 23. When every entity of the geometric model remain parallel to its initial position, the
transformation is called as……….
A : Scaling
B : Translation
C : Rotation
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 5/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
D : Mirror
Q.no 24. Which of the following tooling methods does not exist
A : Direct
B : Soft
C : Cluster
D : Hard
A:1
B:2
C:3
D:0
Q.no 26. From the following, which method is also called as Building Block Approach?
A : Cellular Decomposition
B : Spatial Occupancy
C : Generalized Sweeps
A : Extension of CAM
C : a type of automation
Q.no 28. For the CNC part programming, match group A with group B. P) Circular
interpolation , CCW I. G02
Q) Dwell II. G03
R) Circular interpolation, clockwise III. G04
S) Point to point countering IV. G00
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 6/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : Direction measurement.
B : Epipolar navigation.
C : Distance measurement.
D : Machine vision.
C : NC Robot
D : Playback robot
Q.no 32. During the execution of a CNC part program block NO20 GO2 X45.0 Y25.0 R5.0 the
type of tool motion will be
C : linear Interpolation
D : rapid feed
Q.no 33. The unit vector in the direction of the line is defined as …………
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 7/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Q.no 34. In a CNC programme block,N002 G02 G91 X40 Z40………G02 & G91 refers to
A : digital
B : pneumatic
C : electric
D : hydraulic
Q.no 36. A rectangle is to be rotated by 30 degree clockwise about an arbitrary point. Which
transformation is performed first.
A : Translation
B : Scaling
C : Cloclwise rotation
B : Metric mode
A : Touch Sensor
B : Force Sensor
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 8/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : Range Sensor
D : Position sensor
Q.no 39. An automotive robot might best keep itself traveling down a specific lane of traffic by
using:
A : Binaural hearing
B : Epipolar navigation
C : Edge detection
Q.no 40. Which of the basic parts of a robot unit would include the computer circuitry that could
be programmed to determine what the robot would do?
A : sensor
B : controller
C : arm
D : end effector
Q.no 41. Which of the following person used the name robotics first time in print?
A : Josef capek
B : Karel capek
C : Isaac asimov
D : Newton
Q.no 42. The equation for thermal stress in each element is ________.
A : σ = E (Bq + α Δt)
B : σ = E (Bq - α Δt)
C : σ = E (B + α Δt)
D : σ = E (B - α Δt)
Q.no 43. Sensors which are come in contact with some surface to measured desired physical
variable are known as____.
A : Non-contact sensors
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 9/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : Proximity sensors
C : Contact sensors
B : when same type of operations with same steps with different dimensions are to be repeated
Q.no 45. Which of the following terms IS NOT one of the five basic parts of a robot?
A : peripheral tools
B : end effectors
C : controller
D : drive
Q.no 46. Match the following part programme codes with their respective functions
P) G01 I. Spindle speed
Q) G03 II. Spindle rotation clockwise
R) M03 III. Circular interpolation CCW
S) M05 IV. Linear interpolation
A : home position
Q.no 48. Internal state sensors are used for measuring __________ of the end effector.
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 10/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : Position
Q.no 49. In which of the following operations Continuous Path System is used
C : Continuous welding
D : loading only
A : Spline
B : Hyperbola
C : Parabola
D : Ellipse
Q.no 51. The composite transformation to rotate about any arbitrary point can be written as
A : q501.jpg
B : q502.jpg
C : q503.jpg
D : q504.jpg
A : Simplification
B : Specialization
C : Order of operations
D : CIM
Q.no 53. In a CNC milling operation, the tool has to machine the circular arc from point (20,
20) to (10, 10) at a sequence number 5 of the CNC part programme. If the center of the arc is at
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 11/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
(20, 10) and machine has incremental mode of defining position coordinates, the correct tool path
command is,
Q.no 54. Circular arc on a part profile is being machined on a vertical CNC milling machine.
CNC part programme using metric units and absolute dimensions is listed below N60 G01 X30
Y35 Z-5 F50; N70 G02 X50 Y35 R20;
N80 G01 Z5; The coordinates of the centers of the circular arcs are
A : (30, 55)
B: (50, 55)
C : (50, 35)
D : (30, 35)
Q.no 56. Which of the following is NOT a type of robot cell layout?
A : Number of points
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 12/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Q.no 58. which actuator provide robot greater speed and strength
A : Pneumatic
B : hydraulic
C : electric
D : digital
A : Flexible
B : Programmable
C : Fixed
D : Extended
A : Warpage
B : Staircase effect
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 13/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 1/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 3/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 4/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Seat No -
Total number of questions : 60
1) All questions are Multiple Choice Questions having single correct option.
7) Use only black/blue ball point pen to darken the appropriate circle.
D : Servo-controlled machine
A : Tactile sensor
B : Proximity sensor
C : Visual sensor
D : Range detector
A : reaming
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 1/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : parting
C : grooving
D : facing
A : Proximity
B : Photo
C : Acaustic
D : Tactile
A : Oxygen
B : Nitrogen
C : Hydrogen
D : Carbon
Q.no 6. If the size of the elements is small, the final solution is expected to be ______ accurate.
A : More
B : less
D : can't say
A:1
B:2
C:3
D:0
Q.no 8. A triangular plane stress element has how many degrees of freedom
A:3
B:4
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 2/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C:5
D:6
Q.no 9. Which transformation distorts the shape of an object such that the transformed shape
appear as if the object is composed of internal layers that are slided over each other
A : Rotation
B : Scaling
C : Shearing
D : Reflection
A : turning process
B : boring process
D : knurling process
A : SLS
B : LOM
C : FDM
D : SLA
A:3
B:6
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 3/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C:9
D:0
A : Force sensor
B : Tactile sensor
C : Proximity sensor
A : G04
B : G03
C : G02
D : G01
Q.no 17. The transformation that is used to alter the size of an object is …………..
A : Scaling
B : Rotation
C : Translation
D : Reflection
Q.no 18. When every entity of the geometric model remain parallel to its initial position, the
transformation is called as……….
A : Scaling
B : Translation
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 4/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : Rotation
D : Mirror
Q.no 19. Which of the following drive system is not used in Robotics
A : Hydraulic
B : Manual
C : Pneumatic
D : Electric motor
A : Selecting
B : Sorting
C : Scaling
D : Skewing
A : Rayleigh-Ritz method
A : End of programe
B : End of block
D : Coolant on/off
A : design
B : introduction
C : decline
D : growth
A:2
B:3
C:4
D:6
Q.no 26. Compact Disc (CD) is in its _________________ phase of ‘Product Lifecycle’
A : introduction
B : growth
C : maturity
D : decline
A : Flexible
B : Programmable
C : Fixed
D : Extended
A : Flexible
B : Open
C : Programmable
D : Fixed
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 6/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Q.no 29. If a Robot can alter its own trajectory in response to external conditions, it is considered
to be
A : Intelligent
B : Mobile
C : Non servo
D : Open loop
A : Direction measurement.
B : Epipolar navigation.
C : Distance measurement.
D : Machine vision.
C : Metric Mode
D : Go to Home Position
A : Prismatic joint
B : rotating joint
C : revolving joint
D : twist joint
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 7/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Q.no 34. In the following geometric modeling techniques which is not a three dimensional
modeling?
A : Wireframe modeling
B : Drafting
C : Surface modeling
D : Solid modeling
A : Plasma
B : Powder
C : Liquid
D : Solid
A : Actuators
B : Power supply
C : Micro controllers
D : Robotic arm
Q.no 37. With reference to NC machine, which of the following statements is wrong
B : Paper tapes, floppy tapes and cassettes are used for data storage
A : Playback Robot
B : NC Robot
C : Intelligent Robot
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 8/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Q.no 39. In absolute coordinate system, line is to be drawn from (0, 0) to 8 units on the X-axis
and 5 units on Y-axis, the second point of the line is specified by
A : (5, 8)
B : (5, 0)
C : (0, 8)
D : (8, 5)
A : Mechanism
B : vaccume
C : magnet
D : adhesive material
Q.no 41. In CNC programming, cutter radius compensation to left and right are specified by
Q.no 42. Which of the following person used the name robotics first time in print?
A : Josef capek
B : Karel capek
C : Isaac asimov
D : Newton
A : Manipulator
B : Gripper
C : Wrist
D : End Effector
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 9/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Q.no 44. Which of the following is not a method for calculation of the stiffness matrix
B : Galerkin's principle
Q.no 45. Spherical coordinates can uniquely define the position of a point in up to:
A : One dimension
B : Two dimensions
C : Three dimensions
D : Four dimensions
A : Spline
B : Hyperbola
C : Parabola
D : Ellipse
Q.no 47. Sensors which are come in contact with some surface to measured desired physical
variable are known as____.
A : Non-contact sensors
B : Proximity sensors
C : Contact sensors
A : Fit
B : Form
C : Failure
D : Function
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 10/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : q201.jpg
B : q202.jpg
C : q203.jpg
D : q204.jpg
A : low quantity
B : medium quantity
C : batch quantity
D : huge quantity
Q.no 51. Which of the following is included in Application function Machine Vision System?
A : Camera,Frame Grabber
D : both a & c
Q.no 52. Rotor of _________motor contains the permanent magnet, whereas the stator consists of
the coil segments and iorn
A : Brushless DC motor
B : AC servomotor
C : stepper motor
D : Vane motor
Q.no 53. For 1-D bar elements if the structure is having 3 nodes then the stiffness matrix formed
is having an order of
A : 2*2
B : 3*3
C : 4*4
D : 6*6
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 11/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : Compressive
B : Tensile
C : Shear
D : Bending
A : Flexible Automation
B : Group Technology
C : Fixed Automation
A : Warpage
B : Staircase effect
A : Flexible
B : Programmable
C : Fixed
D : Extended
A : Simplification
B : Specialization
C : Order of operations
D : CIM
A : reducing WIP
B : controlong WIP
C : maintaining WIP
D : extending WIP
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 13/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 1/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 3/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 4/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Seat No -
Total number of questions : 60
1) All questions are Multiple Choice Questions having single correct option.
7) Use only black/blue ball point pen to darken the appropriate circle.
A:1
B:2
C:3
D:0
A : Tactile sensor
B : Proximity sensor
C : Visual sensor
D : Range detector
A : Direct
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 1/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : Soft
C : Cluster
D : Hard
Q.no 4. To solve the FEM problem, it subdivides the large problem into smaller, simpler parts
that are called
A : Finite elements
B : Infinite elements
C : Dynamic elements
D : Static elements
A:2
B:3
C:6
D:9
A : Triangle
B: Bar
C : Rectangle
D : Parallelogram
D : unemployment
A : G00
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 2/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : G01
C : G02
D : G03
A:3
B:6
C:9
D:0
A : Inversely proportional
B : Directly proportional
C : Exponential
D : Independent
A : Hard
B : Soft
C : Programmable
D : Open
Q.no 12. Which of the following drive system is not used in Robotics
A : Hydraulic
B : Manual
C : Pneumatic
D : Electric motor
Q.no 13. What are types of Automation (a) Hard Automation, (b) Soft Automation
A : Only (a)
B : Only (b)
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 3/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : Hyperbola
B : Bezier curve
C : B-spline curve
A : turning process
B : boring process
D : knurling process
A : the shape function has a unit value at one nodal point and zero value at the other nodes
C : both a & b
Q.no 17. From the following which type of element is not two dimensional
A : Rectangle
B : Quadrilateral
C : parallelogram
D : Tetrahedron
Q.no 18. Which of the following is not method of expressing the feed in milling machines
A : internal gripper
B : external gripper
Q.no 20. The nature of loading at various locations and other surfaces conditions called
A : boundary condition
B : traction
C : friction
D : surfacing
Q.no 21. What prevents arobotic instrument fromrunning into other objects
A : negative image
B : functional manipulators
C : memory
D : sensors
A : Proximity
B : Photo
C : Acaustic
D : Tactile
A : programmable automation
B : fixed automation
C : Flexible Automation
D : electronic automation
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 5/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Q.no 24. When smooth cure is appoximated through the data points, then the curve is known as
……
A : interpolant curve
B : approximation curve
C : pitch curve
D : data curve
A : bar
B : triangle
C : hexahedron
D : tetrahedron
A : Magnetic
B : Mechanical
C : Contracting
D : Pneumatic
Q.no 27. In the following geometric modeling techniques which is not a three dimensional
modeling?
A : Wireframe modeling
B : Drafting
C : Surface modeling
D : Solid modeling
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 6/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : when same type of operations with same steps with different dimensions are to be repeated
Q.no 30. Which of the following is not a method for calculation of the stiffness matrix
B : Galerkin's principle
Q.no 31. The curve is defined as the locus of point moving with ……degree of freedom.
A : Zero
B : One
C : Two
D : Three
A : inductive sensors
B : binary sensor
C : capacitive sensor
D : ultrasonic sensor
A : SLR
B : SLS
C : LOM
D : FDM
Q.no 35. The degree of the curve is independent of the number of control point in ……..
B : Bezier curve
C : B-spline curve
D : Hyperbola
A : Simultaneous
B : Concurrent
C : Reverse
D : Balanced
A : Flexible
B : Programmable
C : Fixed
D : Extended
Q.no 39. Sensors which are come in contact with some surface to measured desired physical
variable are known as____.
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 8/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : Non-contact sensors
B : Proximity sensors
C : Contact sensors
Q.no 40. Which of the following terms refers to the rotational motion of a robot arm?
A : swivel
B : axle
C : retrograde
D : roll
Q.no 41. A rectangle is to be rotated by 30 degree clockwise about an arbitrary point. Which
transformation is performed last.
A : Scaling
B : Cloclwise rotation
D : Inverse translation
Q.no 42. The unit vector in the direction of the line is defined as …………
A:0
B : 0.5
C:1
D:2
Q.no 44. A robot arm that moves along three independent axes, each of which is straight and
perpendicular to the other two, employs:
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 9/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : Revolute geometry.
A : 2n-1
B : 2n
C : 1/2n
D : 2n-2
A : Direction measurement.
B : Epipolar navigation.
C : Distance measurement.
D : Machine vision.
Q.no 47. Which of the basic parts of a robot unit would include the computer circuitry that could
be programmed to determine what the robot would do?
A : sensor
B : controller
C : arm
D : end effector
Q.no 48. In a CNC programme block,N002 G02 G91 X40 Z40………G02 & G91 refers to
Q.no 49. Spherical coordinates can uniquely define the position of a point in up to:
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 10/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : One dimension
B : Two dimensions
C : Three dimensions
D : Four dimensions
A : wrist roll
B : wrist Pitch
C : wrist Yaw
D : Rotational traverse
A : Simplification
B : Specialization
C : Order of operations
D : CIM
Q.no 53. In _________ stage of PLM Sales are at peak and profit is maximum
A : introduction
B : growth
C : maturity
D : decline
Q.no 54. Which of the following is NOT a type of robot cell layout?
Q.no 55. Which of the following is included in Application function Machine Vision System?
A : Camera,Frame Grabber
D : both a & c
A : Number of points
Q.no 59. In a CNC milling operation, the tool has to machine the circular arc from point (20,
20) to (10, 10) at a sequence number 5 of the CNC part programme. If the center of the arc is at
(20, 10) and machine has incremental mode of defining position coordinates, the correct tool path
command is,
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 12/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : reducing WIP
B : controlong WIP
C : maintaining WIP
D : extending WIP
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 13/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 1/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 3/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 4/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Seat No -
Total number of questions : 60
1) All questions are Multiple Choice Questions having single correct option.
7) Use only black/blue ball point pen to darken the appropriate circle.
Q.no 1. Which type of motor is NOT used in axis or spindle drives of CNC machine tool
A : Induction motor
B : DC servo motor
C : Stepper motor
A : Smaller
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 1/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : Larger
C : Slant
D : Mirror
A : Selecting
B : Sorting
C : Scaling
D : Skewing
A : Tactile sensor
B : Proximity sensor
C : Visual sensor
D : Range detector
Q.no 6. A triangular plane stress element has how many degrees of freedom
A:3
B:4
C:5
D:6
A : 3 nodes
B : 6 nodes
C : 9 nodes
D : 12 nodes
Q.no 8. The use of computers to control the operation of production process is known as
A : CAD
B : CAE
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 2/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : CAM
D : CAQ
A : M04
B : M05
C : M06
D : M08
A : Powder
B : Liquid
C : Solid
D : Plasma
A : Actuators
B : Controller
C : Sensors
D : Manipulator
A : G00
B : G01
C : G02
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 3/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
D : G03
A : Rabota
B : Robota
C : Rebota
D : Ribota
A : End of programe
B : End of block
D : Coolant on/off
A : programmable automation
B : fixed automation
C : Flexible Automation
D : electronic automation
A : AS/RS
B : AGV's
C : Lathe
D : CNC Machines
A : the shape function has a unit value at one nodal point and zero value at the other nodes
C : both a & b
Q.no 19. What are types of Automation (a) Hard Automation, (b) Soft Automation
A : Only (a)
B : Only (b)
Q.no 20. From the following which type of element is not two dimensional
A : Rectangle
B : Quadrilateral
C : parallelogram
D : Tetrahedron
Q.no 21. When every entity of the geometric model remain parallel to its initial position, the
transformation is called as……….
A : Scaling
B : Translation
C : Rotation
D : Mirror
A : home position
A : Inversely proportional
B : Directly proportional
C : Exponential
D : Independent
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 5/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Q.no 24. When every entity of the geometric model remain parallel to its initial position, the
transformation is called as……….
A : Scaling
B : Translation
C : Rotation
D : Mirror
Q.no 25. Sensors are the transducers that are used to____.
Q.no 26. If a Robot can alter its own trajectory in response to external conditions, it is considered
to be
A : Intelligent
B : Mobile
C : Non servo
D : Open loop
Q.no 27. A robot arm that moves along three independent axes, each of which is straight and
perpendicular to the other two, employs:
A : Revolute geometry.
Q.no 28. Compact Disc (CD) is in its _________________ phase of ‘Product Lifecycle’
A : introduction
B : growth
C : maturity
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 6/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
D : decline
A : inductive sensors
B : binary sensor
C : capacitive sensor
D : ultrasonic sensor
A : Touch Sensor
B : Force Sensor
C : Range Sensor
D : Position sensor
A : Analytical
C : Bezier
D : B-spline
A : q101.jpg
B : q102.jpg
C : q103.jpg
D : q104.jpg
Q.no 33. In CNC programming, cutter radius compensation to left and right are specified by
Q.no 34. The equation for thermal stress in each element is ________.
A : σ = E (Bq + α Δt)
B : σ = E (Bq - α Δt)
C : σ = E (B + α Δt)
D : σ = E (B - α Δt)
Q.no 35. From the following, which method is also called as Building Block Approach?
A : Cellular Decomposition
B : Spatial Occupancy
C : Generalized Sweeps
Q.no 36. The movement of arm along its axis is called the ______
A : vertical traverse
B : Radial Traverse
C : Rotational Traverse
D : wrist Yaw
A : Screw type
B : Piston type
C : Bladder type
D : Swivel type
A : Potentiometer
B : forse sensor
C : tacho-meter
D : capital encoder
Q.no 39. ____ sensors are used to indicate presence or absence of hot objects.
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 8/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : Vision sensors
B : Infrared sensors
C : Photo-metric sensors
D : Range detectors
Q.no 40. During the execution of a CNC part program block NO20 GO2 X45.0 Y25.0 R5.0 the
type of tool motion will be
C : linear Interpolation
D : rapid feed
A : Actuators
B : Power supply
C : Micro controllers
D : Robotic arm
Q.no 42. The unit vector in the direction of the line is defined as …………
A : SLR
B : SLS
C : LOM
D : FDM
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 9/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : Flexible
B : Open
C : Programmable
D : Fixed
Q.no 45. The region throughout which a robot arm can accomplish tasks is called its:
A : Coordinate geometry.
B : Reference axis.
C : Reference frame.
D : Work envelope.
Q.no 46. In a CNC programme block,N002 G02 G91 X40 Z40………G02 & G91 refers to
A : Playback Robot
B : NC Robot
C : Intelligent Robot
Q.no 48. The number of moveable joints in the base, the arm, and the end effectors of the robot
determines
A : degrees of freedom
B : payload capacity
C : operational limits
D : flexibility
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 10/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : q201.jpg
B : q202.jpg
C : q203.jpg
D : q204.jpg
B : multiple gripper
C : notch gripper
D : internal gripper
Q.no 51. The composite transformation to rotate about any arbitrary point can be written as
A : q501.jpg
B : q502.jpg
C : q503.jpg
D : q504.jpg
A : reducing WIP
B : controlong WIP
C : maintaining WIP
D : extending WIP
Q.no 54. Which of the following is included in Application function Machine Vision System?
A : Camera,Frame Grabber
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 11/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
D : both a & c
A : SLS
B : LOM
C : FDM
D : SLA
Q.no 57. For 1-D bar elements if the structure is having 3 nodes then the stiffness matrix formed
is having an order of
A : 2*2
B : 3*3
C : 4*4
D : 6*6
Q.no 58. Rotor of _________motor contains the permanent magnet, whereas the stator consists of
the coil segments and iorn
A : Brushless DC motor
B : AC servomotor
C : stepper motor
D : Vane motor
Q.no 59. In an NC machining operation, the tool has to be moved from point (5, 4) to point (7, 2)
along a circular path with centre at (5, 2). Before starting the operation, the tool is at (5, 4). The
correct G and N codes for this motion are
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 12/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : N010GO3X7.0Y2.0I5.0J2.0
B : N010GO2X7.0Y2.0I5.0J2.0
C : N010GO1X7.0Y2.0I5.0J2.0
D : N010GOOX7.0Y2.0I5.0J2.0
Q.no 60. In _________ stage of PLM Sales are at peak and profit is maximum
A : introduction
B : growth
C : maturity
D : decline
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 13/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 1/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 3/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 4/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Seat No -
Total number of questions : 60
1) All questions are Multiple Choice Questions having single correct option.
7) Use only black/blue ball point pen to darken the appropriate circle.
B: Point-to-point positioning
C : Absolute positioning
D : Incremental positioning
Q.no 3. ____ sensors are used to identify objects for pick and place purpose.
A : Range detectors
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 1/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : Infrared sensors
C : Vision sensors
D : Photo-metric sensors
A:3
B:6
C:9
D:0
A : always exact
B : sometimes exact
C : never exact
D : mostly approximate
A : Sensors
B : Controller
C : Drives
D : Manipulator
A : Inversely proportional
B : Directly proportional
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 2/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : Exponential
D : Independent
A : internal gripper
B : external gripper
A : FDM
B : SLS
C : LOM
D : SLA
Q.no 12. The Robot designed with Polar coordinate systems has
A : Proximity
B : Photo
C : Acaustic
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 3/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
D : Tactile
Q.no 14. The transformation that is used to alter the size of an object is …………..
A : Scaling
B : Rotation
C : Translation
D : Reflection
Q.no 16. Sensors are the transducers that are used to____.
A : always exact
B : mostly approximate
C : sometimes exact
D : never exact
Q.no 18. What prevents arobotic instrument fromrunning into other objects
A : negative image
B : functional manipulators
C : memory
D : sensors
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 4/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
D : Servo-controlled machine
Q.no 20. The transformation that is used to alter the size of an object is …………..
A : Scaling
B : Rotation
C : Translation
D : Reflection
A : G74
B : G78
C : G81
D : G85
Q.no 23. Which transformation distorts the shape of an object such that the transformed shape
appear as if the object is composed of internal layers that are slided over each other
A : Rotation
B : Scaling
C : Shearing
D : Reflection
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 5/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : Hyperbola
B : Bezier curve
C : B-spline curve
A:2
B:3
C:6
D:9
Q.no 26. A rectangle is to be rotated by 30 degree clockwise about an arbitrary point. Which
transformation is performed last.
A : Scaling
B : Cloclwise rotation
D : Inverse translation
Q.no 27. On gathering stiffness and loads, the system of equations is given by
A : KQ=F
B : KQ≠F
C : K=QF
D : K≠QF
A : Magnetic
B : Mechanical
C : Contracting
D : Pneumatic
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 6/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Q.no 29. In a CNC programme block,N002 G02 G91 X40 Z40………G02 & G91 refers to
A : Analytical
C : Bezier
D : B-spline
Q.no 31. Parts made by _________ require coating to prevent moisture absorbtion
A : SLS
B : LOM
C : FDM
D : AJM
Q.no 32. In which of the following operations Continuous Path System is used
C : Continuous welding
D : loading only
A : Prismatic joint
B : rotating joint
C : revolving joint
D : twist joint
Q.no 34. Which of the following person used the name robotics first time in print?
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 7/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : Josef capek
B : Karel capek
C : Isaac asimov
D : Newton
A:N
B : N+N
C : N(N-1)
D : N*N
A:0
B : 0.5
C:1
D:2
Q.no 37. What is the name for information sent from robot sensors to robot controllers?
A : temperature
B : pressure
C : feedback
D : signal
A : ASME
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 8/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : ASCII
C : RIA
D : ROI
Q.no 40. Compact Disc (CD) is in its _________________ phase of ‘Product Lifecycle’
A : introduction
B : growth
C : maturity
D : decline
A : Spindle OFF
B : Program END
C : Coolant OFF
D : Coolant ON
Q.no 42. In truss analysis, the reactions can be found by using the equation ______.
A : R=KQ+F
B : R=KQ-F
C : R=K+QF
D : R=K-QF
A : 2n-1
B : 2n
C : 1/2n
D : 2n-2
A : Flexible
B : Open
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 9/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : Programmable
D : Fixed
Q.no 45. From the following, which method is also called as Building Block Approach?
A : Cellular Decomposition
B : Spatial Occupancy
C : Generalized Sweeps
Q.no 46. If a Robot can alter its own trajectory in response to external conditions, it is considered
to be
A : Intelligent
B : Mobile
C : Non servo
D : Open loop
A:N
B:N+N
C : N(N-1)
D : N*N
Q.no 48. For a robot unit to be considered a functional industrial robot, typically, how many
degrees of freedom would the robot have?
A : three
B : four
C : six
D : eight
Q.no 49. Which of the following places would be LEAST likely to include operational robots?
A : warehouse
B : factory
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 10/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : hospitals
D : private homes
A : Timing belts
B : Gear pairs
C : Gear Motors
D : Harmonic Drives
Q.no 51. In a CNC milling operation, the tool has to machine the circular arc from point (20,
20) to (10, 10) at a sequence number 5 of the CNC part programme. If the center of the arc is at
(20, 10) and machine has incremental mode of defining position coordinates, the correct tool path
command is,
Q.no 53. Which of the following is NOT a type of robot cell layout?
A : reducing WIP
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 11/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : controlong WIP
C : maintaining WIP
D : extending WIP
Q.no 56. Rotor of _________motor contains the permanent magnet, whereas the stator consists of
the coil segments and iorn
A : Brushless DC motor
B : AC servomotor
C : stepper motor
D : Vane motor
A : Compressive
B : Tensile
C : Shear
D : Bending
A : Flexible
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 12/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : Programmable
C : Fixed
D : Extended
Q.no 60. Circular arc on a part profile is being machined on a vertical CNC milling machine.
CNC part programme using metric units and absolute dimensions is listed below N60 G01 X30
Y35 Z-5 F50; N70 G02 X50 Y35 R20;
N80 G01 Z5; The coordinates of the centers of the circular arcs are
A : (30, 55)
B: (50, 55)
C : (50, 35)
D : (30, 35)
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 13/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 1/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 3/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 4/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Seat No -
Total number of questions : 60
1) All questions are Multiple Choice Questions having single correct option.
7) Use only black/blue ball point pen to darken the appropriate circle.
A : Powder
B : Liquid
C : Solid
D : Plasma
Q.no 3. The …..is used to create a surface using curves that form closed boundaries.
A : ruled surface
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 1/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : plane surface
C : coons patch
D : surface of revolution
A:1
B:2
C:3
D:4
Q.no 5. What are types of Automation (a) Hard Automation, (b) Soft Automation
A : Only (a)
B : Only (b)
Q.no 6. The transformation that is used to alter the size of an object is …………..
A : Scaling
B : Rotation
C : Translation
D : Reflection
Q.no 8. Which transformation distorts the shape of an object such that the transformed shape
appear as if the object is composed of internal layers that are slided over each other
A : Rotation
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 2/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : Scaling
C : Shearing
D : Reflection
Q.no 9. Which transformation distorts the shape of an object such that the transformed shape
appear as if the object is composed of internal layers that are slided over each other
A : Rotation
B : Scaling
C : Shearing
D : Reflection
A:3
B:6
C:9
D:0
A : Selecting
B : Sorting
C : Scaling
D : Skewing
Q.no 12. From the following which type of element is not two dimensional
A : Rectangle
B : Quadrilateral
C : parallelogram
D : Tetrahedron
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 3/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Q.no 14. ____ sensors are used to identify objects for pick and place purpose.
A : Range detectors
B : Infrared sensors
C : Vision sensors
D : Photo-metric sensors
Q.no 15. The degree of freedom for of a two -node bar element are
A:1
B:2
C:3
D:4
A : reaming
B : parting
C : grooving
D : facing
A:1
B:2
C:3
D:0
Q.no 18. Which one of the following in not Rapid Prototyping Process -
A : FDM
B : SLS
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 4/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : EDM
D : LOM
Q.no 19. When smooth cure is appoximated through the data points, then the curve is known as
……
A : interpolant curve
B : approximation curve
C : pitch curve
D : data curve
A : Selecting
B : Sorting
C : Scaling
D : Skewing
A : Track drive
B : Robot arm
C : Vision system
D : Robot controller.
Q.no 22. The Robot designed with Cartesian coordinate systems has
Q.no 23. Which of the following is a two dimensional cartesian coordinate system
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 5/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : Plasma
B : Powder
C : Liquid
D : Solid
Q.no 25. When every entity of the geometric model remain parallel to its initial position, the
transformation is called as……….
A : Scaling
B : Translation
C : Rotation
D : Mirror
Q.no 26. The unit vector in the direction of the line is defined as …………
A : ASME
B : ASCII
C : RIA
D : ROI
A : wrist roll
B : wrist Pitch
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 6/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : wrist Yaw
D : Rotational traverse
Q.no 29. Which of the following terms refers to the rotational motion of a robot arm?
A : swivel
B : axle
C : retrograde
D : roll
A : Extension of CAM
C : a type of automation
Q.no 31. The degree of the curve is independent of the number of control point in ……..
B : Bezier curve
C : B-spline curve
D : Hyperbola
Q.no 32. Internal state sensors are used for measuring __________ of the end effector.
A : Position
Q.no 33. In CNC programming, cutter radius compensation to left and right are specified by
A:3
B:6
C:9
D : 12
Q.no 35. For a robot unit to be considered a functional industrial robot, typically, how many
degrees of freedom would the robot have?
A : three
B : four
C : six
D : eight
Q.no 36. For the CNC part programming, match group A with group B. P) Circular
interpolation , CCW I. G02
Q) Dwell II. G03
R) Circular interpolation, clockwise III. G04
S) Point to point countering IV. G00
Q.no 37. Which of the following is not a method for calculation of the stiffness matrix
B : Galerkin's principle
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 8/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : Direction measurement.
B : Epipolar navigation.
C : Distance measurement.
D : Machine vision.
A : low quantity
B : medium quantity
C : batch quantity
D : huge quantity
Q.no 41. The __________ of a robot is the smallest increment of movement into which the robot
can divide its work volume
A : control resolution
B : spatial resolution
C : accuracy
D : precision
Q.no 42. Automated Guided Vehicles are most useful for _____ Automation
A : Flexible
B : Programmable
C : Fixed
D : Extended
Q.no 43. A rectangle is to be rotated by 30 degree clockwise about an arbitrary point. Which
transformation is performed first.
A : Translation
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 9/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : Scaling
C : Cloclwise rotation
Q.no 44. An automotive robot might best keep itself traveling down a specific lane of traffic by
using:
A : Binaural hearing
B : Epipolar navigation
C : Edge detection
A : N/mm2
B : Pascal
A : Timing belts
B : Gear pairs
C : Gear Motors
D : Harmonic Drives
A : Potentiometer
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 10/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : forse sensor
C : tacho-meter
D : capital encoder
Q.no 49. In penalty approach, rigid support is considered as a spring having _________ stiffness.
A : zero
B : very small
C : very large
D : Infinite
Q.no 50. Binary sensor are basically switches which respond to the ______________
Q.no 53. Rotor of _________motor contains the permanent magnet, whereas the stator consists of
the coil segments and iorn
A : Brushless DC motor
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 11/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : AC servomotor
C : stepper motor
D : Vane motor
Q.no 54. In a CNC milling operation, the tool has to machine the circular arc from point (20,
20) to (10, 10) at a sequence number 5 of the CNC part programme. If the center of the arc is at
(20, 10) and machine has incremental mode of defining position coordinates, the correct tool path
command is,
A : reducing WIP
B : controlong WIP
C : maintaining WIP
D : extending WIP
A : SLS
B : LOM
C : FDM
D : SLA
A : Compressive
B : Tensile
C : Shear
D : Bending
Q.no 58. Circular arc on a part profile is being machined on a vertical CNC milling machine.
CNC part programme using metric units and absolute dimensions is listed below N60 G01 X30
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 12/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : (30, 55)
B: (50, 55)
C : (50, 35)
D : (30, 35)
Q.no 60. Which of the following is NOT a type of robot cell layout?
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 13/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 1/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 3/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 4/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Seat No -
Total number of questions : 60
1) All questions are Multiple Choice Questions having single correct option.
7) Use only black/blue ball point pen to darken the appropriate circle.
D : unemployment
A : Oxygen
B : Nitrogen
C : Hydrogen
D : Carbon
A : SLS
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 1/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : LOM
C : FDM
D : SLA
Q.no 4. The …..is used to create a surface using curves that form closed boundaries.
A : ruled surface
B : plane surface
C : coons patch
D : surface of revolution
A : FDM
B : SLS
C : EDM
D : LOM
Q.no 6. ____ sensors are used to identify objects for pick and place purpose.
A : Range detectors
B : Infrared sensors
C : Vision sensors
D : Photo-metric sensors
A : FDM
B : SLS
C : LOM
D : SLA
Q.no 8. If the size of the elements is small, the final solution is expected to be ______ accurate.
A : More
B : less
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 2/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
D : can't say
A : G27
B : G28
C : G29
D : G30
Q.no 10. Which transformation distorts the shape of an object such that the transformed shape
appear as if the object is composed of internal layers that are slided over each other
A : Rotation
B : Scaling
C : Shearing
D : Reflection
Q.no 11. Adaptive control system measures following for control of speed or feed
A : input variables
B : output variables
D : outputvariable - inputvariable
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 3/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Q.no 14. The transformation that is used to alter the size of an object is …………..
A : Scaling
B : Rotation
C : Translation
D : Reflection
Q.no 16. A point P is translated by 5 units in X direction and 4 units in Y direction. Select the
appropriate relation for the transformation
A : q401.jpg
B : q402.jpg
C : q403.jpg
D : q404.jpg
A:1
B:2
C:3
D:0
Q.no 18. Which type of motor is NOT used in axis or spindle drives of CNC machine tool
A : Induction motor
B : DC servo motor
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 4/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : Stepper motor
Q.no 19. When the series of motion of the tool is repeated number of times which of the following
command is used
A : Subroutines
B : Canned cycle
C : Macros
Q.no 20. When every entity of the geometric model remain parallel to its initial position, the
transformation is called as……….
A : Scaling
B : Translation
C : Rotation
D : Mirror
Q.no 22. When smooth cure is appoximated through the data points, then the curve is known as
……
A : interpolant curve
B : approximation curve
C : pitch curve
D : data curve
A : Inversely proportional
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 5/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : Directly proportional
C : Exponential
D : Independent
A : Rayleigh-Ritz method
Q.no 25. PLM starts with conception of product and extends upto its
A : maintainance
B : manufacturing
C : disposal
D : service
A : wrist roll
B : wrist Pitch
C : wrist Yaw
D : Rotational traverse
Q.no 27. A devive which is mounted on the tool plate and used to make intentional contact with
an object or to produce robots final effects on its surroundings by performing particular tasks
A : End effector
B : arm
C : joint
D : body
Q.no 28. In which of the following operations Continuous Path System is used
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 6/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : Continuous welding
D : loading only
Q.no 29. Which of the following terms IS NOT one of the five basic parts of a robot?
A : peripheral tools
B : end effectors
C : controller
D : drive
A : N/mm2
B : Pascal
Q.no 31. For a robot unit to be considered a functional industrial robot, typically, how many
degrees of freedom would the robot have?
A : three
B : four
C : six
D : eight
A:N
B : N+N
C : N(N-1)
D : N*N
A : material properties
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 7/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : section properties
C : thermal properties
D : nodal loads
A : Analytical
C : Bezier
D : B-spline
A : 2n-1
B : 2n
C : 1/2n
D : 2n-2
A : Touch Sensor
B : Force Sensor
C : Range Sensor
D : Position sensor
A : Playback Robot
B : NC Robot
C : Intelligent Robot
A : q101.jpg
B : q102.jpg
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 8/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : q103.jpg
D : q104.jpg
Q.no 39. Which of the following is not a method for calculation of the stiffness matrix
B : Galerkin's principle
Q.no 40. Binary sensor are basically switches which respond to the ______________
Q.no 41. ____ sensors are used to indicate presence or absence of hot objects.
A : Vision sensors
B : Infrared sensors
C : Photo-metric sensors
D : Range detectors
A : Timing belts
B : Gear pairs
C : Gear Motors
D : Harmonic Drives
Q.no 43. Match the following part programme codes with their respective functions
P) G01 I. Spindle speed
Q) G03 II. Spindle rotation clockwise
R) M03 III. Circular interpolation CCW
S) M05 IV. Linear interpolation
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 9/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Q.no 44. Parts made by _________ require coating to prevent moisture absorbtion
A : SLS
B : LOM
C : FDM
D : AJM
Q.no 45. The operation of the vision system consists of three functions: sensing and digitizing
image data ,Image processing and analysis and..
A : Processing
B : Application
C : Orientation
D : Descriptors
Q.no 46. From the following, which method is also called as Building Block Approach?
A : Cellular Decomposition
B : Spatial Occupancy
C : Generalized Sweeps
Q.no 47. A robot arm that moves along three independent axes, each of which is straight and
perpendicular to the other two, employs:
A : Revolute geometry.
A : digital
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 10/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : pneumatic
C : electric
D : hydraulic
A : Plasma
B : Powder
C : Liquid
D : Solid
Q.no 50. Spherical coordinates can uniquely define the position of a point in up to:
A : One dimension
B : Two dimensions
C : Three dimensions
D : Four dimensions
Q.no 51. Which of the following is NOT a type of robot cell layout?
A : Number of points
Q.no 53. Circular arc on a part profile is being machined on a vertical CNC milling machine.
CNC part programme using metric units and absolute dimensions is listed below N60 G01 X30
Y35 Z-5 F50; N70 G02 X50 Y35 R20;
N80 G01 Z5; The coordinates of the centers of the circular arcs are
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 11/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : (30, 55)
B: (50, 55)
C : (50, 35)
D : (30, 35)
A : SLS
B : LOM
C : FDM
D : SLA
A : Flexible Automation
B : Group Technology
C : Fixed Automation
Q.no 56. which actuator provide robot greater speed and strength
A : Pneumatic
B : hydraulic
C : electric
D : digital
Q.no 58. In _________ stage of PLM Sales are at peak and profit is maximum
A : introduction
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 12/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : growth
C : maturity
D : decline
Q.no 59. For 1-D bar elements if the structure is having 3 nodes then the stiffness matrix formed
is having an order of
A : 2*2
B : 3*3
C : 4*4
D : 6*6
Q.no 60. In an NC machining operation, the tool has to be moved from point (5, 4) to point (7, 2)
along a circular path with centre at (5, 2). Before starting the operation, the tool is at (5, 4). The
correct G and N codes for this motion are
A : N010GO3X7.0Y2.0I5.0J2.0
B : N010GO2X7.0Y2.0I5.0J2.0
C : N010GO1X7.0Y2.0I5.0J2.0
D : N010GOOX7.0Y2.0I5.0J2.0
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 13/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 1/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 3/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 4/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Seat No -
Total number of questions : 60
1) All questions are Multiple Choice Questions having single correct option.
7) Use only black/blue ball point pen to darken the appropriate circle.
A : M04
B : M05
C : M06
D : M08
Q.no 3. PLM starts with conception of product and extends upto its
A : maintainance
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 1/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : manufacturing
C : disposal
D : service
A : Direct
B : Soft
C : Cluster
D : Hard
Q.no 5. The …..is used to create a surface using curves that form closed boundaries.
A : ruled surface
B : plane surface
C : coons patch
D : surface of revolution
A : bar
B : triangle
C : hexahedron
D : tetrahedron
C : drilling operation
D : turning operation
Q.no 9. From the following which type of element is not two dimensional
A : Rectangle
B : Quadrilateral
C : parallelogram
D : Tetrahedron
A : the shape function has a unit value at one nodal point and zero value at the other nodes
C : both a & b
A : accuracy
B : repeatability
C : multifunctionality
D : prosthesis
A : Truss element
B : Bar element
C : Pipe element
D : All a, b & c
Q.no 13. When the curve passes through all the data points, then the curve is known as …….
A : approximation curve
B : pitch curve
C : data curve
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 3/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
D : interpolant curve
A : always exact
B : sometimes exact
C : never exact
D : mostly approximate
Q.no 15. Which of the following is not the advantage of CNC machines
C : Higher flexibility
D : Improved quality
A:1
B:2
C:3
D:0
A : Tactile sensor
B : Proximity sensor
C : Visual sensor
D : Range detector
Q.no 18. Which of the following is not method of expressing the feed in milling machines
A : SLS
B : LOM
C : FDM
D : SLA
Q.no 20. What are types of Automation (a) Hard Automation, (b) Soft Automation
A : Only (a)
B : Only (b)
Q.no 21. Which transformation distorts the shape of an object such that the transformed shape
appear as if the object is composed of internal layers that are slided over each other
A : Rotation
B : Scaling
C : Shearing
D : Reflection
Q.no 22. The art of dividing the structure into a convenient number of smaller elements is known
as
A : assemblage
B : continuum
C : traction
D : discretization
Q.no 23. Reflection is the process of obtaining a ………image of the original shape.
A : Smaller
B : Larger
C : Slant
D : Mirror
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 5/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A:1
B:2
C:3
D:4
Q.no 25. Sensors are the transducers that are used to____.
A : q301.jpg
B : q302.jpg
C : q303.jpg
D : q304.jpg
A : Timing belts
B : Gear pairs
C : Gear Motors
D : Harmonic Drives
A : wrist roll
B : wrist Pitch
C : wrist Yaw
D : Rotational traverse
A : Manipulator
B : Gripper
C : Wrist
D : End Effector
Q.no 30. A rectangle is to be rotated by 30 degree clockwise about an arbitrary point. Which
transformation is performed first.
A : Translation
B : Scaling
C : Cloclwise rotation
A : Touch Sensor
B : Force Sensor
C : Range Sensor
D : Position sensor
B : when same type of operations with same steps with different dimensions are to be repeated
Q.no 33. What is the name for information sent from robot sensors to robot controllers?
A : temperature
B : pressure
C : feedback
D : signal
Q.no 34. The __________ of a robot is the smallest increment of movement into which the robot
can divide its work volume
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 7/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : control resolution
B : spatial resolution
C : accuracy
D : precision
A : home position
C : Metric Mode
D : Go to Home Position
Q.no 38. In penalty approach, rigid support is considered as a spring having _________ stiffness.
A : zero
B : very small
C : very large
D : Infinite
Q.no 39. The number of moveable joints in the base, the arm, and the end effectors of the robot
determines
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 8/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : degrees of freedom
B : payload capacity
C : operational limits
D : flexibility
Q.no 40. In CNC programming, cutter radius compensation to left and right are specified by
Q.no 41. Which of the following places would be LEAST likely to include operational robots?
A : warehouse
B : factory
C : hospitals
D : private homes
Q.no 42. Which of the basic parts of a robot unit would include the computer circuitry that could
be programmed to determine what the robot would do?
A : sensor
B : controller
C : arm
D : end effector
Q.no 43. Spherical coordinates can uniquely define the position of a point in up to:
A : One dimension
B : Two dimensions
C : Three dimensions
D : Four dimensions
Q.no 44. Internal state sensors are used for measuring __________ of the end effector.
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 9/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : Position
A : 2n-1
B : 2n
C : 1/2n
D : 2n-2
Q.no 47. An automotive robot might best keep itself traveling down a specific lane of traffic by
using:
A : Binaural hearing
B : Epipolar navigation
C : Edge detection
A : Magnetic
B : Mechanical
C : Contracting
D : Pneumatic
Q.no 49. The movement of arm along its axis is called the ______
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 10/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : vertical traverse
B : Radial Traverse
C : Rotational Traverse
D : wrist Yaw
Q.no 50. From the following, which method is also called as Building Block Approach?
A : Cellular Decomposition
B : Spatial Occupancy
C : Generalized Sweeps
Q.no 51. Which of the following is included in Application function Machine Vision System?
A : Camera,Frame Grabber
D : both a & c
A : Simplification
B : Specialization
C : Order of operations
D : CIM
Q.no 53. For 1-D bar elements if the structure is having 3 nodes then the stiffness matrix formed
is having an order of
A : 2*2
B : 3*3
C : 4*4
D : 6*6
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 11/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : SLS
B : LOM
C : FDM
D : SLA
Q.no 55. In an NC machining operation, the tool has to be moved from point (5, 4) to point (7, 2)
along a circular path with centre at (5, 2). Before starting the operation, the tool is at (5, 4). The
correct G and N codes for this motion are
A : N010GO3X7.0Y2.0I5.0J2.0
B : N010GO2X7.0Y2.0I5.0J2.0
C : N010GO1X7.0Y2.0I5.0J2.0
D : N010GOOX7.0Y2.0I5.0J2.0
Q.no 56. …………..allows the user to view the object from different angles.
A : Rotation
B : Translation
C : Reflection
D : Skewing
A : Number of points
A : Warpage
B : Staircase effect
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 12/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Q.no 59. In a CNC milling operation, the tool has to machine the circular arc from point (20,
20) to (10, 10) at a sequence number 5 of the CNC part programme. If the center of the arc is at
(20, 10) and machine has incremental mode of defining position coordinates, the correct tool path
command is,
Q.no 60. Which of the following is NOT a type of robot cell layout?
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=934&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 13/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 1/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 3/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 4/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Seat No -
Total number of questions : 60
1) All questions are Multiple Choice Questions having single correct option.
7) Use only black/blue ball point pen to darken the appropriate circle.
A : Triangle
B: Bar
C : Rectangle
D : Parallelogram
A : Rayleigh-Ritz method
Q.no 3. When smooth cure is appoximated through the data points, then the curve is known as
……
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 1/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : interpolant curve
B : approximation curve
C : pitch curve
D : data curve
A : always exact
B : sometimes exact
C : never exact
D : mostly approximate
Q.no 5. The art of dividing the structure into a convenient number of smaller elements is known
as
A : assemblage
B : continuum
C : traction
D : discretization
A:1
B:2
C:3
D:4
A : G74
B : G78
C : G81
D : G85
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 2/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : Powder
B : Liquid
C : Solid
D : Plasma
A:2
B:3
C:4
D:6
A : Artificial intelligence.
B : An expert system.
C : An analytical engine
A:1
B:2
C:3
D:0
Q.no 14. Which of the following tooling methods does not exist
A : Direct
B : Soft
C : Cluster
D : Hard
Q.no 15. Which type of motor is NOT used in axis or spindle drives of CNC machine tool
A : Induction motor
B : DC servo motor
C : Stepper motor
C : drilling operation
D : turning operation
A : G04
B : G03
C : G02
D : G01
A : Plasma
B : Powder
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 4/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : Liquid
D : Solid
A : Hyperbola
B : Bezier curve
C : B-spline curve
A : Selecting
B : Sorting
C : Scaling
D : Skewing
A : Hard
B : Soft
C : Programmable
D : Open
B: Point-to-point positioning
C : Absolute positioning
D : Incremental positioning
Q.no 23. When every entity of the geometric model remain parallel to its initial position, the
transformation is called as……….
A : Scaling
B : Translation
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 5/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : Rotation
D : Mirror
Q.no 24. Adaptive control system measures following for control of speed or feed
A : input variables
B : output variables
D : outputvariable - inputvariable
Q.no 25. Which of the following is not method of expressing the feed in milling machines
Q.no 26. The …..is used to create a surface using curves that form closed boundaries.
A : ruled surface
B : plane surface
C : coons patch
D : surface of revolution
A : Material
B : Machine
C : Scale
D : Time
Q.no 29. Which of the following is not a method to describe a curve mathematically?
A : Explicit form
B : Laplace form
C : Implicit form
D : Parametric form
Q.no 30. The use of computers to control the operation of production process is known as
A : CAD
B : CAE
C : CAM
D : CAQ
A : M04
B : M05
C : M06
D : M08
Q.no 33. The degree of freedom for of a two -node bar element are
A:1
B:2
C:3
D:4
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 7/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Q.no 34. Which one of the following in not Rapid Prototyping Process -
A : FDM
B : SLS
C : EDM
D : LOM
D : unemployment
B : when same type of operations with same steps with different dimensions are to be repeated
Q.no 37. From the following, which one will require 4 matrices to multiply to get the final
position?
A : Plasma
B : Powder
C : Liquid
D : Solid
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 8/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : SLR
B : SLS
C : LOM
D : FDM
A : material properties
B : section properties
C : thermal properties
D : nodal loads
Q.no 41. During the execution of a CNC part program block NO20 GO2 X45.0 Y25.0 R5.0 the
type of tool motion will be
C : linear Interpolation
D : rapid feed
A : Solid
B : Plasma
C : Powder
D : Liquid
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 9/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Q.no 44. A rectangle is to be rotated by 30 degree clockwise about an arbitrary point. Which
transformation is performed first.
A : Translation
B : Scaling
C : Cloclwise rotation
Q.no 45. From the following, which method is also called as Building Block Approach?
A : Cellular Decomposition
B : Spatial Occupancy
C : Generalized Sweeps
A : Manipulator
B : Gripper
C : Wrist
D : End Effector
A : 1 Point
B : 2 Points
C : 3 Points
D : 4 Points
A:3
B:6
C:9
D : 12
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 10/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : NC Robot
D : Playback robot
Q.no 50. An automotive robot might best keep itself traveling down a specific lane of traffic by
using:
A : Binaural hearing
B : Epipolar navigation
C : Edge detection
Q.no 51. Circular arc on a part profile is being machined on a vertical CNC milling machine.
CNC part programme using metric units and absolute dimensions is listed below N60 G01 X30
Y35 Z-5 F50; N70 G02 X50 Y35 R20;
N80 G01 Z5; The coordinates of the centers of the circular arcs are
A : (30, 55)
B: (50, 55)
C : (50, 35)
D : (30, 35)
A : Warpage
B : Staircase effect
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 11/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : Compressive
B : Tensile
C : Shear
D : Bending
A : Flexible Automation
B : Group Technology
C : Fixed Automation
A : SLS
B : LOM
C : FDM
D : SLA
Q.no 58. Which of the following is NOT a type of robot cell layout?
A : Simplification
B : Specialization
C : Order of operations
D : CIM
A : Number of points
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 13/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 1/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 3/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 4/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Seat No -
Total number of questions : 60
1) All questions are Multiple Choice Questions having single correct option.
7) Use only black/blue ball point pen to darken the appropriate circle.
A : Direct
B : Soft
C : Cluster
D : Hard
A:2
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 1/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B:3
C:4
D:6
Q.no 4. The …..is used to create a surface using curves that form closed boundaries.
A : ruled surface
B : plane surface
C : coons patch
D : surface of revolution
Q.no 5. The art of dividing the structure into a convenient number of smaller elements is known
as
A : assemblage
B : continuum
C : traction
D : discretization
B: Point-to-point positioning
C : Absolute positioning
D : Incremental positioning
Q.no 7. Which type of motor is NOT used in axis or spindle drives of CNC machine tool
A : Induction motor
B : DC servo motor
C : Stepper motor
A : Selecting
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 2/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : Sorting
C : Scaling
D : Skewing
Q.no 9. The extent to which a machine vision system can differentiate between two objects is
called the:
A : Magnification
B : Sensitivity
C : Selectivity
D : Resolution
Q.no 10. When the series of motion of the tool is repeated number of times which of the following
command is used
A : Subroutines
B : Canned cycle
C : Macros
Q.no 11. Which of the following is a two dimensional cartesian coordinate system
Q.no 12. When smooth cure is appoximated through the data points, then the curve is known as
……
A : interpolant curve
B : approximation curve
C : pitch curve
D : data curve
Q.no 13. The use of computers to control the operation of production process is known as
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 3/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : CAD
B : CAE
C : CAM
D : CAQ
Q.no 14. For truss analysis, which type of elements are used
A : Triangle
B: Bar
C : Rectangle
D : Parallelogram
A : turning process
B : boring process
D : knurling process
A : Rayleigh-Ritz method
A : Oxygen
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 4/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : Nitrogen
C : Hydrogen
D : Carbon
D : unemployment
A : Hard
B : Soft
C : Programmable
D : Open
A : Material
B : Machine
C : Scale
D : Time
Q.no 22. Adaptive control system measures following for control of speed or feed
A : input variables
B : output variables
D : outputvariable - inputvariable
A : M04
B : M05
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 5/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : M06
D : M08
A : Plasma
B : Powder
C : Liquid
D : Solid
A : Artificial intelligence.
B : An expert system.
C : An analytical engine
A : always exact
B : sometimes exact
C : never exact
D : mostly approximate
Q.no 27. A triangular plane stress element has how many degrees of freedom
A:3
B:4
C:5
D:6
A:1
B:2
C:3
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 6/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
D:4
Q.no 29. The degree of freedom for of a two -node bar element are
A:1
B:2
C:3
D:4
Q.no 30. Which of the following is not a method to describe a curve mathematically?
A : Explicit form
B : Laplace form
C : Implicit form
D : Parametric form
A : Powder
B : Liquid
C : Solid
D : Plasma
C : drilling operation
D : turning operation
A : G74
B : G78
C : G81
D : G85
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 7/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Q.no 34. When every entity of the geometric model remain parallel to its initial position, the
transformation is called as……….
A : Scaling
B : Translation
C : Rotation
D : Mirror
A:1
B:2
C:3
D:0
B : when same type of operations with same steps with different dimensions are to be repeated
A : 1 Point
B : 2 Points
C : 3 Points
D : 4 Points
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 8/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : SLA
B : SVS
C : FDM
D : 3D Printing
Q.no 40. A robot that has its own computer, and can work independently of other robots or
computers, is called an
A : Android.
B : Insect robot
D : Autonomous robot
A : material properties
B : section properties
C : thermal properties
D : nodal loads
Q.no 42. From the following, which method is also called as Building Block Approach?
A : Cellular Decomposition
B : Spatial Occupancy
C : Generalized Sweeps
C : NC Robot
D : Playback robot
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 9/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Q.no 44. An automotive robot might best keep itself traveling down a specific lane of traffic by
using:
A : Binaural hearing
B : Epipolar navigation
C : Edge detection
Q.no 45. During the execution of a CNC part program block NO20 GO2 X45.0 Y25.0 R5.0 the
type of tool motion will be
C : linear Interpolation
D : rapid feed
Q.no 46. A rectangle is to be rotated by 30 degree clockwise about an arbitrary point. Which
transformation is performed first.
A : Translation
B : Scaling
C : Cloclwise rotation
A:3
B:6
C:9
D : 12
A : SLR
B : SLS
C : LOM
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 10/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
D : FDM
Q.no 49. Parts made by _________ require coating to prevent moisture absorbtion
A : SLS
B : LOM
C : FDM
D : AJM
A : Manipulator
B : Gripper
C : Wrist
D : End Effector
Q.no 51. Circular arc on a part profile is being machined on a vertical CNC milling machine.
CNC part programme using metric units and absolute dimensions is listed below N60 G01 X30
Y35 Z-5 F50; N70 G02 X50 Y35 R20;
N80 G01 Z5; The coordinates of the centers of the circular arcs are
A : (30, 55)
B: (50, 55)
C : (50, 35)
D : (30, 35)
A : Simplification
B : Specialization
C : Order of operations
D : CIM
A : Number of points
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 11/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : Flexible Automation
B : Group Technology
C : Fixed Automation
A : Warpage
B : Staircase effect
Q.no 57. Which of the following is NOT a type of robot cell layout?
A : SLS
B : LOM
C : FDM
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 12/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
D : SLA
A : Compressive
B : Tensile
C : Shear
D : Bending
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 13/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 1/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 3/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 4/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Seat No -
Total number of questions : 60
1) All questions are Multiple Choice Questions having single correct option.
7) Use only black/blue ball point pen to darken the appropriate circle.
A : reaming
B : parting
C : grooving
D : facing
Q.no 3. Which of the following is not method of expressing the feed in milling machines
A : always exact
B : sometimes exact
C : never exact
D : mostly approximate
Q.no 5. The use of computers to control the operation of production process is known as
A : CAD
B : CAE
C : CAM
D : CAQ
A : M04
B : M05
C : M06
D : M08
A : Oxygen
B : Nitrogen
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 2/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : Hydrogen
D : Carbon
A : always exact
B : mostly approximate
C : sometimes exact
D : never exact
Q.no 10. Which of the following is not a method to describe a curve mathematically?
A : Explicit form
B : Laplace form
C : Implicit form
D : Parametric form
Q.no 11. Adaptive control system measures following for control of speed or feed
A : input variables
B : output variables
D : outputvariable - inputvariable
A : Material
B : Machine
C : Scale
D : Time
Q.no 13. The …..is used to create a surface using curves that form closed boundaries.
A : ruled surface
B : plane surface
C : coons patch
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 3/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
D : surface of revolution
Q.no 14. Which type of motor is NOT used in axis or spindle drives of CNC machine tool
A : Induction motor
B : DC servo motor
C : Stepper motor
A:2
B:3
C:4
D:6
Q.no 16. The transformation that is used to alter the size of an object is …………..
A : Scaling
B : Rotation
C : Translation
D : Reflection
D : unemployment
A : Selecting
B : Sorting
C : Scaling
D : Skewing
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 4/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : Plasma
B : Powder
C : Liquid
D : Solid
A : G74
B : G78
C : G81
D : G85
A:1
B:2
C:3
D:4
A : Rayleigh-Ritz method
Q.no 25. Which one of the following in not Rapid Prototyping Process -
A : FDM
B : SLS
C : EDM
D : LOM
A : turning process
B : boring process
D : knurling process
Q.no 27. A triangular plane stress element has how many degrees of freedom
A:3
B:4
C:5
D:6
Q.no 28. When every entity of the geometric model remain parallel to its initial position, the
transformation is called as……….
A : Scaling
B : Translation
C : Rotation
D : Mirror
Q.no 29. The extent to which a machine vision system can differentiate between two objects is
called the:
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 6/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : Magnification
B : Sensitivity
C : Selectivity
D : Resolution
A : G04
B : G03
C : G02
D : G01
B: Point-to-point positioning
C : Absolute positioning
D : Incremental positioning
Q.no 33. According to Asimov’s three laws, under what circumstances is it all right for a robot to
injure a human being?
A : Never
C : In case of an accident.
Q.no 34. When the series of motion of the tool is repeated number of times which of the following
command is used
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 7/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : Subroutines
B : Canned cycle
C : Macros
Q.no 35. When smooth cure is appoximated through the data points, then the curve is known as
……
A : interpolant curve
B : approximation curve
C : pitch curve
D : data curve
Q.no 36. A robot that has its own computer, and can work independently of other robots or
computers, is called an
A : Android.
B : Insect robot
D : Autonomous robot
Q.no 37. An automotive robot might best keep itself traveling down a specific lane of traffic by
using:
A : Binaural hearing
B : Epipolar navigation
C : Edge detection
Q.no 38. Match the following part programme codes with their respective functions
P) G01 I. Spindle speed
Q) G03 II. Spindle rotation clockwise
R) M03 III. Circular interpolation CCW
S) M05 IV. Linear interpolation
A : CAPP
B : CIM
C : FMS
D : Group Technology
A:3
B:6
C:9
D : 12
Q.no 41. From the following, which one will require 4 matrices to multiply to get the final
position?
Q.no 42. Parts made by _________ require coating to prevent moisture absorbtion
A : SLS
B : LOM
C : FDM
D : AJM
A : material properties
B : section properties
C : thermal properties
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 9/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
D : nodal loads
A : SLA
B : SVS
C : FDM
D : 3D Printing
A : Plasma
B : Powder
C : Liquid
D : Solid
Q.no 46. During the execution of a CNC part program block NO20 GO2 X45.0 Y25.0 R5.0 the
type of tool motion will be
C : linear Interpolation
D : rapid feed
Q.no 47. A rectangle is to be rotated by 30 degree clockwise about an arbitrary point. Which
transformation is performed first.
A : Translation
B : Scaling
C : Cloclwise rotation
B : when same type of operations with same steps with different dimensions are to be repeated
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 10/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : Solid
B : Plasma
C : Powder
D : Liquid
Q.no 50. From the following, which method is also called as Building Block Approach?
A : Cellular Decomposition
B : Spatial Occupancy
C : Generalized Sweeps
A : Simplification
B : Specialization
C : Order of operations
D : CIM
A : Number of points
A : Compressive
B : Tensile
C : Shear
D : Bending
Q.no 56. Circular arc on a part profile is being machined on a vertical CNC milling machine.
CNC part programme using metric units and absolute dimensions is listed below N60 G01 X30
Y35 Z-5 F50; N70 G02 X50 Y35 R20;
N80 G01 Z5; The coordinates of the centers of the circular arcs are
A : (30, 55)
B: (50, 55)
C : (50, 35)
D : (30, 35)
Q.no 57. Which of the following is NOT a type of robot cell layout?
A : SLS
B : LOM
C : FDM
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 12/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
D : SLA
A : Flexible Automation
B : Group Technology
C : Fixed Automation
A : Warpage
B : Staircase effect
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 13/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 1/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 3/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 4/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Seat No -
Total number of questions : 60
1) All questions are Multiple Choice Questions having single correct option.
7) Use only black/blue ball point pen to darken the appropriate circle.
A:2
B:3
C:4
D:6
A : Plasma
B : Powder
C : Liquid
D : Solid
Q.no 3. The extent to which a machine vision system can differentiate between two objects is
called the:
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 1/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : Magnification
B : Sensitivity
C : Selectivity
D : Resolution
Q.no 4. Adaptive control system measures following for control of speed or feed
A : input variables
B : output variables
D : outputvariable - inputvariable
A:1
B:2
C:3
D:4
Q.no 10. The use of computers to control the operation of production process is known as
A : CAD
B : CAE
C : CAM
D : CAQ
A : Artificial intelligence.
B : An expert system.
C : An analytical engine
A:1
B:2
C:3
D:0
Q.no 13. For truss analysis, which type of elements are used
A : Triangle
B: Bar
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 3/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : Rectangle
D : Parallelogram
A : Rayleigh-Ritz method
Q.no 15. The …..is used to create a surface using curves that form closed boundaries.
A : ruled surface
B : plane surface
C : coons patch
D : surface of revolution
Q.no 16. The degree of freedom for of a two -node bar element are
A:1
B:2
C:3
D:4
D : unemployment
Q.no 18. The art of dividing the structure into a convenient number of smaller elements is known
as
A : assemblage
B : continuum
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 4/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : traction
D : discretization
A : Material
B : Machine
C : Scale
D : Time
A : G74
B : G78
C : G81
D : G85
A : turning process
B : boring process
D : knurling process
Q.no 23. Which of the following tooling methods does not exist
A : Direct
B : Soft
C : Cluster
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 5/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
D : Hard
A : Oxygen
B : Nitrogen
C : Hydrogen
D : Carbon
Q.no 25. Which of the following is not method of expressing the feed in milling machines
A : Powder
B : Liquid
C : Solid
D : Plasma
A : Selecting
B : Sorting
C : Scaling
D : Skewing
Q.no 28. When the series of motion of the tool is repeated number of times which of the following
command is used
A : Subroutines
B : Canned cycle
C : Macros
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 6/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : G04
B : G03
C : G02
D : G01
Q.no 30. Which one of the following in not Rapid Prototyping Process -
A : FDM
B : SLS
C : EDM
D : LOM
Q.no 31. When every entity of the geometric model remain parallel to its initial position, the
transformation is called as……….
A : Scaling
B : Translation
C : Rotation
D : Mirror
Q.no 32. Which type of motor is NOT used in axis or spindle drives of CNC machine tool
A : Induction motor
B : DC servo motor
C : Stepper motor
Q.no 33. When smooth cure is appoximated through the data points, then the curve is known as
……
A : interpolant curve
B : approximation curve
C : pitch curve
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 7/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
D : data curve
A : Hyperbola
B : Bezier curve
C : B-spline curve
Q.no 35. A triangular plane stress element has how many degrees of freedom
A:3
B:4
C:5
D:6
B : when same type of operations with same steps with different dimensions are to be repeated
A : Plasma
B : Powder
C : Liquid
D : Solid
Q.no 38. A rectangle is to be rotated by 30 degree clockwise about an arbitrary point. Which
transformation is performed first.
A : Translation
B : Scaling
C : Cloclwise rotation
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 8/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : 1 Point
B : 2 Points
C : 3 Points
D : 4 Points
Q.no 40. A robot that has its own computer, and can work independently of other robots or
computers, is called an
A : Android.
B : Insect robot
D : Autonomous robot
A : material properties
B : section properties
C : thermal properties
D : nodal loads
Q.no 42. An automotive robot might best keep itself traveling down a specific lane of traffic by
using:
A : Binaural hearing
B : Epipolar navigation
C : Edge detection
Q.no 43. During the execution of a CNC part program block NO20 GO2 X45.0 Y25.0 R5.0 the
type of tool motion will be
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 9/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : linear Interpolation
D : rapid feed
A : SLA
B : SVS
C : FDM
D : 3D Printing
Q.no 45. From the following, which one will require 4 matrices to multiply to get the final
position?
A:3
B:6
C:9
D : 12
Q.no 48. From the following, which method is also called as Building Block Approach?
A : Cellular Decomposition
B : Spatial Occupancy
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 10/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : Generalized Sweeps
Q.no 49. Parts made by _________ require coating to prevent moisture absorbtion
A : SLS
B : LOM
C : FDM
D : AJM
C : NC Robot
D : Playback robot
A : Warpage
B : Staircase effect
Q.no 52. Which of the following is NOT a type of robot cell layout?
A : SLS
B : LOM
C : FDM
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 11/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
D : SLA
A : Simplification
B : Specialization
C : Order of operations
D : CIM
A : Compressive
B : Tensile
C : Shear
D : Bending
A : Flexible Automation
B : Group Technology
C : Fixed Automation
Q.no 58. Circular arc on a part profile is being machined on a vertical CNC milling machine.
CNC part programme using metric units and absolute dimensions is listed below N60 G01 X30
Y35 Z-5 F50; N70 G02 X50 Y35 R20;
N80 G01 Z5; The coordinates of the centers of the circular arcs are
A : (30, 55)
B: (50, 55)
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 12/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : (50, 35)
D : (30, 35)
A : Number of points
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 13/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 1/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 3/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 4/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Seat No -
Total number of questions : 60
1) All questions are Multiple Choice Questions having single correct option.
7) Use only black/blue ball point pen to darken the appropriate circle.
Q.no 1. According to Asimov’s three laws, under what circumstances is it all right for a robot to
injure a human being?
A : Never
C : In case of an accident.
B: Point-to-point positioning
C : Absolute positioning
D : Incremental positioning
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 1/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : Rayleigh-Ritz method
A : Selecting
B : Sorting
C : Scaling
D : Skewing
A : always exact
B : mostly approximate
C : sometimes exact
D : never exact
Q.no 6. When smooth cure is appoximated through the data points, then the curve is known as
……
A : interpolant curve
B : approximation curve
C : pitch curve
D : data curve
Q.no 7. The use of computers to control the operation of production process is known as
A : CAD
B : CAE
C : CAM
D : CAQ
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 2/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Q.no 9. The extent to which a machine vision system can differentiate between two objects is
called the:
A : Magnification
B : Sensitivity
C : Selectivity
D : Resolution
Q.no 10. Adaptive control system measures following for control of speed or feed
A : input variables
B : output variables
D : outputvariable - inputvariable
Q.no 11. Which type of motor is NOT used in axis or spindle drives of CNC machine tool
A : Induction motor
B : DC servo motor
C : Stepper motor
A : always exact
B : sometimes exact
C : never exact
D : mostly approximate
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 3/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : Oxygen
B : Nitrogen
C : Hydrogen
D : Carbon
Q.no 14. Which of the following tooling methods does not exist
A : Direct
B : Soft
C : Cluster
D : Hard
A : Artificial intelligence.
B : An expert system.
C : An analytical engine
A:2
B:3
C:4
D:6
Q.no 18. Which of the following is not method of expressing the feed in milling machines
Q.no 19. The transformation that is used to alter the size of an object is …………..
A : Scaling
B : Rotation
C : Translation
D : Reflection
Q.no 21. The art of dividing the structure into a convenient number of smaller elements is known
as
A : assemblage
B : continuum
C : traction
D : discretization
A : G74
B : G78
C : G81
D : G85
A : Hyperbola
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 5/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : Bezier curve
C : B-spline curve
A : Plasma
B : Powder
C : Liquid
D : Solid
A : Hard
B : Soft
C : Programmable
D : Open
Q.no 26. For truss analysis, which type of elements are used
A : Triangle
B: Bar
C : Rectangle
D : Parallelogram
A : reaming
B : parting
C : grooving
D : facing
A : Material
B : Machine
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 6/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : Scale
D : Time
D : unemployment
Q.no 30. Which one of the following in not Rapid Prototyping Process -
A : FDM
B : SLS
C : EDM
D : LOM
A : turning process
B : boring process
D : knurling process
Q.no 32. When every entity of the geometric model remain parallel to its initial position, the
transformation is called as……….
A : Scaling
B : Translation
C : Rotation
D : Mirror
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 7/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Q.no 34. A triangular plane stress element has how many degrees of freedom
A:3
B:4
C:5
D:6
Q.no 35. The degree of freedom for of a two -node bar element are
A:1
B:2
C:3
D:4
Q.no 36. Parts made by _________ require coating to prevent moisture absorbtion
A : SLS
B : LOM
C : FDM
D : AJM
Q.no 37. During the execution of a CNC part program block NO20 GO2 X45.0 Y25.0 R5.0 the
type of tool motion will be
C : linear Interpolation
D : rapid feed
A : Plasma
B : Powder
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 8/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : Liquid
D : Solid
A:3
B:6
C:9
D : 12
A : SLA
B : SVS
C : FDM
D : 3D Printing
Q.no 41. The curve is defined as the locus of point moving with ……degree of freedom.
A : Zero
B : One
C : Two
D : Three
A : CAPP
B : CIM
C : FMS
D : Group Technology
Q.no 43. A rectangle is to be rotated by 30 degree clockwise about an arbitrary point. Which
transformation is performed first.
A : Translation
B : Scaling
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 9/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : Cloclwise rotation
Q.no 44. Match the following part programme codes with their respective functions
P) G01 I. Spindle speed
Q) G03 II. Spindle rotation clockwise
R) M03 III. Circular interpolation CCW
S) M05 IV. Linear interpolation
A : SLR
B : SLS
C : LOM
D : FDM
Q.no 47. From the following, which one will require 4 matrices to multiply to get the final
position?
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 10/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : material properties
B : section properties
C : thermal properties
D : nodal loads
A : Solid
B : Plasma
C : Powder
D : Liquid
Q.no 50. An automotive robot might best keep itself traveling down a specific lane of traffic by
using:
A : Binaural hearing
B : Epipolar navigation
C : Edge detection
A : Compressive
B : Tensile
C : Shear
D : Bending
Q.no 53. Which of the following is NOT a type of robot cell layout?
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 11/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : SLS
B : LOM
C : FDM
D : SLA
A : Simplification
B : Specialization
C : Order of operations
D : CIM
Q.no 56. Circular arc on a part profile is being machined on a vertical CNC milling machine.
CNC part programme using metric units and absolute dimensions is listed below N60 G01 X30
Y35 Z-5 F50; N70 G02 X50 Y35 R20;
N80 G01 Z5; The coordinates of the centers of the circular arcs are
A : (30, 55)
B: (50, 55)
C : (50, 35)
D : (30, 35)
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 12/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : Number of points
A : Flexible Automation
B : Group Technology
C : Fixed Automation
A : Warpage
B : Staircase effect
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 13/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 1/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 3/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 4/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Seat No -
Total number of questions : 60
1) All questions are Multiple Choice Questions having single correct option.
7) Use only black/blue ball point pen to darken the appropriate circle.
A : Direct
B : Soft
C : Cluster
D : Hard
Q.no 2. When smooth cure is appoximated through the data points, then the curve is known as
……
A : interpolant curve
B : approximation curve
C : pitch curve
D : data curve
Q.no 3. Adaptive control system measures following for control of speed or feed
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 1/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : input variables
B : output variables
D : outputvariable - inputvariable
A : Hyperbola
B : Bezier curve
C : B-spline curve
A : Triangle
B: Bar
C : Rectangle
D : Parallelogram
A : always exact
B : sometimes exact
C : never exact
D : mostly approximate
A : FDM
B : SLS
C : EDM
D : LOM
Q.no 8. The art of dividing the structure into a convenient number of smaller elements is known
as
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 2/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : assemblage
B : continuum
C : traction
D : discretization
A : Oxygen
B : Nitrogen
C : Hydrogen
D : Carbon
Q.no 10. When every entity of the geometric model remain parallel to its initial position, the
transformation is called as……….
A : Scaling
B : Translation
C : Rotation
D : Mirror
A : Rayleigh-Ritz method
Q.no 12. Which of the following is a two dimensional cartesian coordinate system
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 3/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A:2
B:3
C:4
D:6
A : Artificial intelligence.
B : An expert system.
C : An analytical engine
A : Material
B : Machine
C : Scale
D : Time
Q.no 16. According to Asimov’s three laws, under what circumstances is it all right for a robot to
injure a human being?
A : Never
C : In case of an accident.
B: Point-to-point positioning
C : Absolute positioning
D : Incremental positioning
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 4/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : Plasma
B : Powder
C : Liquid
D : Solid
Q.no 19. Which type of motor is NOT used in axis or spindle drives of CNC machine tool
A : Induction motor
B : DC servo motor
C : Stepper motor
Q.no 21. When the series of motion of the tool is repeated number of times which of the following
command is used
A : Subroutines
B : Canned cycle
C : Macros
A : always exact
B : mostly approximate
C : sometimes exact
D : never exact
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 5/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : Hard
B : Soft
C : Programmable
D : Open
Q.no 24. The …..is used to create a surface using curves that form closed boundaries.
A : ruled surface
B : plane surface
C : coons patch
D : surface of revolution
C : drilling operation
D : turning operation
A : reaming
B : parting
C : grooving
D : facing
Q.no 27. A triangular plane stress element has how many degrees of freedom
A:3
B:4
C:5
D:6
A : turning process
B : boring process
D : knurling process
Q.no 30. The degree of freedom for of a two -node bar element are
A:1
B:2
C:3
D:4
D : unemployment
Q.no 32. The extent to which a machine vision system can differentiate between two objects is
called the:
A : Magnification
B : Sensitivity
C : Selectivity
D : Resolution
A : M04
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 7/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : M05
C : M06
D : M08
A : Selecting
B : Sorting
C : Scaling
D : Skewing
A:1
B:2
C:3
D:4
Q.no 36. During the execution of a CNC part program block NO20 GO2 X45.0 Y25.0 R5.0 the
type of tool motion will be
C : linear Interpolation
D : rapid feed
C : NC Robot
D : Playback robot
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 8/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : when same type of operations with same steps with different dimensions are to be repeated
A : 1 Point
B : 2 Points
C : 3 Points
D : 4 Points
Q.no 40. From the following, which one will require 4 matrices to multiply to get the final
position?
A : Manipulator
B : Gripper
C : Wrist
D : End Effector
Q.no 42. A robot that has its own computer, and can work independently of other robots or
computers, is called an
A : Android.
B : Insect robot
D : Autonomous robot
Q.no 43. A rectangle is to be rotated by 30 degree clockwise about an arbitrary point. Which
transformation is performed first.
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 9/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : Translation
B : Scaling
C : Cloclwise rotation
A : SLA
B : SVS
C : FDM
D : 3D Printing
A : CAPP
B : CIM
C : FMS
D : Group Technology
Q.no 46. From the following, which method is also called as Building Block Approach?
A : Cellular Decomposition
B : Spatial Occupancy
C : Generalized Sweeps
Q.no 47. The curve is defined as the locus of point moving with ……degree of freedom.
A : Zero
B : One
C : Two
D : Three
A:3
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 10/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B:6
C:9
D : 12
Q.no 50. Parts made by _________ require coating to prevent moisture absorbtion
A : SLS
B : LOM
C : FDM
D : AJM
A : Flexible Automation
B : Group Technology
C : Fixed Automation
Q.no 52. Circular arc on a part profile is being machined on a vertical CNC milling machine.
CNC part programme using metric units and absolute dimensions is listed below N60 G01 X30
Y35 Z-5 F50; N70 G02 X50 Y35 R20;
N80 G01 Z5; The coordinates of the centers of the circular arcs are
A : (30, 55)
B: (50, 55)
C : (50, 35)
D : (30, 35)
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 11/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : Number of points
A : Simplification
B : Specialization
C : Order of operations
D : CIM
A : Warpage
B : Staircase effect
A : SLS
B : LOM
C : FDM
D : SLA
A : Compressive
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 12/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : Tensile
C : Shear
D : Bending
Q.no 60. Which of the following is NOT a type of robot cell layout?
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 13/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 1/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 3/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 4/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Seat No -
Total number of questions : 60
1) All questions are Multiple Choice Questions having single correct option.
7) Use only black/blue ball point pen to darken the appropriate circle.
A : FDM
B : SLS
C : EDM
D : LOM
Q.no 2. The degree of freedom for of a two -node bar element are
A:1
B:2
C:3
D:4
Q.no 3. Which type of motor is NOT used in axis or spindle drives of CNC machine tool
A : Induction motor
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 1/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : DC servo motor
C : Stepper motor
A : always exact
B : mostly approximate
C : sometimes exact
D : never exact
A : Explicit form
B : Laplace form
C : Implicit form
D : Parametric form
A : Direct
B : Soft
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 2/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : Cluster
D : Hard
A : reaming
B : parting
C : grooving
D : facing
Q.no 10. When every entity of the geometric model remain parallel to its initial position, the
transformation is called as……….
A : Scaling
B : Translation
C : Rotation
D : Mirror
A : Hyperbola
B : Bezier curve
C : B-spline curve
A : G74
B : G78
C : G81
D : G85
A : Hard
B : Soft
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 3/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : Programmable
D : Open
A : Rayleigh-Ritz method
Q.no 15. The extent to which a machine vision system can differentiate between two objects is
called the:
A : Magnification
B : Sensitivity
C : Selectivity
D : Resolution
B: Point-to-point positioning
C : Absolute positioning
D : Incremental positioning
A:1
B:2
C:3
D:4
A : G04
B : G03
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 4/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : G02
D : G01
Q.no 19. For truss analysis, which type of elements are used
A : Triangle
B: Bar
C : Rectangle
D : Parallelogram
C : drilling operation
D : turning operation
Q.no 21. Which of the following is a two dimensional cartesian coordinate system
Q.no 22. The art of dividing the structure into a convenient number of smaller elements is known
as
A : assemblage
B : continuum
C : traction
D : discretization
A : Plasma
B : Powder
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 5/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : Liquid
D : Solid
A : Oxygen
B : Nitrogen
C : Hydrogen
D : Carbon
A : M04
B : M05
C : M06
D : M08
Q.no 26. Adaptive control system measures following for control of speed or feed
A : input variables
B : output variables
D : outputvariable - inputvariable
A : Material
B : Machine
C : Scale
D : Time
Q.no 28. When smooth cure is appoximated through the data points, then the curve is known as
……
A : interpolant curve
B : approximation curve
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 6/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : pitch curve
D : data curve
Q.no 29. Which of the following is not method of expressing the feed in milling machines
Q.no 30. According to Asimov’s three laws, under what circumstances is it all right for a robot to
injure a human being?
A : Never
C : In case of an accident.
Q.no 32. When the series of motion of the tool is repeated number of times which of the following
command is used
A : Subroutines
B : Canned cycle
C : Macros
A : always exact
B : sometimes exact
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 7/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : never exact
D : mostly approximate
A : Selecting
B : Sorting
C : Scaling
D : Skewing
D : unemployment
Q.no 36. A rectangle is to be rotated by 30 degree clockwise about an arbitrary point. Which
transformation is performed first.
A : Translation
B : Scaling
C : Cloclwise rotation
C : NC Robot
D : Playback robot
Q.no 38. The curve is defined as the locus of point moving with ……degree of freedom.
A : Zero
B : One
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 8/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : Two
D : Three
A : material properties
B : section properties
C : thermal properties
D : nodal loads
A : Solid
B : Plasma
C : Powder
D : Liquid
A : SLA
B : SVS
C : FDM
D : 3D Printing
A : CAPP
B : CIM
C : FMS
D : Group Technology
A : 1 Point
B : 2 Points
C : 3 Points
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 9/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
D : 4 Points
A : Manipulator
B : Gripper
C : Wrist
D : End Effector
A : Plasma
B : Powder
C : Liquid
D : Solid
Q.no 47. An automotive robot might best keep itself traveling down a specific lane of traffic by
using:
A : Binaural hearing
B : Epipolar navigation
C : Edge detection
A:3
B:6
C:9
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 10/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
D : 12
Q.no 49. A robot that has its own computer, and can work independently of other robots or
computers, is called an
A : Android.
B : Insect robot
D : Autonomous robot
B : when same type of operations with same steps with different dimensions are to be repeated
Q.no 53. Circular arc on a part profile is being machined on a vertical CNC milling machine.
CNC part programme using metric units and absolute dimensions is listed below N60 G01 X30
Y35 Z-5 F50; N70 G02 X50 Y35 R20;
N80 G01 Z5; The coordinates of the centers of the circular arcs are
A : (30, 55)
B: (50, 55)
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 11/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : (50, 35)
D : (30, 35)
A : SLS
B : LOM
C : FDM
D : SLA
A : Number of points
A : Compressive
B : Tensile
C : Shear
D : Bending
A : Warpage
B : Staircase effect
A : Flexible Automation
B : Group Technology
C : Fixed Automation
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 12/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : Simplification
B : Specialization
C : Order of operations
D : CIM
Q.no 60. Which of the following is NOT a type of robot cell layout?
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 13/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 1/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 3/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 4/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Seat No -
Total number of questions : 60
1) All questions are Multiple Choice Questions having single correct option.
7) Use only black/blue ball point pen to darken the appropriate circle.
Q.no 1. The extent to which a machine vision system can differentiate between two objects is
called the:
A : Magnification
B : Sensitivity
C : Selectivity
D : Resolution
A : always exact
B : sometimes exact
C : never exact
D : mostly approximate
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 1/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A:2
B:3
C:4
D:6
A : Triangle
B: Bar
C : Rectangle
D : Parallelogram
Q.no 5. The degree of freedom for of a two -node bar element are
A:1
B:2
C:3
D:4
A : Rayleigh-Ritz method
Q.no 7. Which of the following is not method of expressing the feed in milling machines
A : Explicit form
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 2/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : Laplace form
C : Implicit form
D : Parametric form
Q.no 9. When the series of motion of the tool is repeated number of times which of the following
command is used
A : Subroutines
B : Canned cycle
C : Macros
Q.no 10. The art of dividing the structure into a convenient number of smaller elements is known
as
A : assemblage
B : continuum
C : traction
D : discretization
Q.no 11. A triangular plane stress element has how many degrees of freedom
A:3
B:4
C:5
D:6
Q.no 12. The transformation that is used to alter the size of an object is …………..
A : Scaling
B : Rotation
C : Translation
D : Reflection
A : always exact
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 3/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : mostly approximate
C : sometimes exact
D : never exact
A : Plasma
B : Powder
C : Liquid
D : Solid
Q.no 15. Which of the following is a two dimensional cartesian coordinate system
A : G74
B : G78
C : G81
D : G85
A : Hard
B : Soft
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 4/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : Programmable
D : Open
A : Oxygen
B : Nitrogen
C : Hydrogen
D : Carbon
Q.no 21. Adaptive control system measures following for control of speed or feed
A : input variables
B : output variables
D : outputvariable - inputvariable
Q.no 22. Which of the following tooling methods does not exist
A : Direct
B : Soft
C : Cluster
D : Hard
B: Point-to-point positioning
C : Absolute positioning
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 5/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
D : Incremental positioning
Q.no 24. According to Asimov’s three laws, under what circumstances is it all right for a robot to
injure a human being?
A : Never
C : In case of an accident.
C : drilling operation
D : turning operation
A : Artificial intelligence.
B : An expert system.
C : An analytical engine
A:1
B:2
C:3
D:0
A : Powder
B : Liquid
C : Solid
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 6/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
D : Plasma
Q.no 29. The …..is used to create a surface using curves that form closed boundaries.
A : ruled surface
B : plane surface
C : coons patch
D : surface of revolution
Q.no 30. When every entity of the geometric model remain parallel to its initial position, the
transformation is called as……….
A : Scaling
B : Translation
C : Rotation
D : Mirror
A : Selecting
B : Sorting
C : Scaling
D : Skewing
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 7/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
D : unemployment
A : G04
B : G03
C : G02
D : G01
B : when same type of operations with same steps with different dimensions are to be repeated
A : Solid
B : Plasma
C : Powder
D : Liquid
Q.no 38. During the execution of a CNC part program block NO20 GO2 X45.0 Y25.0 R5.0 the
type of tool motion will be
C : linear Interpolation
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 8/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
D : rapid feed
A : material properties
B : section properties
C : thermal properties
D : nodal loads
C : NC Robot
D : Playback robot
Q.no 41. An automotive robot might best keep itself traveling down a specific lane of traffic by
using:
A : Binaural hearing
B : Epipolar navigation
C : Edge detection
A : 1 Point
B : 2 Points
C : 3 Points
D : 4 Points
Q.no 43. From the following, which one will require 4 matrices to multiply to get the final
position?
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 9/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : Manipulator
B : Gripper
C : Wrist
D : End Effector
A : SLR
B : SLS
C : LOM
D : FDM
A:3
B:6
C:9
D : 12
Q.no 48. A robot that has its own computer, and can work independently of other robots or
computers, is called an
A : Android.
B : Insect robot
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 10/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
D : Autonomous robot
Q.no 49. A rectangle is to be rotated by 30 degree clockwise about an arbitrary point. Which
transformation is performed first.
A : Translation
B : Scaling
C : Cloclwise rotation
Q.no 50. From the following, which method is also called as Building Block Approach?
A : Cellular Decomposition
B : Spatial Occupancy
C : Generalized Sweeps
Q.no 51. Which of the following is NOT a type of robot cell layout?
A : SLS
B : LOM
C : FDM
D : SLA
A : Number of points
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 11/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : Flexible Automation
B : Group Technology
C : Fixed Automation
A : Warpage
B : Staircase effect
A : Compressive
B : Tensile
C : Shear
D : Bending
A : Simplification
B : Specialization
C : Order of operations
D : CIM
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 12/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Q.no 59. Circular arc on a part profile is being machined on a vertical CNC milling machine.
CNC part programme using metric units and absolute dimensions is listed below N60 G01 X30
Y35 Z-5 F50; N70 G02 X50 Y35 R20;
N80 G01 Z5; The coordinates of the centers of the circular arcs are
A : (30, 55)
B: (50, 55)
C : (50, 35)
D : (30, 35)
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 13/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 1/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 3/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 4/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Seat No -
Total number of questions : 60
1) All questions are Multiple Choice Questions having single correct option.
7) Use only black/blue ball point pen to darken the appropriate circle.
Q.no 1. When the series of motion of the tool is repeated number of times which of the following
command is used
A : Subroutines
B : Canned cycle
C : Macros
A : Triangle
B: Bar
C : Rectangle
D : Parallelogram
Q.no 3. When every entity of the geometric model remain parallel to its initial position, the
transformation is called as……….
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 1/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : Scaling
B : Translation
C : Rotation
D : Mirror
Q.no 4. The transformation that is used to alter the size of an object is …………..
A : Scaling
B : Rotation
C : Translation
D : Reflection
A:1
B:2
C:3
D:4
A : reaming
B : parting
C : grooving
D : facing
D : unemployment
A : G74
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 2/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : G78
C : G81
D : G85
Q.no 9. The use of computers to control the operation of production process is known as
A : CAD
B : CAE
C : CAM
D : CAQ
A : Material
B : Machine
C : Scale
D : Time
A : always exact
B : sometimes exact
C : never exact
D : mostly approximate
A : G04
B : G03
C : G02
D : G01
A : Hyperbola
B : Bezier curve
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 3/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : B-spline curve
Q.no 14. Which one of the following in not Rapid Prototyping Process -
A : FDM
B : SLS
C : EDM
D : LOM
A : Artificial intelligence.
B : An expert system.
C : An analytical engine
A : always exact
B : mostly approximate
C : sometimes exact
D : never exact
Q.no 17. The extent to which a machine vision system can differentiate between two objects is
called the:
A : Magnification
B : Sensitivity
C : Selectivity
D : Resolution
Q.no 18. Adaptive control system measures following for control of speed or feed
A : input variables
B : output variables
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 4/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
D : outputvariable - inputvariable
Q.no 19. Which of the following is a two dimensional cartesian coordinate system
Q.no 20. Which of the following is not a method to describe a curve mathematically?
A : Explicit form
B : Laplace form
C : Implicit form
D : Parametric form
Q.no 21. According to Asimov’s three laws, under what circumstances is it all right for a robot to
injure a human being?
A : Never
C : In case of an accident.
Q.no 22. The art of dividing the structure into a convenient number of smaller elements is known
as
A : assemblage
B : continuum
C : traction
D : discretization
A : Rayleigh-Ritz method
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 5/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : Hard
B : Soft
C : Programmable
D : Open
Q.no 26. Which of the following is not method of expressing the feed in milling machines
Q.no 27. Which type of motor is NOT used in axis or spindle drives of CNC machine tool
A : Induction motor
B : DC servo motor
C : Stepper motor
Q.no 28. The …..is used to create a surface using curves that form closed boundaries.
A : ruled surface
B : plane surface
C : coons patch
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 6/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
D : surface of revolution
A : turning process
B : boring process
D : knurling process
C : drilling operation
D : turning operation
A:1
B:2
C:3
D:0
A : Powder
B : Liquid
C : Solid
D : Plasma
Q.no 34. When smooth cure is appoximated through the data points, then the curve is known as
……
A : interpolant curve
B : approximation curve
C : pitch curve
D : data curve
A : Oxygen
B : Nitrogen
C : Hydrogen
D : Carbon
A : SLA
B : SVS
C : FDM
D : 3D Printing
Q.no 37. During the execution of a CNC part program block NO20 GO2 X45.0 Y25.0 R5.0 the
type of tool motion will be
C : linear Interpolation
D : rapid feed
A : Plasma
B : Powder
C : Liquid
D : Solid
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 8/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Q.no 39. Parts made by _________ require coating to prevent moisture absorbtion
A : SLS
B : LOM
C : FDM
D : AJM
Q.no 40. From the following, which one will require 4 matrices to multiply to get the final
position?
Q.no 41. An automotive robot might best keep itself traveling down a specific lane of traffic by
using:
A : Binaural hearing
B : Epipolar navigation
C : Edge detection
B : when same type of operations with same steps with different dimensions are to be repeated
A:3
B:6
C:9
D : 12
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 9/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : SLR
B : SLS
C : LOM
D : FDM
Q.no 45. The curve is defined as the locus of point moving with ……degree of freedom.
A : Zero
B : One
C : Two
D : Three
A : material properties
B : section properties
C : thermal properties
D : nodal loads
A : CAPP
B : CIM
C : FMS
D : Group Technology
Q.no 48. A robot that has its own computer, and can work independently of other robots or
computers, is called an
A : Android.
B : Insect robot
D : Autonomous robot
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 10/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : Solid
B : Plasma
C : Powder
D : Liquid
Q.no 50. From the following, which method is also called as Building Block Approach?
A : Cellular Decomposition
B : Spatial Occupancy
C : Generalized Sweeps
A : Compressive
B : Tensile
C : Shear
D : Bending
A : Warpage
B : Staircase effect
A : Flexible Automation
B : Group Technology
C : Fixed Automation
A : Number of points
A : Simplification
B : Specialization
C : Order of operations
D : CIM
A : SLS
B : LOM
C : FDM
D : SLA
Q.no 58. Which of the following is NOT a type of robot cell layout?
Q.no 60. Circular arc on a part profile is being machined on a vertical CNC milling machine.
CNC part programme using metric units and absolute dimensions is listed below N60 G01 X30
Y35 Z-5 F50; N70 G02 X50 Y35 R20;
N80 G01 Z5; The coordinates of the centers of the circular arcs are
A : (30, 55)
B: (50, 55)
C : (50, 35)
D : (30, 35)
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 13/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 1/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 3/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 4/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Seat No -
Total number of questions : 60
1) All questions are Multiple Choice Questions having single correct option.
7) Use only black/blue ball point pen to darken the appropriate circle.
C : drilling operation
D : turning operation
Q.no 2. When smooth cure is appoximated through the data points, then the curve is known as
……
A : interpolant curve
B : approximation curve
C : pitch curve
D : data curve
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 1/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : Material
B : Machine
C : Scale
D : Time
Q.no 5. The degree of freedom for of a two -node bar element are
A:1
B:2
C:3
D:4
A : Rayleigh-Ritz method
A : Explicit form
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 2/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : Laplace form
C : Implicit form
D : Parametric form
D : unemployment
Q.no 11. According to Asimov’s three laws, under what circumstances is it all right for a robot to
injure a human being?
A : Never
C : In case of an accident.
A : M04
B : M05
C : M06
D : M08
Q.no 13. Which of the following tooling methods does not exist
A : Direct
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 3/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : Soft
C : Cluster
D : Hard
A : Hard
B : Soft
C : Programmable
D : Open
Q.no 15. The art of dividing the structure into a convenient number of smaller elements is known
as
A : assemblage
B : continuum
C : traction
D : discretization
A : Oxygen
B : Nitrogen
C : Hydrogen
D : Carbon
A : Hyperbola
B : Bezier curve
C : B-spline curve
A : Powder
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 4/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : Liquid
C : Solid
D : Plasma
Q.no 19. Adaptive control system measures following for control of speed or feed
A : input variables
B : output variables
D : outputvariable - inputvariable
A:2
B:3
C:4
D:6
Q.no 21. The transformation that is used to alter the size of an object is …………..
A : Scaling
B : Rotation
C : Translation
D : Reflection
A : G04
B : G03
C : G02
D : G01
Q.no 23. The extent to which a machine vision system can differentiate between two objects is
called the:
A : Magnification
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 5/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : Sensitivity
C : Selectivity
D : Resolution
Q.no 24. When the series of motion of the tool is repeated number of times which of the following
command is used
A : Subroutines
B : Canned cycle
C : Macros
Q.no 25. Which of the following is a two dimensional cartesian coordinate system
A : always exact
B : mostly approximate
C : sometimes exact
D : never exact
A : Selecting
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 6/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : Sorting
C : Scaling
D : Skewing
A : always exact
B : sometimes exact
C : never exact
D : mostly approximate
A : Artificial intelligence.
B : An expert system.
C : An analytical engine
A : reaming
B : parting
C : grooving
D : facing
A:1
B:2
C:3
D:4
Q.no 33. When every entity of the geometric model remain parallel to its initial position, the
transformation is called as……….
A : Scaling
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 7/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : Translation
C : Rotation
D : Mirror
A : Plasma
B : Powder
C : Liquid
D : Solid
A : turning process
B : boring process
D : knurling process
Q.no 36. During the execution of a CNC part program block NO20 GO2 X45.0 Y25.0 R5.0 the
type of tool motion will be
C : linear Interpolation
D : rapid feed
Q.no 37. An automotive robot might best keep itself traveling down a specific lane of traffic by
using:
A : Binaural hearing
B : Epipolar navigation
C : Edge detection
Q.no 38. A rectangle is to be rotated by 30 degree clockwise about an arbitrary point. Which
transformation is performed first.
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 8/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : Translation
B : Scaling
C : Cloclwise rotation
C : NC Robot
D : Playback robot
A : SLR
B : SLS
C : LOM
D : FDM
Q.no 41. The curve is defined as the locus of point moving with ……degree of freedom.
A : Zero
B : One
C : Two
D : Three
Q.no 42. From the following, which one will require 4 matrices to multiply to get the final
position?
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 9/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A:3
B:6
C:9
D : 12
A : Solid
B : Plasma
C : Powder
D : Liquid
Q.no 45. From the following, which method is also called as Building Block Approach?
A : Cellular Decomposition
B : Spatial Occupancy
C : Generalized Sweeps
Q.no 47. A robot that has its own computer, and can work independently of other robots or
computers, is called an
A : Android.
B : Insect robot
D : Autonomous robot
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 10/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : material properties
B : section properties
C : thermal properties
D : nodal loads
A : 1 Point
B : 2 Points
C : 3 Points
D : 4 Points
B : when same type of operations with same steps with different dimensions are to be repeated
A : SLS
B : LOM
C : FDM
D : SLA
A : Warpage
B : Staircase effect
A : Flexible Automation
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 11/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : Group Technology
C : Fixed Automation
Q.no 54. Circular arc on a part profile is being machined on a vertical CNC milling machine.
CNC part programme using metric units and absolute dimensions is listed below N60 G01 X30
Y35 Z-5 F50; N70 G02 X50 Y35 R20;
N80 G01 Z5; The coordinates of the centers of the circular arcs are
A : (30, 55)
B: (50, 55)
C : (50, 35)
D : (30, 35)
A : Compressive
B : Tensile
C : Shear
D : Bending
A : Number of points
A : Simplification
B : Specialization
C : Order of operations
D : CIM
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 12/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Q.no 59. Which of the following is NOT a type of robot cell layout?
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 13/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 1/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 3/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 4/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Seat No -
Total number of questions : 60
1) All questions are Multiple Choice Questions having single correct option.
7) Use only black/blue ball point pen to darken the appropriate circle.
A : G04
B : G03
C : G02
D : G01
A:1
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 1/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B:2
C:3
D:0
Q.no 4. The …..is used to create a surface using curves that form closed boundaries.
A : ruled surface
B : plane surface
C : coons patch
D : surface of revolution
Q.no 6. The art of dividing the structure into a convenient number of smaller elements is known
as
A : assemblage
B : continuum
C : traction
D : discretization
A : reaming
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 2/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : parting
C : grooving
D : facing
Q.no 9. A triangular plane stress element has how many degrees of freedom
A:3
B:4
C:5
D:6
Q.no 10. Adaptive control system measures following for control of speed or feed
A : input variables
B : output variables
D : outputvariable - inputvariable
A : Material
B : Machine
C : Scale
D : Time
Q.no 12. When the series of motion of the tool is repeated number of times which of the following
command is used
A : Subroutines
B : Canned cycle
C : Macros
A : Hyperbola
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 3/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : Bezier curve
C : B-spline curve
Q.no 14. The degree of freedom for of a two -node bar element are
A:1
B:2
C:3
D:4
Q.no 15. For truss analysis, which type of elements are used
A : Triangle
B: Bar
C : Rectangle
D : Parallelogram
Q.no 16. Which of the following tooling methods does not exist
A : Direct
B : Soft
C : Cluster
D : Hard
Q.no 17. The extent to which a machine vision system can differentiate between two objects is
called the:
A : Magnification
B : Sensitivity
C : Selectivity
D : Resolution
Q.no 18. Which of the following is not method of expressing the feed in milling machines
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 4/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : turning process
B : boring process
D : knurling process
A : M04
B : M05
C : M06
D : M08
A : Hard
B : Soft
C : Programmable
D : Open
Q.no 22. The use of computers to control the operation of production process is known as
A : CAD
B : CAE
C : CAM
D : CAQ
Q.no 23. According to Asimov’s three laws, under what circumstances is it all right for a robot to
injure a human being?
A : Never
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 5/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : In case of an accident.
B: Point-to-point positioning
C : Absolute positioning
D : Incremental positioning
A:2
B:3
C:4
D:6
A : Oxygen
B : Nitrogen
C : Hydrogen
D : Carbon
A : Powder
B : Liquid
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 6/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : Solid
D : Plasma
Q.no 29. Which type of motor is NOT used in axis or spindle drives of CNC machine tool
A : Induction motor
B : DC servo motor
C : Stepper motor
Q.no 30. Which of the following is a two dimensional cartesian coordinate system
A : Selecting
B : Sorting
C : Scaling
D : Skewing
Q.no 32. Which one of the following in not Rapid Prototyping Process -
A : FDM
B : SLS
C : EDM
D : LOM
A : always exact
B : sometimes exact
C : never exact
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 7/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
D : mostly approximate
A : G74
B : G78
C : G81
D : G85
C : drilling operation
D : turning operation
A : SLR
B : SLS
C : LOM
D : FDM
B : when same type of operations with same steps with different dimensions are to be repeated
Q.no 39. A rectangle is to be rotated by 30 degree clockwise about an arbitrary point. Which
transformation is performed first.
A : Translation
B : Scaling
C : Cloclwise rotation
C : NC Robot
D : Playback robot
Q.no 41. During the execution of a CNC part program block NO20 GO2 X45.0 Y25.0 R5.0 the
type of tool motion will be
C : linear Interpolation
D : rapid feed
A : CAPP
B : CIM
C : FMS
D : Group Technology
Q.no 43. Match the following part programme codes with their respective functions
P) G01 I. Spindle speed
Q) G03 II. Spindle rotation clockwise
R) M03 III. Circular interpolation CCW
S) M05 IV. Linear interpolation
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 9/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Q.no 44. Parts made by _________ require coating to prevent moisture absorbtion
A : SLS
B : LOM
C : FDM
D : AJM
Q.no 45. From the following, which one will require 4 matrices to multiply to get the final
position?
Q.no 46. From the following, which method is also called as Building Block Approach?
A : Cellular Decomposition
B : Spatial Occupancy
C : Generalized Sweeps
A : Solid
B : Plasma
C : Powder
D : Liquid
A:3
B:6
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 10/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C:9
D : 12
A : Plasma
B : Powder
C : Liquid
D : Solid
A : SLA
B : SVS
C : FDM
D : 3D Printing
A : Number of points
A : SLS
B : LOM
C : FDM
D : SLA
Q.no 53. Circular arc on a part profile is being machined on a vertical CNC milling machine.
CNC part programme using metric units and absolute dimensions is listed below N60 G01 X30
Y35 Z-5 F50; N70 G02 X50 Y35 R20;
N80 G01 Z5; The coordinates of the centers of the circular arcs are
A : (30, 55)
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 11/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B: (50, 55)
C : (50, 35)
D : (30, 35)
A : Simplification
B : Specialization
C : Order of operations
D : CIM
A : Flexible Automation
B : Group Technology
C : Fixed Automation
A : Warpage
B : Staircase effect
A : Compressive
B : Tensile
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 12/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : Shear
D : Bending
Q.no 59. Which of the following is NOT a type of robot cell layout?
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 13/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 1/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 3/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 4/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Seat No -
Total number of questions : 60
1) All questions are Multiple Choice Questions having single correct option.
7) Use only black/blue ball point pen to darken the appropriate circle.
A : G04
B : G03
C : G02
D : G01
A : Material
B : Machine
C : Scale
D : Time
Q.no 3. The transformation that is used to alter the size of an object is …………..
A : Scaling
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 1/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : Rotation
C : Translation
D : Reflection
B: Point-to-point positioning
C : Absolute positioning
D : Incremental positioning
Q.no 5. The use of computers to control the operation of production process is known as
A : CAD
B : CAE
C : CAM
D : CAQ
A:2
B:3
C:4
D:6
Q.no 7. Which of the following is not method of expressing the feed in milling machines
Q.no 9. When smooth cure is appoximated through the data points, then the curve is known as
……
A : interpolant curve
B : approximation curve
C : pitch curve
D : data curve
Q.no 10. When every entity of the geometric model remain parallel to its initial position, the
transformation is called as……….
A : Scaling
B : Translation
C : Rotation
D : Mirror
A : turning process
B : boring process
D : knurling process
A : always exact
B : sometimes exact
C : never exact
D : mostly approximate
Q.no 13. The extent to which a machine vision system can differentiate between two objects is
called the:
A : Magnification
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 3/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : Sensitivity
C : Selectivity
D : Resolution
Q.no 14. The …..is used to create a surface using curves that form closed boundaries.
A : ruled surface
B : plane surface
C : coons patch
D : surface of revolution
Q.no 15. Which of the following is not a method to describe a curve mathematically?
A : Explicit form
B : Laplace form
C : Implicit form
D : Parametric form
A : Artificial intelligence.
B : An expert system.
C : An analytical engine
A : Hyperbola
B : Bezier curve
C : B-spline curve
D : unemployment
A : Oxygen
B : Nitrogen
C : Hydrogen
D : Carbon
A : G74
B : G78
C : G81
D : G85
Q.no 21. The art of dividing the structure into a convenient number of smaller elements is known
as
A : assemblage
B : continuum
C : traction
D : discretization
Q.no 22. Which of the following is a two dimensional cartesian coordinate system
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 5/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Q.no 24. The degree of freedom for of a two -node bar element are
A:1
B:2
C:3
D:4
Q.no 25. When the series of motion of the tool is repeated number of times which of the following
command is used
A : Subroutines
B : Canned cycle
C : Macros
Q.no 26. Adaptive control system measures following for control of speed or feed
A : input variables
B : output variables
D : outputvariable - inputvariable
Q.no 27. According to Asimov’s three laws, under what circumstances is it all right for a robot to
injure a human being?
A : Never
C : In case of an accident.
A : Hard
B : Soft
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 6/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : Programmable
D : Open
Q.no 29. Which one of the following in not Rapid Prototyping Process -
A : FDM
B : SLS
C : EDM
D : LOM
C : drilling operation
D : turning operation
A : reaming
B : parting
C : grooving
D : facing
A : Powder
B : Liquid
C : Solid
D : Plasma
A : Selecting
B : Sorting
C : Scaling
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 7/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
D : Skewing
A:1
B:2
C:3
D:4
A : Rayleigh-Ritz method
B : when same type of operations with same steps with different dimensions are to be repeated
A : 1 Point
B : 2 Points
C : 3 Points
D : 4 Points
Q.no 38. Parts made by _________ require coating to prevent moisture absorbtion
A : SLS
B : LOM
C : FDM
D : AJM
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 8/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : NC Robot
D : Playback robot
A : SLA
B : SVS
C : FDM
D : 3D Printing
Q.no 41. Match the following part programme codes with their respective functions
P) G01 I. Spindle speed
Q) G03 II. Spindle rotation clockwise
R) M03 III. Circular interpolation CCW
S) M05 IV. Linear interpolation
Q.no 42. A robot that has its own computer, and can work independently of other robots or
computers, is called an
A : Android.
B : Insect robot
D : Autonomous robot
A : Manipulator
B : Gripper
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 9/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : Wrist
D : End Effector
Q.no 44. From the following, which one will require 4 matrices to multiply to get the final
position?
Q.no 46. During the execution of a CNC part program block NO20 GO2 X45.0 Y25.0 R5.0 the
type of tool motion will be
C : linear Interpolation
D : rapid feed
A:3
B:6
C:9
D : 12
A : material properties
B : section properties
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 10/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : thermal properties
D : nodal loads
Q.no 49. A rectangle is to be rotated by 30 degree clockwise about an arbitrary point. Which
transformation is performed first.
A : Translation
B : Scaling
C : Cloclwise rotation
Q.no 50. From the following, which method is also called as Building Block Approach?
A : Cellular Decomposition
B : Spatial Occupancy
C : Generalized Sweeps
A : SLS
B : LOM
C : FDM
D : SLA
A : Number of points
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 11/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : Compressive
B : Tensile
C : Shear
D : Bending
A : Simplification
B : Specialization
C : Order of operations
D : CIM
Q.no 56. Circular arc on a part profile is being machined on a vertical CNC milling machine.
CNC part programme using metric units and absolute dimensions is listed below N60 G01 X30
Y35 Z-5 F50; N70 G02 X50 Y35 R20;
N80 G01 Z5; The coordinates of the centers of the circular arcs are
A : (30, 55)
B: (50, 55)
C : (50, 35)
D : (30, 35)
Q.no 57. Which of the following is NOT a type of robot cell layout?
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 12/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : Warpage
B : Staircase effect
A : Flexible Automation
B : Group Technology
C : Fixed Automation
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 13/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 1/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 3/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 4/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Seat No -
Total number of questions : 60
1) All questions are Multiple Choice Questions having single correct option.
7) Use only black/blue ball point pen to darken the appropriate circle.
Q.no 1. Which of the following is not method of expressing the feed in milling machines
A : Powder
B : Liquid
C : Solid
D : Plasma
Q.no 4. The extent to which a machine vision system can differentiate between two objects is
called the:
A : Magnification
B : Sensitivity
C : Selectivity
D : Resolution
A : reaming
B : parting
C : grooving
D : facing
A : G74
B : G78
C : G81
D : G85
Q.no 8. Adaptive control system measures following for control of speed or feed
A : input variables
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 2/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : output variables
D : outputvariable - inputvariable
Q.no 9. The …..is used to create a surface using curves that form closed boundaries.
A : ruled surface
B : plane surface
C : coons patch
D : surface of revolution
A:2
B:3
C:4
D:6
A:1
B:2
C:3
D:4
C : drilling operation
D : turning operation
Q.no 14. The art of dividing the structure into a convenient number of smaller elements is known
as
A : assemblage
B : continuum
C : traction
D : discretization
A : Hard
B : Soft
C : Programmable
D : Open
Q.no 17. Which of the following tooling methods does not exist
A : Direct
B : Soft
C : Cluster
D : Hard
A : Material
B : Machine
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 4/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : Scale
D : Time
A : Rayleigh-Ritz method
A : M04
B : M05
C : M06
D : M08
A : turning process
B : boring process
D : knurling process
Q.no 22. When smooth cure is appoximated through the data points, then the curve is known as
……
A : interpolant curve
B : approximation curve
C : pitch curve
D : data curve
Q.no 23. Which type of motor is NOT used in axis or spindle drives of CNC machine tool
A : Induction motor
B : DC servo motor
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 5/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : Stepper motor
Q.no 24. Which one of the following in not Rapid Prototyping Process -
A : FDM
B : SLS
C : EDM
D : LOM
A:1
B:2
C:3
D:0
A : Artificial intelligence.
B : An expert system.
C : An analytical engine
Q.no 27. The use of computers to control the operation of production process is known as
A : CAD
B : CAE
C : CAM
D : CAQ
A : always exact
B : sometimes exact
C : never exact
D : mostly approximate
B: Point-to-point positioning
C : Absolute positioning
D : Incremental positioning
Q.no 31. The transformation that is used to alter the size of an object is …………..
A : Scaling
B : Rotation
C : Translation
D : Reflection
A : Oxygen
B : Nitrogen
C : Hydrogen
D : Carbon
Q.no 33. The degree of freedom for of a two -node bar element are
A:1
B:2
C:3
D:4
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 7/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : Plasma
B : Powder
C : Liquid
D : Solid
A : always exact
B : mostly approximate
C : sometimes exact
D : never exact
Q.no 36. An automotive robot might best keep itself traveling down a specific lane of traffic by
using:
A : Binaural hearing
B : Epipolar navigation
C : Edge detection
Q.no 37. From the following, which one will require 4 matrices to multiply to get the final
position?
Q.no 38. A rectangle is to be rotated by 30 degree clockwise about an arbitrary point. Which
transformation is performed first.
A : Translation
B : Scaling
C : Cloclwise rotation
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 8/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : SLA
B : SVS
C : FDM
D : 3D Printing
C : NC Robot
D : Playback robot
Q.no 41. From the following, which method is also called as Building Block Approach?
A : Cellular Decomposition
B : Spatial Occupancy
C : Generalized Sweeps
Q.no 42. Match the following part programme codes with their respective functions
P) G01 I. Spindle speed
Q) G03 II. Spindle rotation clockwise
R) M03 III. Circular interpolation CCW
S) M05 IV. Linear interpolation
A : 1 Point
B : 2 Points
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 9/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : 3 Points
D : 4 Points
Q.no 44. Parts made by _________ require coating to prevent moisture absorbtion
A : SLS
B : LOM
C : FDM
D : AJM
A : Manipulator
B : Gripper
C : Wrist
D : End Effector
A:3
B:6
C:9
D : 12
B : when same type of operations with same steps with different dimensions are to be repeated
A : material properties
B : section properties
C : thermal properties
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 10/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
D : nodal loads
Q.no 50. The curve is defined as the locus of point moving with ……degree of freedom.
A : Zero
B : One
C : Two
D : Three
Q.no 52. Circular arc on a part profile is being machined on a vertical CNC milling machine.
CNC part programme using metric units and absolute dimensions is listed below N60 G01 X30
Y35 Z-5 F50; N70 G02 X50 Y35 R20;
N80 G01 Z5; The coordinates of the centers of the circular arcs are
A : (30, 55)
B: (50, 55)
C : (50, 35)
D : (30, 35)
Q.no 53. Which of the following is NOT a type of robot cell layout?
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 11/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : Warpage
B : Staircase effect
A : Number of points
A : Compressive
B : Tensile
C : Shear
D : Bending
A : SLS
B : LOM
C : FDM
D : SLA
A : Flexible Automation
B : Group Technology
C : Fixed Automation
A : Simplification
B : Specialization
C : Order of operations
D : CIM
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 13/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 1/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 3/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 4/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Seat No -
Total number of questions : 60
1) All questions are Multiple Choice Questions having single correct option.
7) Use only black/blue ball point pen to darken the appropriate circle.
Q.no 1. When smooth cure is appoximated through the data points, then the curve is known as
……
A : interpolant curve
B : approximation curve
C : pitch curve
D : data curve
A : M04
B : M05
C : M06
D : M08
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 1/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : reaming
B : parting
C : grooving
D : facing
Q.no 4. According to Asimov’s three laws, under what circumstances is it all right for a robot to
injure a human being?
A : Never
C : In case of an accident.
A : Artificial intelligence.
B : An expert system.
C : An analytical engine
C : drilling operation
D : turning operation
Q.no 7. The …..is used to create a surface using curves that form closed boundaries.
A : ruled surface
B : plane surface
C : coons patch
D : surface of revolution
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 2/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : turning process
B : boring process
D : knurling process
A : G74
B : G78
C : G81
D : G85
Q.no 11. A triangular plane stress element has how many degrees of freedom
A:3
B:4
C:5
D:6
A : always exact
B : sometimes exact
C : never exact
D : mostly approximate
A : always exact
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 3/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : mostly approximate
C : sometimes exact
D : never exact
B: Point-to-point positioning
C : Absolute positioning
D : Incremental positioning
Q.no 15. Which of the following tooling methods does not exist
A : Direct
B : Soft
C : Cluster
D : Hard
Q.no 16. For truss analysis, which type of elements are used
A : Triangle
B: Bar
C : Rectangle
D : Parallelogram
A : Rayleigh-Ritz method
D : unemployment
Q.no 20. The degree of freedom for of a two -node bar element are
A:1
B:2
C:3
D:4
Q.no 21. Which one of the following in not Rapid Prototyping Process -
A : FDM
B : SLS
C : EDM
D : LOM
A : G04
B : G03
C : G02
D : G01
A : Hyperbola
B : Bezier curve
C : B-spline curve
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 5/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A:2
B:3
C:4
D:6
Q.no 26. Which of the following is not a method to describe a curve mathematically?
A : Explicit form
B : Laplace form
C : Implicit form
D : Parametric form
Q.no 27. Which type of motor is NOT used in axis or spindle drives of CNC machine tool
A : Induction motor
B : DC servo motor
C : Stepper motor
Q.no 28. Which of the following is not method of expressing the feed in milling machines
A:1
B:2
C:3
D:4
Q.no 30. When every entity of the geometric model remain parallel to its initial position, the
transformation is called as……….
A : Scaling
B : Translation
C : Rotation
D : Mirror
A : Powder
B : Liquid
C : Solid
D : Plasma
Q.no 32. Adaptive control system measures following for control of speed or feed
A : input variables
B : output variables
D : outputvariable - inputvariable
A : Oxygen
B : Nitrogen
C : Hydrogen
D : Carbon
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 7/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : Material
B : Machine
C : Scale
D : Time
Q.no 35. The art of dividing the structure into a convenient number of smaller elements is known
as
A : assemblage
B : continuum
C : traction
D : discretization
Q.no 36. Match the following part programme codes with their respective functions
P) G01 I. Spindle speed
Q) G03 II. Spindle rotation clockwise
R) M03 III. Circular interpolation CCW
S) M05 IV. Linear interpolation
Q.no 37. A rectangle is to be rotated by 30 degree clockwise about an arbitrary point. Which
transformation is performed first.
A : Translation
B : Scaling
C : Cloclwise rotation
A : Manipulator
B : Gripper
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 8/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : Wrist
D : End Effector
B : when same type of operations with same steps with different dimensions are to be repeated
A:3
B:6
C:9
D : 12
A : material properties
B : section properties
C : thermal properties
D : nodal loads
A : CAPP
B : CIM
C : FMS
D : Group Technology
Q.no 43. From the following, which method is also called as Building Block Approach?
A : Cellular Decomposition
B : Spatial Occupancy
C : Generalized Sweeps
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 9/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Q.no 44. An automotive robot might best keep itself traveling down a specific lane of traffic by
using:
A : Binaural hearing
B : Epipolar navigation
C : Edge detection
A : Plasma
B : Powder
C : Liquid
D : Solid
A : Solid
B : Plasma
C : Powder
D : Liquid
Q.no 47. During the execution of a CNC part program block NO20 GO2 X45.0 Y25.0 R5.0 the
type of tool motion will be
C : linear Interpolation
D : rapid feed
A : 1 Point
B : 2 Points
C : 3 Points
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 10/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
D : 4 Points
Q.no 49. From the following, which one will require 4 matrices to multiply to get the final
position?
A : Flexible Automation
B : Group Technology
C : Fixed Automation
A : Simplification
B : Specialization
C : Order of operations
D : CIM
A : Compressive
B : Tensile
C : Shear
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 11/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
D : Bending
Q.no 54. Circular arc on a part profile is being machined on a vertical CNC milling machine.
CNC part programme using metric units and absolute dimensions is listed below N60 G01 X30
Y35 Z-5 F50; N70 G02 X50 Y35 R20;
N80 G01 Z5; The coordinates of the centers of the circular arcs are
A : (30, 55)
B: (50, 55)
C : (50, 35)
D : (30, 35)
A : Number of points
Q.no 56. Which of the following is NOT a type of robot cell layout?
A : SLS
B : LOM
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 12/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : FDM
D : SLA
A : Warpage
B : Staircase effect
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 13/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 1/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 3/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 4/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Seat No -
Total number of questions : 60
1) All questions are Multiple Choice Questions having single correct option.
7) Use only black/blue ball point pen to darken the appropriate circle.
A:2
B:3
C:4
D:6
A : Powder
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 1/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : Liquid
C : Solid
D : Plasma
A : Hyperbola
B : Bezier curve
C : B-spline curve
B: Point-to-point positioning
C : Absolute positioning
D : Incremental positioning
Q.no 6. Which type of motor is NOT used in axis or spindle drives of CNC machine tool
A : Induction motor
B : DC servo motor
C : Stepper motor
A : reaming
B : parting
C : grooving
D : facing
Q.no 8. Adaptive control system measures following for control of speed or feed
A : input variables
B : output variables
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 2/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
D : outputvariable - inputvariable
A : G74
B : G78
C : G81
D : G85
A : Artificial intelligence.
B : An expert system.
C : An analytical engine
Q.no 11. The degree of freedom for of a two -node bar element are
A:1
B:2
C:3
D:4
A : Selecting
B : Sorting
C : Scaling
D : Skewing
A : turning process
B : boring process
D : knurling process
Q.no 14. The use of computers to control the operation of production process is known as
A : CAD
B : CAE
C : CAM
D : CAQ
A : Hard
B : Soft
C : Programmable
D : Open
Q.no 16. The extent to which a machine vision system can differentiate between two objects is
called the:
A : Magnification
B : Sensitivity
C : Selectivity
D : Resolution
A : Plasma
B : Powder
C : Liquid
D : Solid
Q.no 18. Which of the following is not a method to describe a curve mathematically?
A : Explicit form
B : Laplace form
C : Implicit form
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 4/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
D : Parametric form
A:1
B:2
C:3
D:4
Q.no 20. Which of the following is a two dimensional cartesian coordinate system
A : always exact
B : mostly approximate
C : sometimes exact
D : never exact
Q.no 22. The transformation that is used to alter the size of an object is …………..
A : Scaling
B : Rotation
C : Translation
D : Reflection
Q.no 23. For truss analysis, which type of elements are used
A : Triangle
B: Bar
C : Rectangle
D : Parallelogram
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 5/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Q.no 24. When smooth cure is appoximated through the data points, then the curve is known as
……
A : interpolant curve
B : approximation curve
C : pitch curve
D : data curve
A : Oxygen
B : Nitrogen
C : Hydrogen
D : Carbon
Q.no 27. A triangular plane stress element has how many degrees of freedom
A:3
B:4
C:5
D:6
Q.no 28. Which of the following is not method of expressing the feed in milling machines
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 6/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Q.no 29. The …..is used to create a surface using curves that form closed boundaries.
A : ruled surface
B : plane surface
C : coons patch
D : surface of revolution
A : Material
B : Machine
C : Scale
D : Time
D : unemployment
A : Rayleigh-Ritz method
Q.no 34. Which one of the following in not Rapid Prototyping Process -
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 7/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : FDM
B : SLS
C : EDM
D : LOM
C : drilling operation
D : turning operation
A:3
B:6
C:9
D : 12
A : material properties
B : section properties
C : thermal properties
D : nodal loads
Q.no 38. During the execution of a CNC part program block NO20 GO2 X45.0 Y25.0 R5.0 the
type of tool motion will be
C : linear Interpolation
D : rapid feed
Q.no 39. From the following, which method is also called as Building Block Approach?
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 8/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : Cellular Decomposition
B : Spatial Occupancy
C : Generalized Sweeps
C : NC Robot
D : Playback robot
Q.no 42. Parts made by _________ require coating to prevent moisture absorbtion
A : SLS
B : LOM
C : FDM
D : AJM
A : CAPP
B : CIM
C : FMS
D : Group Technology
Q.no 44. The curve is defined as the locus of point moving with ……degree of freedom.
A : Zero
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 9/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : One
C : Two
D : Three
Q.no 45. An automotive robot might best keep itself traveling down a specific lane of traffic by
using:
A : Binaural hearing
B : Epipolar navigation
C : Edge detection
B : when same type of operations with same steps with different dimensions are to be repeated
Q.no 47. From the following, which one will require 4 matrices to multiply to get the final
position?
A : Plasma
B : Powder
C : Liquid
D : Solid
A : Solid
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 10/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : Plasma
C : Powder
D : Liquid
A : Manipulator
B : Gripper
C : Wrist
D : End Effector
A : Warpage
B : Staircase effect
A : Flexible Automation
B : Group Technology
C : Fixed Automation
Q.no 53. Circular arc on a part profile is being machined on a vertical CNC milling machine.
CNC part programme using metric units and absolute dimensions is listed below N60 G01 X30
Y35 Z-5 F50; N70 G02 X50 Y35 R20;
N80 G01 Z5; The coordinates of the centers of the circular arcs are
A : (30, 55)
B: (50, 55)
C : (50, 35)
D : (30, 35)
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 11/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : Compressive
B : Tensile
C : Shear
D : Bending
A : SLS
B : LOM
C : FDM
D : SLA
Q.no 58. Which of the following is NOT a type of robot cell layout?
A : Number of points
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 12/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : Simplification
B : Specialization
C : Order of operations
D : CIM
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=862&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 13/13
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 1/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 3/4
1/6/2021 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 4/4
CAD/CAM & AUTOMATION [Multiple Choice Question] UNIT No-01
Name of UNIT: COMPUTER GRAPHICS
07 Question: We can combine the multiplicative and translational terms for 2D into a single
matrix representation by expanding
Option A 2 x 2 matrix into 4x4 matrix
Option B 2 x 2 matrix into 3 x 3
Option C 3 x 3 matrix into 2 x 2
Option D Only c
Correct Answer B
08 Question: The general homogeneous coordinate representation can also be written as
Option A (h.x, h.y, h.z)
Option B (h.x, h.y, h)
Option C (x, y, h.z)
Option D (x,y,z)
Correct Answer B
09 Question: In homogeneous coordinates value of ‘h’ is consider as 1 & it is called…..
Option A Magnitude Vector
Option B Unit Vector
Option C Non-Zero Vector
Option D Non-Zero Scalar Factor
Correct Answer D
10 Question: Which co-ordinates allow common vector operations such as translation,
rotation, scaling and perspective projection to be represented as a matrix by which the
vector is multiplied?
Option A vector co-ordinates
Option B 3D co-ordinates
Option C affine co-ordinates
Option D homogenous co-ordinates
Correct Answer D
11 Question: In ……………. Coordinates, a points in n-dimensional space is represent by
(n+1) coordinates.
Option A Scaling
Option B Homogeneous
Option C Inverse transformation
Option D 3D Transformation
Correct Answer B
12 Question: A translation is applied to an object by D
Option A Repositioning it along with straight line path
Option B Repositioning it along with circular path
Option C Only b
Option D All of the mentioned
Correct Answer A
Option A Rotation
Option B Translation
Option C Scaling
Option D Shearing
Correct Answer A
31 Question: An ellipse can also be rotated about its center coordinates by rotating
Option A End points
Option B Major and minor axes
Option C Only a
Option D None
Correct Answer B
32 Question: The transformation that is used to alter the size of an object is
Option A Scaling
Option B Rotation
Option C Translation
Option D Reflection
Correct Answer A
33 Question: The two-dimensional scaling equation in the matrix form is
Option A P’=P+T
Option B P’=S*P
Option C P’=P*R
Option D P’=R+S
Correct Answer B
34 Question: Scaling of a polygon is done by computing
Option A The product of (x, y) of each vertex
Option B (x, y) of end points
Option C Center coordinates
Option D Only a
Correct Answer D
35 Question: We control the location of a scaled object by choosing the position is known
as…………………………….
Option A Pivot point
Option B Fixed point
Option C Differential scaling
Option D Uniform scaling
Correct Answer B
36 Question: If the scaling factors values sx and sy are assigned to the same value
then………
37 Question: If the scaling factors values Sx and Sy are assigned to unequal values then
Option A Uniform rotation is produced
Option B Uniform scaling is produced
Option C Differential scaling is produced
Option D Scaling cannot be done
Correct Answer C
38 Question: The objects transformed using the equation P’=S*P should be
Option A Scaled
Option B Repositioned
Option C Both a and b
Option D Neither a nor b
Correct Answer C
39 Question: If the scaling factors values Sx and Sy < 1 then
Option A It reduces the size of object
Option B It increases the size of object
Option C It stunts the shape of an object
Option D None
Correct Answer A
40 Question: If the value of Sx=1 and Sy=1 then
Option A Reduce the size of object
Option B Distort the picture
Option C Produce an enlargement
Option D No change in the size of an object
Correct Answer D
41 Question: The polygons are scaled by applying the following transformation.
Option A X’=x * Sx + Xf(1-Sx) & Y’=y * Sy + Yf(1-Sy
Option B X’=x * Sx + Xf(1+Sx) & Y’=y * Sy + Yf(1+Sy
Option C X’=x * Sx + Xf(1-Sx) & Y’=y * Sy – Yf(1-Sy)
Option D X’=x * Sx * Xf(1-Sx) & Y’=y * Sy * Yf(1-Sy)
Correct Answer A
42 Question: In a rotation, by how much angle is the object rotated?
Option A 450
Option B 900
Option C 1800
Option D 3600
Correct Answer C
43 Question: Reflection is a special case of rotation.
Option A True
Option B False
Correct Answer B
44 Question: If two pure reflections about a line passing through the origin are applied
successively the result is ___________________
Option A Pure rotation
Option B Quarter rotation
Option C Half rotation
Option D True reflection
Correct Answer A
45 Question: What is the determinant of the pure reflection matrix?
Option A 1
Option B 0
Option C -1
Option D 2
Correct Answer C
46 Question: Which of the following is NOT true?
Image formed by reflection through a plane mirror is_______________
Option A of same size
Option B same orientation
Option C is at same distance from the mirror
Option D virtual
Correct Answer B
47 Question: Which of the following represents shearing?
Option A (x, y) → (x+a, y+b)
Option B (x, y) → (ax, by)
Option C (x, y) → (x cos(θ)+y sin(θ), -x sin(θ)+y cos(θ))
Option D (x, y) → (x+ay, y+bx)
Correct Answer D
48 Question: If a ‘3 x 3’ matrix shears in X direction, how many elements of it are ‘1’?
Option A 2
Option B 3
Option C 6
Option D 5
Correct Answer B
49 Question: If a ‘3 x 3’ matrix shears in Y direction, how many elements of it are ‘0’?
Option A 2
Option B 3
Option C 6
Option D 5
Correct Answer D
57 Question: Reflection about the line y=0, the axis, is accomplished with the transformation
matrix with how many elements as ‘0’?
Option A 8
Option B 9
Option C 4
Option D 6
Correct Answer D
58 Question: Which transformation distorts the shape of an object such that the transformed
shape appears as if the object were composed of internal layers that had been caused to
slide over each other?
Option A Rotation
Option B Scaling up
Option C Scaling down
Option D Shearing
Correct Answer D
59 Question: Transpose of a column matrix is________________
Option A Zero matrix
Option B Identity matrix
Option C Row matrix
Option D Diagonal matrix
Correct Answer C
60 Question: Reversing the order in which a sequence of transformations is performed may
affect the transformed position of an object.
Option A True
Option B False
Correct Answer A
61 Question: Which one of the following is the correct notation of a matrix with ‘m’ rows and
’n’ columns?
Option A m+n
Option B m–n
Option C mxn
Option D m/n
Correct Answer C
62 Question: How many minimum numbers of zeros are there in ‘3 x 3’ triangular matrix?
Option A 4
Option B 3
Option C 5
Option D 6
Correct Answer B
63 Question: The object space or the space in which the application model is defined is called
_______
Option A World co-ordinate system
Option B Screen co-ordinate system
Option C World window
Option D Interface window
Correct Answer A
64 Question: What is the name of the space in which the image is displayed?
Option A World co-ordinate system
Option B Screen co-ordinate system
Option C World window
Option D Interface window
Correct Answer B
65 Question: What is the rectangle in the world defining the region that is to be displayed?
Option A World co-ordinate system
Option B Screen co-ordinate system
Option C World window
Option D Interface window
Correct Answer C
66 Question: The window opened on the raster graphics screen in which the image will be
displayed is called _____________
Option A World co-ordinate system
Option B Screen co-ordinate system
Option C World window
Option D Interface window
Correct Answer D
67 Question: The process of mapping a world window in World Coordinates to the Viewport
is called Viewing transformation.
Option A True
Option B False
Correct Answer A
68 Question: Panning is a technique in which users can change the size of the area to be
viewed in order to see more detail or less detail.
Option A True
Option B False
Correct Answer B
69 Question: Drawing of number of copies of the same image in rows and columns across
the interface window so that they cover the entire window is called ____________
Option A Roaming
Option B Panning
Option C Zooming
Option D Tiling
Correct Answer D
70 Question: By changing the dimensions of the viewport, the _____ and _________ of the
objects being displayed can be manipulated.
Option A Number of pixels and image quality
Option B X co-ordinate and Y co-ordinate
Option C Size and proportions
Option D All of these
Correct Answer C
71 Question: Co-ordinates are ranging according to the screen resolution.
Option A True
Option B False
Correct Answer A
72 Question: Any convenient co-ordinate system or Cartesian co-ordinates which can be used
to define the picture is called ___________
Option A spherical co-ordinates
Option B vector co-ordinates
Option C viewport co-ordinates
Option D world co-ordinates
Correct Answer D
73 Question: The transformation of perspective projection must include , where d is
the distance between the center of projection to the projection plane.
Option A D
Option B 1/d
Option C -d
Option D -1/d
Correct Answer D
74 Question: An area on a display device to which a window is mapped is called
a………….
Option A Window
Option B Viewpoint
Option C Pixel
Option D None of the above
Correct Answer B
75 Question: A Pixel is
Option A a computer program that draws picture
Option B A picture stored in secondary memory
Option C The smallest resolvable part of a picture
Option D All of the above
Correct Answer C
76 Question: A system that automates the drafting process with interactive computer
graphics is called
Option A Computer Aided Engineering (CAE)
Option B (A) Computer Aided Design (CAD)
Option C Computer Aided Manufacturing (CAM)
Option D (A) Computer Aided Instruction (CAI)
Correct Answer B
77 Question: In which type of projection, actual dimensions and angles of objects and
therefore shapes cannot be preserved?
Option A Orthographic
Option B Isometric
Option C Perspective
Option D None of the above
Correct Answer C
78 Question: Coordinate of EFGH is WCS are: lowermost corner E(2,2) & diagonal corner
are G(8,6). W.r.t MCS. The coordinates of origin of WCS system are (5,4). If the axes of
WCS are at 600 in CCW w.r.t. the axes of MCS. Find new vertices of point E in MCS.
Option A (4.268, 6.732)
Option B (5.268, 6.732)
Option C (4.268, 4.732)
Option D (6.268, 4.732)
Correct Answer A
79 Question: A triangle IJK with vertices I (50, 40), J (100, 60) & K (70, 80) is to be scaled
by using scale factors Sx =0.5 & Sy = 0.7 about point I, Find CT Matrix.
Option A 0.5 0 0
[0 0.7 0]
0 0 1
Option B 0.5 0 25
[0 0.7 0]
0 0 1
Option C 0.5 0 25
[0 0.7 12]
0 0 1
Option D 0.7 0 25
[0 0.5 12]
0 0 1
Correct Answer C
80 Question: A line LM with end points L (2, 1) & M (7, 6) is to be moved by 3 units in x-
direction & 4 units in y-direction. Calculate new coordinates of points M.
Option A (10, 2)
Option B (2, 10)
Option C (10, 10)
Option D (10, 5)
Correct Answer C
06 Question: In the following geometric primitives. which is not a solid entity of CSG modelling:
Option A Box
Option B Cone
Option C Cylinder
Option D Circle
Correct Answer D
07 Question: Which of the following is not an analytical entity?
Option A Line
Option B Circle
Option C Spline
Option D Parabola
Correct Answer C
08 Question: Which of the following is not a synthetic entity?
Option A Hyperbola
Option B Bezier curve
Option C B-spline curve
Option D Cubic spline curve
Correct Answer A
09 Question: Which one of the following does not belong to the family of conics?
Option A Parabola
Option B Ellipse
Option C Hyperbola
Option D Line
Correct Answer D
10 Question: The number of tangents required to describe cubic splines is
Option A 2
Option B 1
Option C 3
Option D 4
Correct Answer B
11 Question: The shape of the Bezier curve is controlled by:
Option A n+1
Option B n-1
Option C n
Option D 2n
Correct Answer A
14 Question: The degree of the B-spline with varying knot vectors:
Option A 4
Option B 3
Option C 2
Option D 5
Correct Answer B
16 Question: The tensor product technique constraints surfaces by two curves.
Option A Adding
Option B Subtraction
Option C Multiplying
Option D Dividing
Correct Answer C
17 Question: In the bezier curve, the curve is always________to first and last
segments of the polygon.
Option A normal
Option B parallel
Option C tangent
Correct Answer C
18 Question: The unit vector in the direction of the line is defined as _______.
Correct Answer C
20 Question: ________curves allow local control of the curve.
Option A Analytical
Option C Beizer
Option D B-Spline
Correct Answer D
21 Question: To determine the coefficients of the equation – two end-points and the
two tangent vectors. This statement is true for which of the following?
Option A B-spline curve
Correct Answer B
22 Question: In synthetic curves, second-order continuity yields
Correct Answer C
23 Question: Mathematically, the ellipse is a curve generated by a point moving in
space such that at any position the sum of its distances from two fixed points (foci)
is constant and equal to
Option A the major diameter
Correct Answer A
24 Question: When a smooth curve is approximated through the data points, then the
curve is known as
Option A interpolant curve
Correct Answer B
25 Question: In Beizer Curve, the curve follows ____________.
Correct Answer B
26 Question: In Beizer Curve, _____________ of polygon actually lie on the curve.
Correct Answer C
27 Question: In Beizer Curve, the flexibility of the shape would increase with _______
of the polygon.
Option A decrease in the number of vertices
Correct Answer B
28 Question: The number of control points can be added or subtracted in
_____________.
Option A Bezier curve
Correct Answer B
29 Question: The degree of the curve is independent of the number of control points
in _______.
Option A Hermite cubic spline curve
Option D Hyperbola
Correct Answer C
30 Question: The ___________ is used to create a surface using curves that form
closed boundaries.
Option A ruled Surface
Option D 2D modeling
Correct Answer A
32 Question: Which kind of model can store information about geometry and topology
both?
Option A Solid model
Correct Answer A
33 Question: From the following, which method is also called as the Building Block
Approach?
Option A Cellular Decomposition
Correct Answer D
34 Question: Structuring and combining the primitives of the solid model in the
graphics database, is achieved by the use of ____________.
Option A FEA
Option B transformations
Correct Answer C
35 Question: The data representation of CSG objects is represented by_________.
Option C a primitive
Correct Answer A
36 Question: ____________ is an extension of the wireframe model with additional
face information added.
Option A CSG
Option B B-rep
Option C Loft
Correct Answer B
37 Question: For 3D modeling of automobile body styling, which of the following is a
preferred technique?
Option A Constructive Solid Geometry
Correct Answer C
38 Question: Which of the following uses a number of two-dimensional profiles for
generating a three-dimensional object?
Option A Tweaking
Option B Lofting
Option C Filleting
Correct Answer B
39 Question: To create a hollow part, which of the following command would be most
efficient?
Option A Extrude
Option B Sweep
Option C Shell
Option D Revolve
Correct Answer C
40 Question: The curve is defined as the locus of a point moving with ____ degree of
freedom.
Option A 0
Option B 1
Option C 2
Option D 3
Correct Answer B
41 Question: Write parametric equation of line having end points P1(3,5,8) and
P2(6,4,3).
Option A 3i+j-5k
Option B 3i-j-5k
Option C 3i-j+5k
Option D -3i-j-5k
Correct Answer B
43 Question: Find coordinates of points on line at u=0.25
Option A P1 X P2=0
Option B P1 . P2=0
Option C P1 = P2
Option D P1+ P2=0
Correct Answer A
45 Question: Two lines L1 and L2 having Parametric equations are P1=[3 4 7]+u[2
2 -6] and P2=[1 5 -2]+u[1 4 2]. Tangent vector for line L1
Option A 2i+2j-6k
Option B 2i+2j+6k
Option C 2i-2j-6k
Option D 6-2j-2k
Correct Answer A
46 Question: For Q 45, Tangent vector for line L2
Option A i+4j-k
Option B 2i+4j+k
Option C i-4j-2k
Option D i+4j+2k
Correct Answer D
47 Question: For Q 45, Lines are perpendicular?
Option A True
Option B False
Option C
Option D
Correct Answer B
48 Question: Parametric equation for circle
Option A 9.24,9.24
Option B 9.42,9.42
Option C 9,9
Option D 11,5
Correct Answer A
51 Question: A circle is passing through two end points A[6,4] and B[10,10]. Find
center point of circle.
Option A 7,8
Option B 8,8
Option C 8,7
Option D 7,7
Correct Answer C
52 Question: For Q 51, find radius of circle
Option A 3
Option B 3.6
Option C 4
Option D 3.5
Correct Answer B
53 Question: For Q 51, find coordinates of point on circle at u=0
Option A 11.6, 7
Option B 7, 11
Option C 11, 7
Option D 11.5, 7.5
Correct Answer A
54 Question: Find parametric equation for X-coordinates of hermite cubic spline
curve having end points P0[4,4]; P1[8,5]
Option A -5u3+8u2+u+1
Option B 5u3+8u2+u+1
Option C 8u3-5u2-u+1
Option D 8u3+5u2+u+1
Correct Answer A
55 Question: Find parametric equation for Y-coordinates of Hermite cubic spline
curve having end points P0[4,4]; P1[8,5]
Option A 2u3-3u2+2u+4
Option B 3u3-2u2-2u-4
Option C 2u3-3u2-2u-4
Option D 2u3+3u2+2u+4
Correct Answer A
Option A Tetrahedron
Option B Quadrilateral
Option C Parallelogram
Option D Rectangle
Correct Answer A
03 Question:For truss analysis, which type of elements are used?
Option A Triangle
Option B Parallelogram
Option C Rectangle
Option D Bar
Correct Answer D
04 Question:To solve the FEM problem, it subdivides a large problem into smaller,
simpler parts that are called
Option A discretization
Option B assemblage
Option C continuum
Option D traction
Correct Answer A
06 Question:The sum of the shape function is equal to
Option A 0
Option B 0.5
Option C 1
Option D 2
Correct Answer C
07 Question:A triangular plane stress element has how many degrees of freedom?
Option A 3
Option B 4
Option C 5
Option D 6
Correct Answer D
08 Question:Number of displacement polynomials used for an element depends
on ___________ .
Option A KQ=F
CAD/CAM & AUTOMATION [Multiple Choice Question]UNIT No-03
Option B KQ≠F
Option C K=QF
Option D K≠QF
Correct Answer A
10 Question:The finite element method is mostly used in the field of
Option A particles
Option B molecules
Option C elements
Option D none
Correct Answer C
12 Question:The numbers of node for 1 D element are
Option A 1
Option B 2
Option C 3
Option D 0
Correct Answer B
13 Question:Finite element analysis deals with ___________ .
Option A material
Option B geometry
Option C both material and geometry
Option D none of the above
Correct Answer C
15 Question:Example of 2-D Element is ___________ .
Option A bar
Option B triangle
Option C hexahedron
Option D tetrahedron
Correct Answer B
16 Question:For 1-D bar elements if the structure is having 3 nodes then the
stiffness matrix formed is having an order of
Option A 2*2
Option B 3*3
Option C 4*4
Option D 6*6
Correct Answer B
17 Question:To find the nodal displacements in all parts of the element,
______are used.
Option A friction
Option B traction
Option C boundary condition
Option D surfacing
Correct Answer C
19 Question:The truss element can resist only
Option A 3
Option B 2
Option C 1
CAD/CAM & AUTOMATION [Multiple Choice Question]UNIT No-03
Option D 0
Correct Answer D
23 Question:How many nodes are there in a 3-D brick element?
Option A 3
Option B 6
Option C 8
Option D 9
Correct Answer C
24 Question:From below, choose the correct condition for the axisymmetric
element.
Option A 1D
Option B 2D
Option C 3D
Option D 4D
Correct Answer B
26 Question:_______ is/are the phase/s of finite element method
Option A Pre-processing
Option B Solution
Option C Post Processing
Option D None
Correct Answer C
27 Question:The minimum number of dimensions are required to define the
CAD/CAM & AUTOMATION [Multiple Choice Question]UNIT No-03
Option A 3
Option B 4
Option C 1
Option D 2
Correct Answer A
28 Question:The finite element methods can be applied in ____________areas.
Option A thermal
Option B soil and rock mechanics
Option C vibration
Option D all of the above
Correct Answer D
29 Question:If the structure is more complex in order to simplify the model, we
need to subdivide the structure into substructures. These substructures are
termed as _____.
Option A elements
Option B modules
Option C links
Option D models
Correct Answer B
30 Question:Which of the following is not a method for calculation of the stiffness
matrix?
Option A the shape function has a unit value at one nodal point and zero value at the
other nodes
Option B the sum of the shape function is equal to one
Option C both a & b
Option D None of the above
Correct Answer C
35 Question:The points in the entire structure are defined using the coordinates
system is known as ______.
CAD/CAM & AUTOMATION [Multiple Choice Question]UNIT No-03
Option A ANSYS
Option B Nastran
Option C Abaqus
Option D AutoCAD
Correct Answer D
41 Question:Which of the following module of FEA is used to determine natural
frequency?
Option A stress
Option B strain
Option C displacement
Option D Temperature
CAD/CAM & AUTOMATION [Multiple Choice Question]UNIT No-03
Correct Answer D
43 Question:In FEA of a fluid mechanics problem, we need to find _______.
Option A zero
Option B very small
Option C very large
Option D infinite
Correct Answer D
46 Question:How many nodes are there in a tetrahedron element?
Option A 3
Option B 4
Option C 5
CAD/CAM & AUTOMATION [Multiple Choice Question]UNIT No-03
Option D 6
Correct Answer B
47 Question:How many nodes are there in a hexahedron element?
Option A 4
Option B 6
Option C 8
Option D 10
Correct Answer C
48 Question:How many nodes are there in a tetrahedron with curved sides
element?
Option A 6
Option B 8
Option C 10
Option D 12
Correct Answer C
49 Question:If the size of the elements is small, the final solution is expected to
be ______ accurate.
Option A more
Option B less
Option C depends on other factors
Option D can't say
Correct Answer A
50 Question:In truss analysis, the reactions can be found by using the equation
______.
Option A R=KQ+F
Option B R=KQ-F
Option C R=K+QF
Option D R=K-QF
Correct Answer B
CAD/CAM & AUTOMATION [Multiple Choice Question] UNIT No-04
Name of UNIT: COMPUTER AIDED MANUFACTURING
06 Question: n an NC machining operation, the tool has to be moved from point (5, 4) to
point (7, 2) along a circular path with centre at (5, 2). Before starting the operation, the
tool is at (5, 4). The correct G and N codes for this motion are
10 Question: In a CNC program block, N02 GO2 G91 X40 Z40……, GO2 and G91 refer to
Option A a-axis
Option B b-axis
Option C c-axis
Option D none of the mentioned
Correct Answer C
16 Question: Rotation of spindle is designated by one of the following axis:
Option A a-axis
Option B b-axis
Option C c-axis
Option D none of the mentioned
Correct Answer D
17 Question: he linking of computer with a communication system is called………..
Option A networking
Option B pairing
Option C interlocking
Option D assembling
Correct Answer A
18 Question: The process of putting data into a storage location is called____________
Option A reading
Option B writing
Option C controlling
Option D hand shaking
Correct Answer B
19 Question: The process of copying data from a memory location is called
Option A reading
Option B writing
Option C controlling
Option D hand shaking
Correct Answer A
Option A milling
Option B boring
Option C welding
Option D tapping
Correct Answer C
21 Question: Feed is measured in units of _____
Option A length/revolution
Option B degree/revolution
Option C length
Option D velocity
Correct Answer A
22 Question: he depth that the tool is plunged into the surface is called as ______
Option A feed
Option B depth of cut
Option C depth of tool
Option D working depth
Correct Answer B
23 Question: In CNC systems multiple microprocessors and programmable logic controllers
work ______
Option A in parallel
Option B in series
Option C one after the other
Option D for 80% of the total machining time
Correct Answer A
24 Question: Which of the following is not the advantage of CNC machines?
Option A Higher flexibility
Option B Improved quality
Option C Reduced scrap rate
Option D Improved strength of the components
Correct Answer D
25 Question: In how many ways CNC machine tool systems can be classified?
Option A 2
Option B 3
Option C 4
Option D 5
Correct Answer B
26 Question: Point-to-point systems are used for _____
Option A reaming
Option B parting
Option C grooving
Option D facing
Correct Answer A
27 Question: In part programming, interpolation is used for obtaining _______ trajectory.
Option A helicoidal
Option B pentagonal
Option C triangular
Option D zig-zag
Correct Answer A
28 Question: For CNC machining skilled part programmers are needed.
Option A True
Option B False
Correct Answer A
29 Question: An absolute NC system is one in which all position coordinates are referred to
one fixed origin called the zero point.
Option A True
Option B False
Correct Answer A
30 Question: In …………., the coordinates are mentioned in the program with respect to one
reference point
Option A Incremental System
Option B Absolute System
Option C Datum System
Option D Screen Coordinates System
Correct Answer B
31 Question: ……… is a group of words or coded instruction for the NC/CNC system to execute
a particular movement.
Option A Sequence
Option B Address
Option C Code
Option D Block
Correct Answer D
32 Question: Each coded instruction in a set of instructions is called as……
Option A Words
Option B Alphabet
Option C Numbers
Option D Format
Correct Answer A
33 Question: In …………., the coordinates are mentioned in the program with respect to one
Previous point.
Option A Incremental System
Option B Absolute System
Option C Datum System
Option D Screen Coordinates System
Correct Answer A
34 Question: G00 Preparatory code is used for__________
Option A Rapid Travel Execution
Option B Rapid Travel Positioning
Option C Rapid Travel sequencing
Option D Rapid clockwise interpolation
Correct Answer B
35 Question: In a CNC program block, N05 GO1 G91 G33 X20 Z-40……, G33 refer to
41 Question: Secondary Linear Axes U,V & W are ……… to X,Y & Z-axis.
Option A Perpendicular
Option B Parallel
Option C Rotational
Option D All of the above
Correct Answer B
42 Question: ……… are also called as parametric subroutines
Option A Micro
Option B Macro
Option C Sub Macro
Option D Sub Micro
Correct Answer B
43 Question: In the lathe it is the peripheral speed of the work piece cutting speed of tool is
expressed in m/min, V is
Option A =
𝜋𝐷𝑁
1000
Option B 𝜋𝐷
=1000
Option C 𝐷𝑁
=1000
Option D =
𝜋𝐷𝑁
10
Correct Answer A
44 Question: Incremental dimension in circular interpolation in X-axis is denoted by_____
Option A J
Option B I
Option C K
Option D None of the above
Correct Answer B
45 Question: Repetitive CNC machine operations conveniently performing and execute with
one command instead of programming of series of individual move called …..
46 Question: In CNC programming …….. is commonly used canned cycle for Stock removal
cycle
Option A G71
Option B G72
Option C G73
Option D G74
Correct Answer D
47 Question: ……… is the origin of the coordinate system which is defined by manufacturer
they cannot be changed
51 Question: In CNC machining tool radius compensation turning the left mode ON
programming contour done by
Option A G40
Option B G41
Option C G42
Option D G43
Correct Answer B
52 Question: Maximum spindle speed limitation code in CNC Machine
Option A G90
Option B G91
Option C G92
Option D G93
Correct Answer C
53 Question: Which of the following code is used to return to a reference point?
Option A G23
Option B G28
Option C G14
Option D G19
Correct Answer B
54 Question: The following code will produce dwell for a specified time…
Option A G18
Option B G65
Option C G45
Option D G04
Correct Answer D
55 Question: Which of the following code will give point to point movement?
Option A G00
Option B G01
Option C G56
Option D G94
Correct Answer A
Option A M05
Option B M06
Option C M07
Option D M09
Correct Answer B
58 Question: Full form of MCU is…………
Option A UMC
Option B VMC
Option C HMC
Option D DNC
Correct Answer C
62 Question: What is the full form of ATC?
Option A 60
Option B 80
Option C 90
Option D 100
Correct Answer B
65 Question: In the CNC machine which device used to hold the workpiece?
Option A Automatic pallet changer
Option B Automatic work part positioner
Option C A & B both
Option D None of the above
Correct Answer C
01 Question: In which stage of the product life cycle is advertising and promotion aimed at
retaining existing customers and persuading customers to switch from competitor products?
Option A Introduction
Option B Growth
Option C Maturity
Option D Saturation
Option E Decline
Correct Answer C
02 Question: The production era is best described as which of the following?
Option A Introduction
Option B Growth
Option C Maturity
CAD/CAM & AUTOMATION [Multiple Choice Question] UNIT No-05
Name of UNIT: Advance Manufacturing Methods
Option D Saturation
Correct Answer D
06 Question: The fifth 'P' of marketing is which of the following?
Option A Position
Option B People
Option C Presentation
Option D Placement
Correct Answer B
07 Question: The marketing mix consists of which four areas?
Option A Introduction
Option B Growth
Option C Maturity
Option D Saturation
Correct Answer A
09 Question: In the Boston Consulting Group matrix, unsuccessful products move around
the matrix in which order?
Option A Question mark to cash cow
Option B Question mark to dog
Option C Dog to question mark
Option D Question mark to star
Option E Cash cow to dog
Correct Answer B
10 Question: Which of the following is/are product life cycle extension strategies?
Option A Market development
Option B Product development
Option C Unrelated diversification
Option D Market development and product development
Correct Answer D
CAD/CAM & AUTOMATION [Multiple Choice Question] UNIT No-05
Name of UNIT: Advance Manufacturing Methods
11 Question: Extension of the product life cycle should be considered before the end of
which stage?
Option A Introduction
Option B Saturation
Option C Maturity
Option D Growth
Correct Answer B
12 Question: In which of the following stages of the product life cycle do profits peak?
Option A Introduction
Option B Growth
Option C Maturity
Option D Saturation
Correct Answer C
13 Question: In which of the following stages of the product life cycle do sales peak?
Option A Introduction
Option B Growth
Option C Maturity
Option D Saturation
Correct Answer D
14 Question: Of all of the current material addition rapid prototyping technologies, which one
is the most widely used?
Option A Ballistic particle manufacturing
Option B Selective laser sintering
Option C Solid ground curing
Option D Stereolithography
Correct Answer D
15 Question: Rapid prototyping technologies are never used to make production parts.
Option A True
Option B False
Correct Answer A
16 Question: Which of the following is a step of the Rapid Prototyping process?
Option A Create a CAD model of the design
Option B Convert the CAD model to STL format
Option C Slice the STL file into thin cross-sectional layers
Option D All of the mentioned above
Correct Answer D
CAD/CAM & AUTOMATION [Multiple Choice Question] UNIT No-05
Name of UNIT: Advance Manufacturing Methods
17 Question: Which one of the following is not a rapid indirect tooling method?
Option A Vacuum Casting
Option B Investment Casting
Option C Laser-Engineered Net Shaping
Option D Injection molding
Correct Answer C
18 Question: Which one of the following is not a direct rapid tooling method?
Option A OM Composite
Option B Direct AIM (ACES Injection Molding)
Option C Sand Molding
Option D Injection molding
Correct Answer D
19 Question: The principle of rapid prototyping is based on an object or model being sliced
by parallel planes.
Option A True
Option B False
Correct Answer A
20 Question: Which one following is not a rapid prototyping material?
Correct Answer A
CAD/CAM & AUTOMATION [Multiple Choice Question] UNIT No-05
Name of UNIT: Advance Manufacturing Methods
36 Question: What's the term used to describe 3-D printing when it's used to create models
for testing a product's design?
Option A LOM
Option B rapid prototyping (RP)
Option C rapid prototype modeling (RPM)
Option D fused deposition modeling (FDM)
Correct Answer B
37 Question: What was the name of the first commercially successful 3-D printer using the
inkjet approach for rapid prototyping (RP)?
Option A the V-Flash personal 3-D printer
Option B the stereolithograph apparatus (SLA)
Option C the ModelMaker
Option D 3D Model Catia
Correct Answer C
38 Question: Which of the following fields or industries have used 3-D printing?
Option A Mechanical
Option B Medical
Option C Art
Option D All of the aboce
Correct Answer D
39 Question: Which of the following 3-D printing approaches involves melting the material,
then allowing it to cool and solidify to form each new layer?
Option A sintering
Option B solidifying
Option C binding
Option D Annealing
Correct Answer A
40 Question: In what year was 3-D printing industry leader 3D Systems founded?
Option A 1987
Option B 1978
Option C 1986
Option D 1990
Correct Answer C
CAD/CAM & AUTOMATION [Multiple Choice Question] UNIT No-05
Name of UNIT: Advance Manufacturing Methods
41 Question: Which of the following 3-D printing approaches uses a liquid glue added to a
fine powder?
Option A photopolymerization
Option B binder 3-D printing
Option C multi-jet modeling (MJM)
Option D Adhesive
Correct Answer B
42 Question: Before you print out something on a 3-D printer, which file format should you
convert your file to?
Option A IGES
Option B STL
Option C SLT
Option D SLS
Correct Answer B
43 Question: One 3-D printing process has the trademark name of SLS. What does SLS
stand for?
Option A Sharp Laser Surfacing
Option B solid laser surfacing
Option C surface laser sintering
Option D selective laser sintering
Correct Answer D
44 Question: What type of software can you use to design a 3-D object that you want to
print?
Option A graphic image production (GIP)
Option B 3-D image modeling (3IM)
Option C computer-aided design (CAD)
Option D JPEG
Correct Answer C
45 Question: What's the official term from ASTM International describing manufacturing
technology that creates an object by adding material on a layer-by-layer basis?
Option A additive manufacturing (AM)
Option B rapid prototyping (RP)
Option C 3-D printing (3DP)
Option D Manufacturing System
Correct Answer A
CAD/CAM & AUTOMATION [Multiple Choice Question] UNIT No-05
Name of UNIT: Advance Manufacturing Methods
52 Question: Which of the following Powder based technology used in rapid Prototyping?
Option A FDM
Option B LOM
Option C SLS
Option D SLA
Correct Answer B
54 Question: _____ refers to mould cavities that are either directly or indirectly fabricated
using rapid prototyping.
Correct Answer D
15 Question: From the following which is the benefits of AS/RS
20 Question: From the following which is not the type of protocol used in CIM?
Option A Rabota
Option B Robota
Option C Rebota
Option D Ribota
Correct Answer B
02 Question: A Robot is a
Option A Programmable
Option B Multi functional manipulator
Option C Both (A) and (B)
Option D None of the above
Correct Answer C
03 Question: The main objective(s) of Industrial robot is to
Correct Answer D
04 Question: The following is true for a Robot and NC Machine
Option A Actuators
Option B Controller
Option C Sensors
Option D Manipulator
Correct Answer A
07 Question: Clockwise of Anti clockwise rotation about the vertical axis to the perpendicular arm is
provided through
Correct Answer D
10 Question: The Robot designed with Cartesian coordinate systems has
Correct Answer C
13 Question: Which of the following work is done by General purpose robot?
Option B Welding
Option A Position
Option A AMU
Option B VAL
Option C RAIL
Option D HELP
Correct Answer A
18 Question: In which of the following operations Continuous Path System is used
B Unit Vector
C Non-Zero Vector
D Non-Zero Scalar Factor
Answer D
Q.14 Which co-ordinates allow common vector operations such as translation, rotation,
scaling and perspective projection to be represented as a matrix by which the vector is
multiplied?
A vector co-ordinates
B 3D co-ordinates
C affine co-ordinates
D homogenous co-ordinates
Answer D
Q.15 In Coordinates, a points in n-dimensional space is represent by
(n+1) coordinates.
A Scaling
B Homogeneous
C Inverse transformation
D 3D Transformation
Answer B
Q.16 A translation is applied to an object by D
A Repositioning it along with straight line path
B Repositioning it along with circular path
C Only b
D All of the mentioned
Answer A
Q.17 We translate a two-dimensional point by adding
A Translation distances
B Translation difference
C X and Y
D Only a
Answer D
Q.18 The translation distances (dx, dy) is called as
A Translation vector
B Shift vector
C Both a and b
D Neither a nor b
Answer C
Q.19 In 2D-translation, a point (x, y) can move to the new position (x’, y’) by using
the equation
A x’=x+dx and y’=y+dx
Answer D
Q.26 A two dimensional rotation is applied to an object by
A Repositioning it along with straight line path
B Repositioning it along with circular path
C Only b
D Any of the mentioned
Answer C
Q.27 To generate a rotation , we must specify
A Rotation angle θ
B Distances dx and dy
C Rotation distance
D All of the mentioned
Answer A
Q.28 The rotation axis that is perpendicular to the xy plane and passes through the pivot point
is known as
A Rotation
B Translation
C Scaling
D Shearing
Answer A
Q.29 Positive values for the rotation angle θ defines
A Counter clockwise rotations about the end points
B Counter clockwise translation about the pivot point
C Counter clockwise rotations about the pivot point
D Negative direction
Answer C
Q.30 The original coordinates of the point in polar coordinates are
A X’=r cos (Ф +ϴ) and Y’=r cos (Ф +ϴ)
B X’=r cos (Ф +ϴ) and Y’=r sin (Ф +ϴ)
C X’=r cos (Ф -ϴ) and Y’=r cos (Ф -ϴ)
D X’=r cos (Ф +ϴ) and Y’=r sin (Ф -ϴ)
Answer B
Q.31 From the following, which one will require 4 matrices to multiply to get the final position?
A Rotation about the origin
B Rotation about an arbitrary Point
C Rotation about an arbitrary line
D Scaling about the origin
Answer B
Q.32 Rotation is simply---------object w.r.t origin or centre point.
A Turn
KKWIEER Mechanical Engineering Department nvp Page 5
CAD/CAM & AUTOMATION [Multiple Choice Questions]
UNIT No-01 Name of Unit: COMPUTER GRAPHICS
B Shift
C Compression
D Drag element
Answer A
Q.33 A line AB with end point A (2,3) & B (7,8) is to be rotated about origin by 300 in
clockwise direction. Determine the coordinates of end points S of rotated line.
A (3.232, 2.598)
B (5.232, 3.598)
C (3.232, 1.298)
D (3.232, 1.598)
Answer D
Q.34 An ellipse can also be rotated about its center coordinates by rotating
A End points
B Major and minor axes
C Only a
D None
Answer B
Q.35 The transformation that is used to alter the size of an object is
A Scaling
B Rotation
C Translation
D Reflection
Answer A
Q.36 Scaling of a polygon is done by computing
A The product of (x, y) of each vertex
B (x, y) of end points
C Center coordinates
D Only a
Answer D
Q.37 We control the location of a scaled object by choosing the position is known
as…………………………….
A Pivot point
B Fixed point
C Differential scaling
D Uniform scaling
Answer B
Q.38 If the scaling factors values sx and sy are assigned to the same value then………
B Quarter rotation
C Half rotation
D True reflection
Answer A
Q.46 What is the determinant of the pure reflection matrix?
A 1
B 0
C -1
D 2
Answer C
Q.47 Which of the following is NOT true?
C Scaling
D Skewing
Answer D
Q.52 Shearing and reflection are types of translation.
A True
B False
Answer B
Q.53 Which of this is compulsory for 2D reflection?
A Reflection plane.
B Origin
C Reflection axis
D Co-ordinate axis.
Answer C
Q.54 Two successive translations are
A Multiplicative
B Inverse
C Subtractive
D Additive
Answer D
Q.55 Two successive translations are commutative.
A True
B False
Answer A
Q.56 General pivot point rotation can be expressed as
A T(zr,yr).R(θ).T(-zr,-yr) = R(xr,yr,θ)
B T(xr,yr).R(θ).T(-xr,-yr) = R(xr,yr,θ)
C T(xr,yr).R(θ).T(-xr,-yr) = R(zr,yr,θ)
D T(xr,yr).R(θ).T(-xr,-yr) = R(zr,yr,θ)
Answer B
Q.57 Which of the following is NOT correct (A, B and C are matrices)
A A∙B = B∙A
B A∙B∙C = (A∙B) ∙C = A∙ (B∙C)
C C(A+B) = C∙A + C∙B
D 1A=A1
Answer A
Q.58 Reflection about the line y=0, the axis, is accomplished with the transformation
matrix with how many elements as ‘0’?
A 8
B 9
C 4
D 6
Answer D
Q.59 Which transformation distorts the shape of an object such that the transformed shape
appears as if the object were composed of internal layers that had been caused to
slide over each other?
A Rotation
B Scaling up
C Scaling down
D Shearing
Answer D
Q.60 Transpose of a column matrix is
A Zero matrix
B Identity matrix
C Row matrix
D Diagonal matrix
Answer C
Q.61 Reversing the order in which a sequence of transformations is performed may affect the
transformed position of an object.
A True
B False
Answer A
Q.62 How many minimum numbers of zeros are there in ‘3 x 3’ triangular matrix?
A 4
B 3
C 5
D 6
Answer B
Q.63 The object space or the space in which the application model is defined is called
A World co-ordinate system
B Screen co-ordinate system
C World window
D Interface window
Answer A
Q.64 What is the name of the space in which the image is displayed?
A World co-ordinate system
B Screen co-ordinate system
C World window
D Interface window
Answer B
Q.65 What is the rectangle in the world defining the region that is to be displayed?
KKWIEER Mechanical Engineering Department nvp Page 10
CAD/CAM & AUTOMATION [Multiple Choice Questions]
UNIT No-01 Name of Unit: COMPUTER GRAPHICS
A True
B False
Answer A
Q.72 Any convenient co-ordinate system or Cartesian co-ordinates which can be used
to define the picture is called
A spherical co-ordinates
B vector co-ordinates
C viewport co-ordinates
D world co-ordinates
Answer D
Q.73 The transformation of perspective projection must include, where d is the distance
between the center of projection to the projection plane.
A D
B 1/d
C -d
D -1/d
Answer D
Q.74 An area on a display device to which a window is mapped is called a………….
A Window
B Viewpoint
C Pixel
D None of the above
Answer B
Q.75 A Pixel is
A a computer program that draws picture
B A picture stored in secondary memory
C The smallest resolvable part of a picture
D All of the above
Answer C
Q.76 A system that automates the drafting process with interactive computer graphics is
called
A Computer Aided Engineering (CAE)
B Computer Aided Design (CAD)
C Computer Aided Manufacturing (CAM)
D Computer Aided Instruction (CAI)
Answer B
Q.77 In which type of projection, actual dimensions and angles of objects and
therefore shapes cannot be preserved?
A Orthographic
B Isometric
C Perspective
D None of the above
Answer C
Q.78 Coordinate of □ABCD is WCS are: lowermost corner A(2,2) & diagonal corner are C(8,6).
W.r.t MCS. The coordinates of origin of WCS system are (5,4). If the axes of
WCS are at 600 in CCW w.r.t. the axes of MCS. Find new vertices of point A in MCS.
A (4.268, 6.732)
B (5.268, 6.732)
C (4.268, 4.732)
D (6.268, 4.732)
Answer A
Q.79 A triangle A with vertices P (50, 40), Q (100, 60) & R (70, 80) is to be scaled
by using scale factors Sx =0.5 & Sy = 0.7 about point P, Find CT Matrix.
A 0.5 0 0
[ 0 0.7 0]
0 0 1
B 0.5 0 25
[ 0 0.7 0 ]
0 0 1
C 0.5 0 25
[ 0 0.7 12]
0 0 1
D 0.7 0 25
[ 0 0.5 12]
0 0 1
Answer C
Q.80 A line AB with end points A (2, 1) & B (7, 6) is to be moved by 3 units in x-direction & 4
units in y-direction. Calculate new coordinates of points B.
A (10, 2)
B (2, 10)
C (10, 10)
D (10, 5)
Answer C
A (10, 10)
B (15, 10)
C (15, 15)
D (10, 15)
Answer A
Q.3. In the following geometric modelling techniques which are not three-dimensional
modelling?
A Wireframe modelling
B Drafting
C Surface modelling
D solid modelling
Answer B
Q.4. In the following three-dimensional modelling techniques. Which do not require
much computer time and memory?
A Surface modelling
B Solid modelling
C Wireframe modelling
D All of the above
Answer C
Q.5. In the following geometric modelling techniques. which cannot be used for finite
element analysis:
A Wireframe modelling
B Surface modelling
C Solid modeling
D none of the above
Answer D
A Box
B Cone
C Cylinder
D Circle
Answer D
Q.7. Which of the following is not an analytical entity?
A Line
B Circle
C Spline
D Parabola
Answer C
Q.8. Which of the following is not a synthetic entity?
A Hyperbola
B Bezier curve
C B-spline curve
D Cubic spline curve
Answer A
Q.9. Which one of the following does not belong to the family of conics?
A Parabola
B Ellipse
C Hyperbola
D Line
Answer D
Q.10. The number of tangents required to describe cubic splines is
A 2
B 1
C 3
D 4
Answer B
Q.11. The shape of Bezier curve is controlled by
A Control points
A Cubic spline
B B-spline
C Bezier curve
D Both (b) and (c)
Answer B
Q.13. The degree of the Bezier curve with n control points is
A n+1
B n-1
C n
D 2n
Answer A
Q.14. The degree of the B-spline with varying knot vectors
A 4
B 3
C 2
D 5
Answer B
Q.16. The number of tangents required to describe cubic splines is
A 2
B 1
C 3
A 2
B 1
C 3
D 4
Answer B
Q.18. In the bezier curve, the curve is always to first and last segments of the
polygon
A normal
B parallel
C tangent
D none of the above
Answer C
Q.19. The unit vector in the direction of the line is defined as .
Answer C
Q.20. From the following, which is an axisymmetric surface?
A Plane Surface
B Ruled Surface
C Surface of Revolution
D All of the above
Answer C
Q.21. curves allow local control of the curve
A Analytical
B Hermite cubic spline
C Beizer
D B-Spline
Answer D
A ruled Surface
B plane Surface
C coons patch
D surface of Revolution
Answer C
Q.31. B-rep and C-Rep are the methods of
A solid modeling
B surface modeling
C wireframe modeling
D 2D modeling
Answer A
Q.32. Which kind of model can store information about geometry
A Solid model
A Cellular Decomposition
B Spatial Occupancy Enumeration
C Generalized Sweeps
D Constructive Solid Geometry
Answer D
Q.34. Structuring and combining the primitives of the solid model in the graphics database,
is achieved by the use of…..
A FEA
B transformations
C boolean operations
D none of the above
Answer C
Q.35. The data representation of CSG objects is represented by
A a binary tree
B a boolean operation
C a primitive
D none of the above
Answer A
Q.36. is an extension of the wireframe model with additional face information added.
A CSG
B B-rep
C Loft
D none of the above
Answer B
Q.37. For 3D modeling of automobile body styling, which of the following is a preferred
technique?
A Constructive Solid Geometry
B Pure Primitive Instancing
C Boundary Representation
A Extrude
B Sweep
C Shell
D Revolve
Answer C
Q.40. The curve is defined as the locus of a point moving with _ degree of freedom
A 0
B 1
C 2
D 3
Answer B
Q.41. Write parametric equation of line having end points P1(3,5,8) and P2 (6,4,3).
A [3 5 8]+u[3 -1 -5]
B [3 5 8]+u[3 1 5]
C [3 8 5]+u[3 -1 -5]
D [3 5 8]+u[-3 1 5]
Answer A
Q.42. Find the tangent vector of line having end points P1(3,5,8) and P2 (6,4,3)
A 3i+j-5k
B 3i-j-5k
C 3i-j+5k
D -3i-j-5k
Answer B
A P1 X P2=0
B P1 . P2=0
C P1 = P2
D P1+ P2=0
Answer A
Q.45. Two lines L1 and L2 having Parametric equations are P1=[3 4 7]+u[2 2 -6] and P2=[1
5 -2]+u[1 4 2]. Tangent vector for line L1
A 2i+2j-6k
B 2i+2j+6k
C 2i-2j-6k
D 6-2j-2k
Answer A
Q.46. For Q 45, Tangent vector for line L2
A i+4j-k
B 2i+4j+k
C i-4j-2k
D i+4j+2k
Answer D
Q.47. For Q 45, Lines are perpendicular?
A True
B False
C
D
Answer B
Q.48. Parametric equation for circle
A 3
B 3.6
C 4
D 3.5
Answer B
Q.53. For Q 51, find coordinates of point on circle at u=0
A 11.6, 7
B 7, 11
A Common tangent
B Common curvature
C Common point
D Common normal
Answer C
Q.57. C‘ continuity refers to
A Common tangent
B Common curvature
C Common point
D Common normal
Answer B
Q.58. C” continuity refers to
A Common tangent
B Common curvature
C Common point
D Common normal
A Explicit form
B Laplace form
C Implicit form
D Parametric form
Answer B
Q.60. When the curve passes through all the data points, then the curve is known as
A approximation curve
B pitch curve
C data curve
D interpolant curve
Answer D
Q.61. When a smooth curve is approximated through the data points, then the curve is known
as
A approximation curve
B pitch curve
C data curve
D interpolant curve
Answer A
Q.62. Synthetic curve pass through defined data points and thus can be represented by
A polynomial equations
B exponential equations
C partial differential equations
D differential equations
Answer A
Q.63. Mathematically, the ellipse is a curve generated by a point moving in space such that at
any position the sum of its distances from two fixed points (foci) is constant and
equal to
A larger than
B smaller than
C equal to
D none of the above
Answer C
Q.65. In synthetic curves, zero-order continuity yields
A first-order continuity
B second-order continuity
C zero-order continuity
D none of the above
A B-spline curve
B Hermite Cubic Spline Curve
C Beizer curve
D none of the above
Answer B
Q.70. The Bezier curve is smoother than the Hermite cubic spline because it has _________ order
derivatives.
A lower
B higher
C lower and higher both
D none of the above
Answer B
Q.71. In the bezier curve, the curve is always________to first and last segments of the polygon
A normal
B parallel
C tangent
D none of the above
Answer C
Q.72. ________curves allow local control of the curve.
A Analytical
B Hermite cubic spline
C Beizer
D B-Spline
Answer D
Q.73. In Beizer Curve, the curve follows __________
A ruled Surface
B plane Surface
C coons patch
D surface of Revolution
Answer C
Q.78. ________ command gives an array of object in 3D modeling
A Extrude
B Revolve
C Pattern
D All of the above
Answer C
A Extrude
B Sweep
C Shell
D Revolve
Answer C
Q.80. A cylinder can be created by drawing a rectangular shape using the ________ tool.
A revolve
B sweep
C extrude
D all of the above
Answer A
Q.81. For 3D modeling of automobile body styling, which of the following is a preferred
technique
A Tetrahedron
B Quadrilateral
C Parallelogram
D Rectangle
Answer A
Q.3 For truss analysis, which type of elements is used?
A Triangle
B Parallelogram
C Rectangle
D Bar
Answer D
Q.4 To solve the FEM problem, it subdivides a large problem into smaller, simpler parts that are
called
A static elements
B dynamic elements
C infinite elements
D finite elements
Answer D
Q.5 The art of subdividing the structure into a convenient number of smaller elements is known
as
A discretization
B assemblage
C continuum
D traction
Answer A
Q.6 The sum of the shape function is equal to
A 0
B 0.5
C 1
D 2
Answer C
Q.7 A triangular plane stress element has how many degrees of freedom?
A 3
B 4
C 5
D 6
Answer D
Q.8 Number of displacement polynomials used for an element depends on .
A nature of element
B type of an element
C degrees of freedom
D nodes
Answer C
Q.9 On gathering stiffness and loads, the system of equations is given by
A KQ=F
B KQ≠F
C K=QF
D K≠QF
Answer A
Q.10 The finite element method is mostly used in the field of
A structural mechanics
B classical mechanics
C applied mechanics
D engineering mechanics
Answer D
Q.11 In FEA, the sub domains are called as .
A particles
B molecules
C elements
D none
Answer C
Q.12 The numbers of node for 1 D element are
A 1
B 2
C 3
D 0
Answer B
Q.13 Finite element analysis deals with .
A approximate numerical solution
B non-boundary value problems
C Laplace equations
D All of the above
Answer A
Q.14 Stiffness matrix depends on
A material
B geometry
C both material and geometry
D none of the above
Answer C
Q.15 Example of 2-D Element is .
A bar
B triangle
C hexahedron
D tetrahedron
Answer B
Q.16 For 1-D bar elements if the structure is having 3 nodes then the stiffness matrix formed is
having an order of
A 2*2
B 3*3
C 4*4
D 6*6
Answer B
Q.17 To find the nodal displacements in all parts of the element, are used.
A shape function
B node function
C element function
D coordinate function
Answer A
Q.18 The nature of loading at various locations and other surfaces conditions called
A friction
B traction
C boundary condition
D surfacing
Answer C
Q.19 The truss element can resist only
A surface force
B axial force
C point load
D none of the above
Answer B
Q.20 The truss element can deform only in the
A vertical direction
B horizontal direction
C inclined direction
D axial direction
Answer D
Q.21 Example for one – Dimensional element is .
A triangular element
B brick element
C truss element
D axisymmetric element
Answer C
Q.22 The determinant of an element stiffness matrix is always
A 3
B 2
C 1
D 0
Answer D
A Pre-processing
B Solution
C Post Processing
D None
Answer C
Q.27 The minimum number of dimensions are required to define the position of a point in space
is .
A 3
B 4
C 1
D 2
Answer A
Q.28 The finite element methods can be applied in ---------areas.
A thermal
A elements
B modules
C links
D models
Answer B
Q.30 Which of the following is not a method for calculation of the stiffness matrix?
A plane stress
B plane strain
C zero stress
D zero strain
Answer A
Q.34 The characteristic of the shape function is
A the shape function has a unit value at one nodal point and zero value at the
other nodes
B the sum of the shape function is equal to one
C both a & b
D None of the above
Answer C
Q.35 The points in the entire structure are defined using the coordinates system is known as
.
A local coordinates system
B natural coordinates system
C global coordinate system
D none of the above
Answer C
Q.36 The applications of the Finite Element Method in two-dimensional analyses are .
A stretching of plates
B gravity of dams
C axisymmetric shells
D all of the above
Answer C
Q.37 If the body is in a state of equilibrium then the energy is minimum. This statement is
considered in .
A K is a banded matrix
B K is un-symmetric
C K is an un-banded matrix
D none of the above
Answer A
Q.39 The actual thickness of plane strain element is .
A very large
B very small
C assumed by software
D any of the above
Answer A
Q.40 Which of the following is not an FEA package?
A ANSYS
B Nastran
C Abaqus
D AutoCAD
Answer D
Q.41 Which of the following module of FEA is used to determine natural frequency?
A Static analysis
B Thermal analysis
C Modal analysis
D All of the above
Answer C
Q.42 For thermal analysis, the field variable is
A stress
B strain
C displacement
D Temperature
Answer D
Q.43 In FEA of a fluid mechanics problem, we need to find .
A stress distribution
B heat flux distribution
C pressure distribution
D all of the above
Answer C
Q.44 Crack propagation problems come under category.
A steady-state problems
B eigenvalue problems
C transient problems
D any of the above
Answer C
Q.45 In penalty approach, rigid support is considered as a spring having stiffness.
A zero
B very small
C very large
D infinite
Answer D
Q.46 How many nodes are there in a tetrahedron element?
A 3
B 4
C 5
D 6
Answer B
Q.47 How many nodes are there in a hexahedron element?
A 4
B 6
C 8
D 10
Answer C
Q.48 How many nodes are there in a tetrahedron with curved sides element?
A 6
B 8
C 10
D 12
Answer C
Q.49 If the size of the elements is small, the final solution is expected to be accurate.
A more
B less
C depends on other factors
D can't say
Answer A
Q.50 In truss analysis, the reactions can be found by using the equation .
A R=KQ+F
B R=KQ-F
C R=K+QF
D R=K-QF
Answer B
A software package
B operating system
C application software
D none of the mentioned
Answer A
Q.4 The software that is used to control the computer’s work flow, organize its data and
perform housekeeping functions is known as
A operating software
B graphics software
C application software
D programming software
Answer A
Q.5 During the execution of a CNC part program block NO20 GO2 X45.0 Y25.0 R5.0
the type of tool motion will be
A circular Interpolation – clockwise
B circular Interpolation – counter clockwise
C linear Interpolation
D rapid feed
Answer A
Q.6 n an NC machining operation, the tool has to be moved from point (5, 4) to point (7, 2) along
a circular path with centre at (5, 2). Before starting the operation, the tool is at (5, 4). The G
and N codes for this motion are
A a-axis
B b-axis
C c-axis
D none of the mentioned
Answer C
A a-axis
B b-axis
C c-axis
D none of the mentioned
Answer D
Q.16 he linking of computer with a communication system is called………..
A networking
B pairing
C interlocking
D assembling
Answer A
Q.17 The process of putting data into a storage location is called
A reading
B writing
C controlling
D hand shaking
Answer B
Q.18 The process of copying data from a memory location is called
A reading
B writing
C controlling
D hand shaking
Answer A
Q.19 CNC machining centres do not include operations like
A milling
B boring
C welding
D tapping
Answer C
A length/revolution
B degree/revolution
C length
D velocity
Answer A
Q.21 he depth that the tool is plunged into the surface is called as
A feed
B depth of cut
C depth of tool
D working depth
Answer B
Q.22 In CNC systems multiple microprocessors and programmable logic controllers work
A in parallel
B in series
C one after the other
D for 80% of the total machining time
Answer A
Q.23 Which of the following is not the advantage of CNC machines?
A Higher flexibility
B Improved quality
C Reduced scrap rate
D Improved strength of the components
Answer D
Q.24 In how many ways CNC machine tool systems can be classified?
A 2
B 3
C 4
D 5
Answer B
Q.25 Point-to-point systems are used for
A reaming
B parting
C grooving
D facing
Answer A
Q.26 In part programming, interpolation is used for obtaining trajectory.
A helicoidal
B pentagonal
C triangular
D zig-zag
Answer A
Q.27 For CNC machining skilled part programmers are needed.
A True
B False
Answer A
Q.28 An absolute NC system is one in which all position coordinates are referred to one fixed
origin called the zero point.
A True
B False
Answer A
Q.29 In , the coordinates are mentioned in the program with respect to one
reference point
A Incremental System
B Absolute System
C Datum System
D Screen Coordinates System
Answer B
Q.30 ……… is a group of words or coded instruction for the NC/CNC system to execute a
particular movement.
A Sequence
B Address
C Code
D Block
Answer D
A Words
B Alphabet
C Numbers
D Format
Answer A
Q.32 In , the coordinates are mentioned in the program with respect to one
Previous point.
A Incremental System
B Absolute System
C Datum System
D Screen Coordinates System
Answer A
Q.33 G00 Preparatory code is used for
A Rapid Travel Execution
B Rapid Travel Positioning
C Rapid Travel sequencing
D Rapid clockwise interpolation
Answer B
Q.34 In a CNC program block, N05 GO1 G91 G33 X20 Z-40……, G33 refer to
A Peck Drilling
B Counter Boring
C Thread Cutting
D Grooving
Answer C
Q.35 In CNC Program M03 is refer to……
A CANCEL Subroutine
B Call Sub-Program
C Call Subroutine
D CANCEL Sub-Program
Answer B
Q.37 In a CNC program block, N05 GO1 G91 G33 X20 Z-40 K5……, K refer to
A Depth of cut
B Pitch
C Multiple Threading Cycle
D Feed
Answer B
Q.38 A CNC Lathe is usually a machine tool with Z axes is…..
A Perpendicular
B Parallel
C Rotational
D All of the above
Answer B
Q.41 ……… are also called as parametric subroutines
A Micro
B Macro
C Sub Macro
D Sub Micro
Answer B
Q.42 In the lathe it is the peripheral speed of the work piece cutting speed of tool is expressed in
m/min, V is
A = 𝜋𝐷𝑁/1000
B = 𝜋𝐷/1000
C = 𝐷𝑁/1000
D =𝜋𝐷𝑁/10
Answer A
Q.43 Incremental dimension in circular interpolation in X-axis is denoted by
A J
B I
C K
Answer B
Q.44 Repetitive CNC machine operations conveniently performing and execute with one
command instead of programming of series of individual move called …..
A Common Cycle
B Incremental Programming
C Canned Cycle
D None of the above
Answer C
Q.45 In CNC programming …….. is commonly used canned cycle for Stock removal cycle
A G71
B G72
C G73
D G74
Answer D
Q.46 ……… is the origin of the coordinate system which is defined by manufacturer they cannot
be changed
A Blocking Point
B machine Zero Point
C Start Point
D Program Zero point
Answer B
Q.47 To indicate the position of the workpiece ly & easily machine zero pint should be displaced
to another point on the workpiece called…
A G40
B G41
C G42
D G43
Answer B
A G23
B G28
C G14
D G19
Answer B
Q.53 The following code will produce dwell for a specified time…
A G18
B G65
C G45
D G04
Answer D
Q.54 Which of the following code will give point to point movement?
A G00
B G01
C G56
D G94
Answer A
Q.55 Which rule implement for axes Nomenclature?
A Left-hand rule
B Right-Hand Rule
C Thumb Rule
D None of the above
Answer B
Q.56 Automatic tool change in CNC Machine code
A M05
B M06
C M07
D M09
Answer B
Q.57 Full form of MCU is…………
A Machine computer unit
B Machine control universal
C Machine control unit
D None of the above
Answer C
Q.58 The machine tool, in which calculation and setting of the operating conditions like depth of
cut, feed, speed are done during the machining by the control system itself,
is called
A Computer Numerical Control System
B Direct Numerical Control System
C Machining Center System
D Adaptive Control System
Answer D
Q.59 In which machine we get feedback?
A Lathe machine
B NC machine
C CNC machine
D Milling machine
Answer C
Q.60 Which machine's spindle is used to horizontal work?
A UMC
B VMC
C HMC
D DNC
Answer C
Q.61 What is the full form of ATC?
A Open-loop system
B Machine control system
C Closed-loop system
D None of the above
Answer C
Q.63 How many maximum tools can ATC hold?
A 60
B 80
C 90
D 100
Answer B
Q.64 In the CNC machine which device used to hold the workpiece?
A Automatic pallet changer
B Automatic work part positioner
C A & B both
D None of the above
Answer C
Q.65 In a CAD package, mirror image of a 2D point P (5, 10) is to be obtained about a line which
passes through the origin and makes an angle of 45° counterclockwise with the X-axis. The
coordinates of the transformed point will be
A (7.5, 5)
B (10, 5)
C (7.5, -5)
D (10, -5)
Answer B
Q.66 NC contouring is an example of
A Continuous path positioning
B Point-to-point positioning
C Absolute positioning
D Incremental positioning
Answer A
Q.67 With reference to NC machines, which of the following statements is wrong
A Both closed-loop and open-loop control systems are used
B Paper tapes, floppy tapes and cassettes are used for data storage
C Digitizers may be used as interactive input devices
D Post processor is an item of hardware
Answer C
Q.68 In finish machining of an island on a casting with CNC milling machine, an end mill
with 10 mm diameter is employed. The corner points of the island are represented
by (0, 0), (0, 30), (50, 30) and (50, 0). By applying cutter radius right compensation,
the trajectory of the cutter will be
A Additive Manufacturing
B Layer Manufacturing
C Direct CAD Manufacturing
D All of the above
Answer D
Q.2. Input of RP data is ______
A CAM data
B CAPP data
C CAD data
D All of the above
Answer C
Q.3. In the ___________ process, one starts with a single block of solid material larger than the final
size of the desired object and material is removed until the desired shape is reached.
A Subtractive process
B Additive process
C Formative process
D All of above
Answer A
Q.4. __________ is one where mechanical forces or restricting forms are applied on a material so as
to form it into the desired shape
A Subtractive process
B Additive process
C Formative process
D All of above
Answer C
Q.5. Which of the following is not subtractive process?
A Milling
B Stereo-lithography
C Sawing
D EDM
Answer B
A Bending
B Plastic injection molding
C Selective Laser Sintering
D Forging
Answer C
Q.7. Choose the correct sequence to generate prototype
A Physical mockup
B 2D surface data
C Tooling
D 3D CAD data
Answer C
Q.9. Full form of STL is _____
A Straight-lithography
B Streto-lithography
C Stereo-lithography
D Straight-lipsography
Answer C
Q.10. For rapid prototyping 3D CAD model should be converted into______file
A SGC
B SLA
C STL
D SLS
Answer C
Q.11. Process of converting STL file model in to layers is called________in RP
A chopping
B slicing
C cutting
D trimming
Answer B
Q.12. Support structures are required for ______
A thin portions
B thick portions
C overhanging portions
D all of the above
Answer C
Q.13. The STL files translate the part geometry from a CAD system to________
A CNC machine
B VMC machine
C RP machine
D CAPP machine
Answer C
Q.14. Slicing a part is easier in ______
A B-rep method
B STL method
C CSG method
D PRT method
Answer B
Q.15. STL file converts curved surfaces into_______
A Polygons
B Lines
C Surfaces
D None of the above
Answer A
Q.16. Which of the following is not Liquid-based RP system?
Answer B
Q.17. Full form of FDM is_______
A Titanium alloys
B Photopolymer
C Various materials
D Paper
Answer A
Q.25. Which of the following is used as base material in Selective laser sintering (SLS)?
A Photopolymer
B Thermoplastics, Metal powders
C Titanium alloys
D Various materials
Answer B
Q.26. Which of the following advantage does not possess by the rapid prototyping process over the
traditional prototyping process?
A ABS
B PLA
C Nylon
D INF
Answer C
Q.29. Which material can be efficiently used as a support material?
A ABS
B PLA
C Nylon
D INF
Answer D
Q.30. Which material gives finest surface finish in RP?
A ABS
B PLA
C Nylon
D INF
Answer B
Q.31. Which materials possess highest melting temperature?
A ABS
B PLA
C Nylon
D INF
Answer C
Q.32. Which file format cannot be converted into STL file format?
A .prt
B .sld
C .dwg
D .stp
Answer C
Q.33. STL files contains ______
A increase
B decrease
C may increase or may decrease
D remains constant
Answer A
Q.35. Which of the following is least important in design during rapid prototyping?
A Machine size
B Tolerance
C Material
D CAD software
Answer B
Q.36. Drilling, milling and threading are examples of which kind of processes?
A Additive manufacturing
B Subtractive manufacturing
C Formative manufacturing
D None of the above
Answer B
Q.37. Which of the following is not an example of additive manufacturing?
A Fused-deposition-modeling
B Electron beam machining
C SLS
D Injection molding
Answer D
Q.38. In 4D printing, which one is the fourth dimension?
A Time
B Material
C Sound
D Light
Answer A
Q.39. Which of the following is not a data interfacing format?
A STL
B SLC
C LEAF
D RP
Answer D
Q.40. Which of the following is a data interfacing format?
A HP/GL
B ACER
C ASUS
D IBM
Answer A
Q.41. STL consists of an unordered list of _______ facets representing the outside skin of an object.
A linear
B triangular
C square
D hexagonal
Answer B
Q.42. STL file consists of which of the following format?
A ASCII
B Binary
C Both A & B
D Neither A nor B
Answer C
Q.43. STL files plague several problems as they contain no _______ data
A geographical
B analytical
C topological
A Directional scanning
B Zigzag tool paths
C Contouring and spiral paths
D Boundary cutting tool paths
Answer D
Q.45. A tessellated model is said to be valid if there are ________
A no missing facets
B no degenerate facets
C no overlapping facets
D all of the above
Answer D
Q.46. Among the following, which one is the last step in Data Processing for Rapid Prototyping?
A Model slicing
B Part orientation
C Tool path generation
D Support generation
Answer C
Q.47. Among the following, which one is the earliest step in Data Processing for Rapid
Prototyping?
A Model slicing
B Part orientation
C Tool path generation
D Support generation
Answer B
Q.48. What type of inner structure makes the smoothest model in RP?
A Higher resolution
B Larger polygons
C Lower resolution
D None of the above
Answer A
Q.49. What type of inner structure can be used to reduce the printing time of the model in RP?
A Higher resolution
B Smaller polygons
C Lower resolution
D None of the above
Answer C
Q.50. Which of the following is an optional section of IGES format?
A Start section
B Global section
C Terminate section
D Flag section
Answer D
Q.51. Which one is NOT related to rapid prototyping definition?
A Layer by layer
B Physical model
C From 3D CAD data
D Production line
Answer D
Q.52. Which one of the processes is NOT using a laser?
A FDM
B SLA
C SLS
D LOM
Answer A
Q.53. Which of the following is the process in the RP cycle?
A Post-processing
B Transfer to machine
C Pre-processing
D All of the above
Answer D
Q.54. Which of the following is one of the design process steps?
A Build
B Concept
C Pre-processing
D Transfer to machine
Answer B
Q.55. What is the format for the prototyping machine file?
A .prt
B .slt
C .stl
D .iges
Answer C
Q.56. Which CAD software cannot be used to create data for the prototyping machine?
A CREO
B CATIA
C NX Unigraphics
D Adobe Illustrator
Answer D
Q.57. Which one of the process is subtractive prototyping?
A SLA
B SLS
C FDM
D MJM
Answer C
Q.59. Which of the process, the input material is in liquid form?
A LOM
B SLS
C FDM
D MJM
Answer D
Q.60. Which of the process, the input material is in powder form?
A LOM
B SLS
C FDM
D MJM
Answer B
Q.61. Which material is NOT available for LOM process?
A Paper
B Plastic
C Metal
D Glass
Answer D
Q.62. Which of the process is using the extrusion concept?
A SLA
B SLS
C FDM
D MJM
Answer C
Q.63. Which of the following is the process of the pre-processing stage?
A Remove support
B Checking 3D CAD data
C De-powdering loose material
D Dip in a binder to strengthen the part
Answer B
Q.64. A computer model of a part design on a CAD system is called which of the following?
A Computer Prototype
B Geometric Prototype
C Solid Prototype
D Virtual Prototype
Answer D
Q.65. Machining is never used for rapid prototyping because it takes too long.
A True
B False
C
D
Answer B
Q.66. In the context of rapid prototyping and additive manufacturing, tessellation refers to the
process of slicing the CAD model of the part into layers.
A Three-Dimensional Printing
B Fused-Deposition Modeling
C Stereolithography
D Selective Laser Sintering
Answer C
Q.69. Which one of the following RP technologies uses solid sheet stock as the starting material?
Q.70. Which of the following are examples of appropriate applications of additive manufacturing in
the actual production of parts and products?
A Vacuum Casting
B Investment Casting
C Laser-Engineered Net Shaping
D Injection molding
Answer C
Q.74. Which one of the following is not a direct rapid tooling method?
A LOM Composite
B Direct AIM (ACES Injection Molding)
C Sand Molding
D Injection molding
Answer D
Q.75. In the process of Selective Laser Sintering, raw material used is in the form of ______
A machining wax
B foam core
C powder
D rubber
Answer C
Q.76. In Selective Laser Sintering, laser light is also being used.
A True
B False
C
D
Answer A
Q.77. Explicit support structures are not required in Selective Laser Sintering (SLS).
A True
B False
C
D
Answer A
Q.78. Which of the following process is suitable for making injection molding tools?
A SL
B SLS
C EBM
D FDM
Answer B
Q.79. Which one of the following is not Extrusion-Based RP Systems?
A 3D Modeling
B Data Conversion
C Building
D Postprocessing
Answer A
Q.81. Which of the following is the last step of the rapid prototyping process?
A 3D Modeling
B Data Conversion
C Building
D Postprocessing
Answer D
Q.82. In STL files Euler’s rule for solids can be written as
A Introduction stage
B Growth stage
C Mature stage
D All of the above
Answer D
Q.84. In “Product Life Cycle” a stage represents rapid growth of product sale known as_____.
A Saturation stage
B Mature stage
C Growth stage
D Introduction stage
Answer C
Q.85. In “Product Life Cycle” a stage represents a new and previously unknown product for
buyers known as_____.
A Mature stage
B Introduction stage
C Decline stage
D None of the above
Answer B
Q.86. In “Product Life Cycle” a stage in which buyers move on to other products and sales
drop is known as_____.
A Growth stage
B Introduction stage
C Mature stage
D Decline stage
Answer D
Q.87. In “Product Life Cycle” in _______ stage market becomes saturated
A Mature stage
B Growth stage
C Decline stage
D Introduction stage
Answer A
Q.88. The technology life cycle concerned with the time and cost of developing the technology
A True
B False
C
D
Answer A
Q.89. The time duration of useful life of any product is known as a product's life cycle.
A True
B False
C
D
Answer B
KKWIEER Mechanical Engineering Department nvp Page 70
CAD/CAM & AUTOMATION [Multiple Choice Questions
Q.90. The technology is defined as the sophistication of a plant ,any equipment or any
machine etc
A True
B False
C
D
Answer B
Q.1. ____ is a manufacturing philosophy in which different parts are manufactured in a small batch
or group based on similarities
A Production technology
B Group technology
C Flexible manufacturing system
D None of the above
Answer B
Q.2. Which layout is mostly used for batch type of production?
A Product layout
B Process layout
C In line layout
D None of the above
Answer B
Q.3. In which layout manufacturing is done according to machine arrangement
A GT layout
B Product layout
C Process layout
D Hybrid layout
Answer C
Q.4. In which layout manufacturing is done according to product's characteristics?
A Process layout
B GT layout
C Product layout
D Both A & B
Answer D
Q.5. From the following which is type of coding system?
A KK3 system
B The MICLASS system
C OPITZ coding system
D The DICLASS system
Answer C
Q.7. ____ is a collection of parts which have similar characteristics
A Part family
B Mono family
C GT family
D Poly family
Answer A
Q.8. From the following which is the step of machine cell design?
A True
B False
C
D
Answer A
Q.10. Form which of the following is the objective of cellular manufacturing.
A Wire guided
B Paint strip
A Reduction in man-hours
B Useful in hazardous area
C Both A & B
D None of the above
Answer C
Q.18. A combination of equipment and controls which handles, stores and retrieves materials with
precision,accuracy and speed under a defined degree of automation is known as ____
A In line layout
B Ladder layout
C Both A &B
D None of the above
Answer C
Q.21. What is the full form of AS/RS in FMS?
A Loop layout
B In line layout
C Ladder layout
D Open field layout
Answer B
Q.23. From the following in which FMS layout workstations are arranged in a loop
A Ladder layout
B In line layout
C Loop layout
D None of the above
Answer C
Q.24. From the following in which FMS layout workstations are arranged in a loop with rungs
A Ladder layout
B Open field layout
C Loop layout
D None of the above
Answer A
Q.25. From the following which FMS layout is combination of many loop and ladder layout
A Ladder layout
B Open field layout
C Loop layout
D None of the above
Answer B
Q.26. From the following in which FMS layout robots are used as material handling system
A Ladder layout
B Open field layout
C Loop layout
D Robot centered layout
Answer D
Q.27. If the production is done according to change in various product design easily then such
manufacturing system is called as flexible system.
A True
B False
C
D
Answer B
Q.28. From which of the following is not the main element of Flexible manufacturing system
A Conveyor systems
B AGVS
C Both A & B
D None of the above
Answer C
Q.32. From the following which material handling equipment is used in Robot centered layout of FMS
A Industrial Robot
B Conveyor systems
C Rail guided vehicle system
D None of the above
Answer A
Q.33. ____ is a general purpose, programmable machine possessing certain human like characteristics
A Robot
B Manipulator
C Gripper
D None of the above
Answer A
Q.34. _____ is area of engineering and science which understand the different principles, structure and
programming of robot
A Mechatronics
B Robotics
C Aeronautics
D None of the above
Answer B
Q.35. ____ is also known as work volume of robot
A Work envelope
B Speed of movement
C Load carrying capacity
D Precision of movement
Answer A
Q.36. The speed at which robot is capable of manipulating its end effector is known as the____.
A Velocity of robot
B Maximum reach
C Speed of movement
D Load carrying capacity
Answer C
Q.37. The capacity of robot to carry load is known as_____.
A End effector
B Gripper
C Sensor
D Manipulator
Answer D
Q.39. Sensors are the transducers that are used to____.
A Cylindrical configuration
B Polar configuration
C Both A& B
D None of the above
Answer C
Q.41. ____ grippers are used to pick up light weight materials such as paper,cloth etc
A Mechanical grippers
B Adhesive grippers
C Vacuum cup grippers
D Magnetic grippers
Answer B
Q.42. ____ grippers are used to transfer ferrous material
A Magnetic grippers
B Mechanical grippers
C Adhesive grippers
D Vacuum cup grippers
Answer A
Q.43. The technology is defined as the sophistication of a plant ,any equipment or any machine etc
A True
B False
C
D
Answer B
Q.44. Sensors which are come in contact with some surface to measured desired physical variable are
known as____
A Non-contact sensors
B Proximity sensors
C Contact sensors
D None of the above
Answer C
Q.45. From which of the following is known as contact sensor.
A Tactile sensor
B Proximity sensor
C Visual sensor
D Range detector
Answer A
Q.46. From which of the following is known as non-contact sensor
A Force sensor
B Tactile sensor
C Proximity sensor
D None of the above
Answer C
Q.47. From which of the following is robot programming language
A VAL
B AML
C ABD
D Both A & B
Answer D
Q.48. ____ sensors are used to indicate presence or absence of hot objects
A Vision sensors
B Infrared sensors
C Photo-metric sensors
D Range detectors
Answer B
Q.49. ____ sensors are used to identify objects for pick and place purpose
A Range detectors
B Infrared sensors
C Vision sensors
D Photo-metric sensors
Answer C
Q.50. Up and down motion along an axis known as ____ in robotics
A Pitch
B Roll
C Yaw
D None of the above
Answer A
A Pitch
B Roll
C Yaw
D None of the above
Answer B
Q.52. The operating range or reach capability of robot is known as ____ in robotics
A Roll
B Pitch
C Yaw
D Speed of movement
Answer C
Q.53. From which of the following is robot programming method
A Manual method
B Lead through method
C Walk through method
D All of the above
Answer D
Q.54. Which type of motion is possible in Cartesian coordinate robots?
A 3 linear motion
B 2 linear and 1 rotational motion
C 3 rotational motion
D 1 linear and 1 rotational motion
Answer A
Q.55. Which type of motion is possible in cylindrical coordinate robots?
A 3 rotational motion
B 3 linear and 1 rotational motion
C 2 linear and 1 rotational motion
D 3 linear motion
Answer C
Q.56. Which type of motion is possible in polar coordinate robots?
B 3 linear motion
C 3 rotational motion
D 2 rotational and 1 linear motion
Answer D
Q.57. Which type of motion is possible in jointed arm robots
A Production planning
B Process Planning
C Product design
D None of the above
Answer B
Q.61. From which of the following is the type of computer aided process planning
A Rapid Production
B Rapid prototyping
C Lean Manufacturing
D Artificial intelligence
Answer B
Q.64. From which of the following is benefit of computer integrated manufacturing(CIM).
A Manufacturing Technology
B Production Technology
C Group Technology
Answer C
Q.66. In a simple and visual method of Cell design, the priorities in classifying may be in the order
A Rotational or non rotational – Material – Size – Shape
Answer A
Answer B
Q.68. In cell formation using production flow analysis, the following process will be left out of the
analysis
A Grinding
B Milling
C Drilling
D Gear cutting
Answer D
Q.69. Which of the following technique of grouping does not consider the design and shape aspect?
A A simple and visual method of cell design
Answer C
Q.70. The following is basically a material flow simplification technique
A GT layout
B Product layout
C Process layout
D Hybrid layout
Answer C
Q.73. From the following in which type of GT code chain-type structure is used?
A Poly code
B Hybrid code
C Mono code
D None of the above
Answer A
Q.74. From the following in which type of GT code tree-type structure is used?
A Poly code
B Hybrid code
C Mono code
D None of the above
Answer C
Q.75. Which system uses computers at lower-level strategies
A Variant CAPP
B Generative CAPP
C Hybrid CAPP
D All of the above
Answer A
Q.76. Which system uses computers at higher level strategies
A Variant CAPP
B Generative CAPP
C Hybrid CAPP
D All of the above
Answer B
Q.77. If all the processing equipment and machines are arranged according to the sequence of
operations of a product the layout is known as
A Product layout
B Process layout
C Fixed-position layout
D GT layout
Answer A
Q.78. The following type of layout is preferred to manufacture a standard product in large quantity
A Product layout
B Process layout
C Fixed-position layout
D GT layout
Answer A
Q.79. The following type of layout is preferred for low volume production of non-standard products
A Product layout
B Process layout
C Fixed-position layout
D GT layout
Answer B
Q.80. In ship manufacturing, the type of layout preferred is
A Product layout
B Process layout
C Fixed-position layout
D GT layout
Answer C
Q.81. Which of the following is not the method of part family formation
A Poly code
B Mono code
C Hybrid code
D Miscellaneous code
Answer A
Q.84. The first five digits of the Opitz classification system are ______
A Form code
B Secondary code
C Supplementary code
D Stationary code
Answer A
Q.85. The middle four digits of the Opitz classification system are ______
A Form code
B Secondary code
C Supplementary code
D Stationary code
Answer C
Q.86. The last four digits of the Opitz classification system are ______
A Form code
B Secondary code
C Supplementary code
D Stationary code
Answer B
Q.87. Form code of the Opitz system is for_________
A Design attributes
B Manufacturing attributes
C Production operation type & sequence
D Maintenance flow
Answer A
Q.88. Supplementary code of the Opitz system is for_________
A Design attributes
B Manufacturing attributes
C Production operation type & sequence
D Maintenance flow
Answer B
Q.89. Secondary code of the Opitz system is for_________
A Design attributes
B Manufacturing attributes
C Production operation type & sequence
D Maintenance flow
Answer C
Q.90. Digit 1 in Opitz system is for_________
A Part class
B Main shape
C Rotational machining
D Plane surface machining
Answer A
Q.91. Digit 2 in Opitz system is for_________
A Part class
B Main shape
C Rotational machining
D Plane surface machining
Answer B
Q.92. Digit 3 in Opitz system is for_________
A Part class
B Main shape
C Rotational machining
D Plane surface machining
Answer C
Q.93. Digit 4 in Opitz system is for_________
A Part class
B Main shape
C Rotational machining
D Plane surface machining
Answer D
Q.94. Digit 5 in Opitz system is for_________
A Part class
B Main shape
A Lower-level strategies
B Intermediate strategies
C Higher-level strategies
D Morden-level strategies
Answer A
Q.96. A use computer to automatically generate process plans is?
A Lower-level strategies
B Intermediate strategies
C Higher-level strategies
D Morden-level strategies
Answer C
Q.97. Which automation is suited for high production quantities
A Flexible
B Programmable
C Fixed
D All of above
Answer C
Q.98. Which manufacturing system is best suited for batch production
A Flexible
B Programmable
C Fixed
D All of above
Answer B
Q.99. --------is a manufacturing system in which sequence of operation is fixed by equipment
configuration
A Flexible
B Programmable
C Fixed
D All of above
Answer C
Q.100. A company is producing 15000 mobiles annually. Determine production scale of company
A Low Production
B Medium Production
C High Production
D None
Answer C
Q.101. Which one of the following statements is TRUE?
A Teach pendant is used for lead-through teaching.
B Teach pendant is used for manual teaching.
C Teach pendant is used for off-line teaching of robots.
D Teach pendant is not used in robot teaching.
Answer B
Answe D
r
Answe B
r
Q.3 When every entity of a geometric model remains parallel to its initial position,
the transformation is called as
Answe B
r
Q.4 In which type of projection, actual dimensions and angles of objects and therefore
shapes cannot be preserved?
Answe B
r
Answe B
r
A P’=S*P
B P’=R*P
C P’=dx+dy
D P’=S*S
Answe A
r
A P’=T+P
B P’=S*P
C P’=R*P
D P’=dx+dy
Answer C
B To scale
C To rotate
Answer A
Q.9 If point are expressed in homogeneous coordinates then the pair of (x,
y) is represented as
B (x, y, z)
D (x’, y’, w)
Answer D
A 1
B 0
C -1
D Any value
Answer A
Q.11 We can combine the multiplicative and translational terms for 2D into a
single matrix representation by expanding
B 2 x 2 matrix into 3 x 3
C 3 x 3 matrix into 2 x 2
D Only c
Answer B
B (h.x, h.y, h)
C (x, y, h.z)
D (x,y,z)
Answer B
A Magnitude Vector
B Unit Vector
C Non-Zero Vector
Answer D
Q.14 Which co-ordinates allow common vector operations such as translation, rotation,
scaling and perspective projection to be represented as a matrix by which the
vector is multiplied?
A vector co-ordinates
B 3D co-ordinates
C affine co-ordinates
D homogenous co-ordinates
Answer D
A Scaling
B Homogeneous
C Inverse transformation
D 3D Transformation
C Only b
Answer A
A Translation distances
B Translation difference
C X and Y
D Only a
Answer D
A Translation vector
B Shift vector
C Both a and b
D Neither a nor b
Answer C
Q.19 In 2D-translation, a point (x, y) can move to the new position (x’, y’) by
using the equation
Answer B
Mechanical Engineering, MMIT, Pune
Q.20 The two-dimensional translation equation in the matrix form is
A P’=P+T
B P’=P-T
C P’=P*T
D P’=P
Answer A
Q.21 -------is a rigid body transformation that moves objects without deformation.
A Rotation
B Scaling
C Translation
Answer C
A P’=P+T
B Dx and Dy
C P’=P+P
D Only c
Answer A
Q.23 Polygons are translated by adding to the coordinate position of each vertex and the
current attribute setting.
B Translation vector
C Differences
D Only b
Answer D
A Center coordinates
C Outline coordinates
Answer B
A Translation
B Rotation
C Scaling
Answer D
C Only b
Answer C
A Rotation angle θ
B Distances dx and dy
C Rotation distance
Answer A
Q.28 The rotation axis that is perpendicular to the xy plane and passes through the pivot
point is known as
Mechanical Engineering, MMIT, Pune
A Rotation
B Translation
C Scaling
D Shearing
Answer A
D Negative direction
Answer C
Answer B
Q.31 From the following, which one will require 4 matrices to multiply to get the final
position?
Answer B
A Turn
C Compression
D Drag element
Answer A
Q.33 A line AB with end point A (2,3) & B (7,8) is to be rotated about origin by
300 in clockwise direction. Determine the coordinates of end points S of
rotated line.
A (3.232, 2.598)
B (5.232, 3.598)
C (3.232, 1.298)
D (3.232, 1.598)
Answer D
Q.34 An ellipse can also be rotated about its center coordinates by rotating
A End points
C Only a
D None
Answer B
A Scaling
B Rotation
C Translation
D Reflection
Answer A
C Center coordinates
D Only a
Answer D
A Pivot point
B Fixed point
C Differential scaling
D Uniform scaling
Answer B
Q.38 If the scaling factors values sx and sy are assigned to the same value then………
Answer B
Q.39 If the scaling factors values Sx and Sy are assigned to unequal values then
Answer C
A Scaled
C Both a and b
D Neither a nor b
Answer C
D None
Answer A
C Produce an enlargement
Answer D
Answer A
A True
B False
Q.45 If two pure reflections about a line passing through the origin are
applied successively the result is
A Pure rotation
B Quarter rotation
C Half rotation
D True reflection
Answer A
A 1
B 0
C -1
D 2
Answer C
of same
A size
B same orientation
D virtual
Answer B
Answer D
A 2
B 3
C 6
D 5
Answer B
A 2
B 3
C 6
D 5
Answer D
A Selecting
B Sorting
C Scaling
D Skewing
Answer D
A True
B False
A Reflection plane.
B Origin
C Reflection axis
D Co-ordinate axis.
Answer C
A Multiplicative
B Inverse
C Subtractive
D Additive
Answer D
A True
B False
Answer A
A T(zr,yr).R(θ).T(-zr,-yr) = R(xr,yr,θ)
B T(xr,yr).R(θ).T(-xr,-yr) = R(xr,yr,θ)
C T(xr,yr).R(θ).T(-xr,-yr) = R(zr,yr,θ)
D T(xr,yr).R(θ).T(-xr,-yr) = R(zr,yr,θ)
Answer B
Q.57 Which of the following is NOT correct (A, B and C are matrices)
A A∙B = B∙A
D 1A=A1
Answer A
Q.58 Reflection about the line y=0, the axis, is accomplished with the
transformation matrix with how many elements as ‘0’?
A 8
B 9
C 4
D 6
Answer D
Q.59 Which transformation distorts the shape of an object such that the transformed
shape appears as if the object were composed of internal layers that had been
caused to slide over each other?
A Rotation
B Scaling up
C Scaling down
D Shearing
Answer D
A Zero matrix
B Identity matrix
C Row matrix
D Diagonal matrix
Answer C
Q.61 Reversing the order in which a sequence of transformations is performed may affect
the transformed position of an object.
B False
Answer A
Q.62 How many minimum numbers of zeros are there in ‘3 x 3’ triangular matrix?
A 4
B 3
C 5
D 6
Answer B
Q.63 The object space or the space in which the application model is defined is called
C World window
D Interface window
Answer A
Q.64 What is the name of the space in which the image is displayed?
C World window
D Interface window
Answer B
Q.65 What is the rectangle in the world defining the region that is to be displayed?
C World window
D Interface window
Answer C
Q.66 The window opened on the raster graphics screen in which the image
will be displayed is called
C World window
D Interface window
Answer D
A True
B False
Answer A
Q.68 Panning is a technique in which users can change the size of the area
to be viewed in order to see more detail or less detail.
A True
B False
Answer B
Q.68 Drawing of number of copies of the same image in rows and columns
cross the interface window so that they cover the entire window is called
A Roaming
B Panning
D Tiling
Answer D
Q.70 By changing the dimensions of the viewport, the and of the objects being displayed
can be manipulated.
D All of these
Answer C
A True
B False
Answer A
A spherical co-ordinates
B vector co-ordinates
C viewport co-ordinates
D world co-ordinates
Answer D
A D
B 1/d
C -d
Answer D
A Window
B Viewpoint
C Pixel
Answer B
Q.75 A Pixel is
Answer C
Q.76 A system that automates the drafting process with interactive computer graphics
is called
Answer B
A Orthographic
B Isometric
C Perspective
Answer C
Q.78 Coordinate of □ABCD is WCS are: lowermost corner A(2,2) & diagonal corner are
C(8,6). W.r.t MCS. The coordinates of origin of WCS system are (5,4). If the axes of
WCS are at 600 in CCW w.r.t. the axes of MCS. Find new vertices of point A in MCS.
A (4.268, 6.732)
B (5.268, 6.732)
C (4.268, 4.732)
D (6.268, 4.732)
Answer A
Q.79 A triangle A with vertices P (50, 40), Q (100, 60) & R (70, 80) is to be
scaled by using scale factors Sx =0.5 & Sy = 0.7 about point P, Find CT
Matrix.
A 0.5 0 0
[ 0 0.7 0]
001
B 0.5 0 25
[ 0 0.7 0 ]
001
C 0.5 0 25
[ 0 0.7 12]
001
D 0.7 0 25
[ 0 0.5 12]
001
Answer C
Q.80 A line AB with end points A (2, 1) & B (7, 6) is to be moved by 3 units in x-direction
& 4 units in y-direction. Calculate new coordinates of points B.
A (10, 2)
B (2, 10)
C (10, 10)
Answer C
Answer C
Q.2. In a 2-D CAD package, clockwise circular arc of radius, 5, specified from P1
(15,10) to P2 (10,15)will have its center at
A (10, 10)
B (15, 10)
C (15, 15)
D (10, 15)
Answer A
Q.3. In the following geometric modelling techniques which are not three-
dimensional modelling?
A Wireframe modelling
B Drafting
C Surface modelling
D solid modelling
A Surface modelling
B Solid modelling
C Wireframe modelling
Answer C
Q.5. In the following geometric modelling techniques. which cannot be used for
finite element analysis:
A Wireframe modelling
B Surface modelling
C Solid modeling
Answer D
Q.6. In the following geometric primitives. which is not a solid entity of CSG modelling:
A Box
B Cone
C Cylinder
D Circle
Answer D
B Circle
C Spline
D Parabola
Answer C
A Hyperbola
B Bezier curve
C B-spline curve
Answer A
Q.9. Which one of the following does not belong to the family of conics?
A Parabola
B Ellipse
C Hyperbola
D Line
Answer D
B 1
C 3
D 4
B Knots
C End points
Answer A
B B-spline
C Bezier curve
Answer B
B n-1
C n
D 2n
Answer A
Answer A
Q.15 The number of non-coincidental points required to define the simplest surface are
.
A 4
B 3
C 2
D 5
Answer B
B 1
C 3
D 4
Answer B
B 1
C 3
D 4
Answer B
A normal
B parallel
C tangent
Answer C
Answer C
B Ruled Surface
C Surface of Revolution
Answer C
D B-Spline
Answer D
Q.22 To determine the coefficients of the equation – two end-points and the two
. tangent vectors. This statement is true for which of the following
A B-spline curve
C Beizer curve
Answer B
Answer C
Q.24 Mathematically, the ellipse is a curve generated by a point moving in space such
. that at any position the sum of its distances from two fixed points (foci) is
constant and equal to
D semi-minor diameter
Q.25 When a smooth curve is approximated through the data points, then the curve
. is known as
A interpolant curve
B approximation curve
C pitch curve
D data curve
Answer B
Answer B
CAD/CAM &
AUTOMATION [Multiple Choice Questions] UNIT No-02
Name of Unit: GEOMETRIC MODELING
Q.27 In Beizer Curve, the flexibility of the shape would increase with
.
A decrease in the number of vertices
A Bezier curve
B B-spline curve
Answer B
Q.29 The degree of the curve is independent of the number of control points in .
.
A Hermite cubic spline curve
B Bezier curve
C B-spline curve
D Hyperbola
Answer C
Q.30 The is used to create a surface using curves that form closed boundaries.
.
A ruled Surface
B plane Surface
C coons patch
D surface of Revolution
Answer C
C wireframe modeling
D 2D modeling
Answer A
B Surface model
C Wireframe model
Answer A
Q.33 From the following, which method is also called as the Building Block Approach?
.
A Cellular Decomposition
C Generalized Sweeps
Answer D
Q.34 Structuring and combining the primitives of the solid model in the graphics
. database, is achieved by the use of…..
A FEA
B transformations
C boolean operations
Answer C
B a boolean operation
C a primitive
Answer A
Q.36 is an extension of the wireframe model with additional face information added.
.
A CSG
B B-rep
C Loft
Answer B
C Boundary Representation
Answer C
Q.38 Which of the following uses a number of two-dimensional profiles for generating
. a three-dimensional object?
A Tweaking
B Lofting
Answer B
Q.39 To create a hollow part, which of the following command would be most efficient?
.
A Extrude
B Sweep
C Shell
D Revolve
Answer C
Q.40 The curve is defined as the locus of a point moving with _ degree of freedom
.
A 0
B 1
C 2
D 3
Answer B
Q.41 Write parametric equation of line having end points P1(3,5,8) and P2 (6,4,3).
.
A [3 5 8]+u[3 -1 -5]
B [3 5 8]+u[3 1 5]
C [3 8 5]+u[3 -1 -5]
D [3 5 8]+u[-3 1 5]
Answer A
Q.42 Find the tangent vector of line having end points P1(3,5,8) and P2 (6,4,3)
B 3i-j-5k
C 3i-j+5k
D -3i-j-5k
Answer B
Q.43 Find coordinates of points on line having end points P1(3,5,8) and P2 (6,4,3) at
. u=0.25
Answer C
B P1 . P2=0
C P1 = P2
D P1+ P2=0
Answer A
Q.45 Two lines L1 and L2 having Parametric equations are P1=[3 4 7]+u[2 2 -6] and
. P2=[1 5 -2]+u[1 4 2]. Tangent vector for line L1
A 2i+2j-6k
B 2i+2j+6k
C 2i-2j-6k
Answer A
B 2i+4j+k
C i-4j-2k
D i+4j+2k
Answer D
B False
Answer B
Answer A
Answer A
Q.50 A circle is represented by center point [5,5] and radius 6 units. Find the
. parametric equation of circle and determine the various points on circle in first
quadrant if increment in angle by 45o
A 9.24,9.24
B 9.42,9.42
C 9,9
D 11,5
Answer A
Q.51 A circle is passing through two end points A[6,4] and B[10,10]. Find center point
. of circle
A 7,8
B 8,8
C 8,7
D 7,7
Answer C
B 3.6
C 4
D 3.5
B 7, 11
C 11, 7
D 11.5, 7.5
Answer A
Q.54 Find parametric equation for X-coordinates of hermite cubic spline curve having
. end points P0[4,4]; P1[8,5]
A -5u3+8u2+u+1
B 5u3+8u2+u+1
C 8u3-5u2-u+1
D 8u3+5u2+u+1
Answer A
Q.55 Find parametric equation for Y-coordinates of Hermite cubic spline curve having
. end points P0[4,4]; P1[8,5]
A 2u3-3u2+2u+4
B 3u3-2u2-2u-4
C 2u3-3u2-2u-4
D 2u3+3u2+2u+4
Answer A
C Common point
D Common normal
Answer C
B Common curvature
C Common point
D Common normal
Answer B
B Common curvature
C Common point
D Common normal
Answer A
A Explicit form
B Laplace form
C Implicit form
D Parametric form
Answer B
A approximation curve
B pitch curve
C data curve
D interpolant curve
Answer D
Q.61 When a smooth curve is approximated through the data points, then the curve is known
. as
A approximation curve
B pitch curve
C data curve
D interpolant curve
Answer A
Q.62 Synthetic curve pass through defined data points and thus can be represented by
.
A polynomial equations
B exponential equations
D differential equations
Answer A
Q.63 Mathematically, the ellipse is a curve generated by a point moving in space such that at
. any position the sum of its distances from two fixed points (foci) is constant and
equal to
D semi-minor diameter
Answer A
Q.64 The parabola is defined mathematically as a curve generated by a point that moves
. such that its distance from the focus is always__________the distance to the directrix
A larger than
B smaller than
C equal to
Answer C
Answer A
Answer B
Answer C
A first-order continuity
B second-order continuity
Answer B
Q.69 To determine the coefficients of the equation – two end-points and the two tangent
. vectors. This statement is true for which of the following?
A B-spline curve
C Beizer curve
Answer B
Q.70 The Bezier curve is smoother than the Hermite cubic spline because it has _________ order
. derivatives.
A lower
B higher
Answer B
Q.71 In the bezier curve, the curve is always________to first and last segments of the polygon
.
A normal
B parallel
C tangent
A Analytical
C Beizer
D B-Spline
Answer D
Answer B
Q.74 In Beizer Curve, the flexibility of the shape would increase with _______ of the polygon.
.
Answer B
B Bezier curve
C B-spline curve
D Hyperbola
Answer C
Answer D
Q.77 The ___________ is used to create a surface using curves that form closed boundaries
.
A ruled Surface
B plane Surface
C coons patch
D surface of Revolution
Answer C
A Extrude
B Revolve
Answer C
Q.79 To create a hollow part, which of the following command would be most efficient
.
A Extrude
B Sweep
C Shell
D Revolve
Answer C
Q.80 A cylinder can be created by drawing a rectangular shape using the ________ tool.
.
A revolve
B sweep
C extrude
Answer A
Q.81 For 3D modeling of automobile body styling, which of the following is a preferred
. technique
C Boundary Representation
Answer B
Q.2 From the following, which type of element is not two dimensional?
A Tetrahedron
B Quadrilateral
C Parallelogram
D Rectangle
Answer A
A Triangle
B Parallelogram
C Rectangle
D Bar
Answer D
A static elements
B dynamic elements
C infinite elements
D finite elements
Answer D
Q.5 The art of subdividing the structure into a convenient number of smaller elements is
known as
A discretization
B assemblage
C continuum
D traction
Answer A
A 0
B 0.5
C 1
D 2
Answer C
Q.7 A triangular plane stress element has how many degrees of freedom?
A 3
B 4
C 5
Answer D
A nature of element
B type of an element
C degrees of freedom
D nodes
Answer C
A KQ=F
B KQ≠F
C K=QF
D K≠QF
Answer A
A structural mechanics
B classical mechanics
C applied mechanics
D engineering mechanics
Answer D
A particles
C elements
D none
Answer C
A 1
B 2
C 3
D 0
Answer B
C Laplace equations
Answer A
A material
B geometry
A bar
B triangle
C hexahedron
D tetrahedron
Answer B
Q.16 For 1-D bar elements if the structure is having 3 nodes then the stiffness matrix formed
is having an order of
A 2*2
B 3*3
C 4*4
D 6*6
Answer B
Q.17 To find the nodal displacements in all parts of the element, are used.
A shape function
B node function
C element function
D coordinate function
Answer A
Q.18 The nature of loading at various locations and other surfaces conditions called
A friction
B traction
D surfacing
Answer C
A surface force
B axial force
C point load
Answer B
Q.20
A vertical direction
B horizontal direction
C inclined direction
Answer D
A triangular element
B brick element
C truss element
D axisymmetric element
Answer C
A 3
B 2
C 1
D 0
Answer D
A 3
B 6
C 8
D 9
Answer C
Q.24 From below, choose the condition for the axisymmetric element.
Answer D
A 1D
B 2D
C 3D
D 4D
Answer B
A Pre-processing
B Solution
C Post Processing
D None
Answer C
Q.27 The minimum number of dimensions are required to define the position of a point in
space is.
A 3
B 4
C 1
D 2
Answer A
A thermal
C vibration
Answer D
Q.29 If the structure is more complex in order to simplify the model, we need to
subdivide the structure into substructures. These substructures are termed as.
A elements
B modules
C links
D models
Answer B
Q.30 Which of the following is not a method for calculation of the stiffness matrix?
B Galerkin's principle
Answer D
C Aspect ratio
Answer C
A Mode shapes
B Shape functions
C Natural curves
Answer B
Q.33 When a thin plate is subjected to loading in its own plane only, the condition is
called _ .
A plane stress
B plane strain
C zero stress
D zero strain
Answer A
A the shape function has a unit value at one nodal point and zero value at
the other nodes
C both a & b
Answer C
Q.35 The points in the entire structure are defined using the coordinates system is known
as .
Answer C
Q.36 The applications of the Finite Element Method in two-dimensional analyses are .
A stretching of plates
B gravity of dams
C axisymmetric shells
Answer C
Q.37 If the body is in a state of equilibrium then the energy is minimum. This statement
is considered in .
C Galerkin’s principle
Answer D
Q.38 Which of the following is true for the stiffness matrix (K)?
B K is un-symmetric
C K is an un-banded matrix
Answer A
A very large
B very small
C assumed by software
Answer A
A ANSYS
B Nastran
C Abaqus
D AutoCAD
Answer D
Q.41 Which of the following module of FEA is used to determine natural frequency?
A Static analysis
B Thermal analysis
C Modal analysis
A stress
B strain
C displacement
D Temperature
Answer D
A stress distribution
C pressure distribution
Answer C
A steady-state problems
B eigenvalue problems
C transient problems
Answer C
A zero
B very small
D infinite
Answer D
A 3
B 4
C 5
D 6
Answer B
A 4
B 6
C 8
D 10
Answer C
Q.48 How many nodes are there in a tetrahedron with curved sides element?
A 6
B 8
C 10
D 12
Answer C
A more
B less
D can't say
Answer A
Q.50 In truss analysis, the reactions can be found by using the equation .
A R=KQ+F
B R=KQ-F
C R=K+QF
D R=K-QF
Answer B
Answer C
Answer B
Q.3 The term that is used for geometric modelling like solid modelling, wire frame
modelling and drafting is known as
A software package
B operating system
C application software
Answer A
Q.4 The software that is used to control the computer’s work flow, organize its data
and perform housekeeping functions is known as
A operating software
B graphics software
C application software
Answer A
Q.5 During the execution of a CNC part program block NO20 GO2 X45.0 Y25.0
R5.0 the type of tool motion will be
C linear Interpolation
D rapid feed
Answer A
Q.6 n an NC machining operation, the tool has to be moved from point (5, 4) to point (7, 2)
along a circular path with centre at (5, 2). Before starting the operation, the tool is at (5,
4). The G and N codes for this motion are
Answer B
Q.7 The tool of an NC machine has to move along a circular arc from (5, 5) to (10, 10) while
performing an operation. The centre of the arc is at (10, 5). Which one of the following
NC tool path command performs the above mentioned operation?
Answer A
Answer C
Q.9 In a CNC program block, N02 GO2 G91 X40 Z40……, GO2 and G91 refer to
Answer C
Answer C
A NC
B CNC
C DNC
Answer B
A a hardware unit
B a software unit
C a control unit
Answer A
B mechanical errors
C electrical errors
Answer B
A a-axis
B b-axis
Answer C
A a-axis
B b-axis
C c-axis
Answer D
A networking
B pairing
C interlocking
D assembling
Answer A
A reading
B writing
C controlling
D hand shaking
Answer B
A reading
B writing
C controlling
D hand shaking
Answer A
A milling
B boring
C welding
D tapping
Answer C
A length/revolution
B degree/revolution
C length
D velocity
Answer A
Q.21 he depth that the tool is plunged into the surface is called as
A feed
B depth of cut
D working depth
Answer B
Q.22 In CNC systems multiple microprocessors and programmable logic controllers work
A in parallel
B in series
Answer A
A Higher flexibility
B Improved quality
Answer D
Q.24 In how many ways CNC machine tool systems can be classified?
A 2
B 3
C 4
D 5
Answer B
A reaming
B parting
C grooving
D facing
Answer A
A helicoidal
B pentagonal
C triangular
D zig-zag
Answer A
A True
B False
Answer A
Q.28 An absolute NC system is one in which all position coordinates are referred to one
fixed origin called the zero point.
A True
B False
Answer A
Q.29 In , the coordinates are mentioned in the program with respect to one reference point
A Incremental System
C Datum System
Answer B
Q.30 ……… is a group of words or coded instruction for the NC/CNC system to
execute a particular movement.
A Sequence
B Address
C Code
D Block
Answer D
A Words
B Alphabet
C Numbers
D Format
Answer A
Q.32 In , the coordinates are mentioned in the program with respect to one Previous point.
A Incremental System
B Absolute System
C Datum System
Answer A
Answer B
Q.34 In a CNC program block, N05 GO1 G91 G33 X20 Z-40……, G33 refer to
A Peck Drilling
B Counter Boring
C Thread Cutting
D Grooving
Answer C
Answer A
A CANCEL Subroutine
C Call Subroutine
D CANCEL Sub-Program
Answer B
Q.37 In a CNC program block, N05 GO1 G91 G33 X20 Z-40 K5……, K refer to
A Depth of cut
B Pitch
D Feed
Answer B
C Both A & B
Answer D
A X
B Y
C Z
D C
Q.40 Secondary Linear Axes U,V & W are ……… to X,Y & Z-axis.
A Perpendicular
B Parallel
C Rotational
Answer B
A Micro
B Macro
C Sub Macro
D Sub Micro
Answer B
Answer A
A J
B I
C K
Answer B
Q.44 Repetitive CNC machine operations conveniently performing and execute with
one command instead of programming of series of individual move called …..
A Common Cycle
C Canned Cycle
Answer C
Q.45 In CNC programming …….. is commonly used canned cycle for Stock removal cycle
A G71
B G72
C G73
D G74
Answer D
Q.46 ……… is the origin of the coordinate system which is defined by manufacturer they
cannot be changed
A Blocking Point
C Start Point
Answer B
Q.47 To indicate the position of the workpiece ly & easily machine zero pint should be
displaced to another point on the workpiece called…
C Start Point
A Answer
A G16
B G17
C G18
D G19
Answer B
Q.49 The distance of a given tool tip from the surface of workpiece is known as…..
A Tool length
C Cutter radius
D Compensation
Answer B
Q.50 In CNC machining tool radius compensation turning the left mode ON programming
contour done by
A G40
B G41
C G42
D G43
Answer B
A G90
B G91
C G92
D G93
Answer C
A G23
B G28
C G14
D G19
Answer B
Q.53 The following code will produce dwell for a specified time…
A G18
B G65
C G45
D G04
Answer D
Q.54 Which of the following code will give point to point movement?
A G00
B G01
C G56
Answer A
A Left-hand rule
B Right-Hand Rule
C Thumb Rule
Answer B
A M05
B M06
C M07
D M09
Answer B
Answer C
Q.58 The machine tool, in which calculation and setting of the operating conditions like depth
of cut, feed, speed are done during the machining by the control system itself, is called
Answer D
A Lathe machine
B NC machine
C CNC machine
D Milling machine
Answer C
A UMC
B VMC
C HMC
D DNC
Answer C
Answer A
A Open-loop system
C Closed-loop system
Answer C
A 60
B 80
C 90
D 100
Answer B
Q.64 In the CNC machine which device used to hold the workpiece?
C A & B both
Answer C
Q.65 In a CAD package, mirror image of a 2D point P (5, 10) is to be obtained about a line
which passes through the origin and makes an angle of 45° counterclockwise with the X-
axis. The coordinates of the transformed point will be
B (10, 5)
C (7.5, -5)
D (10, -5)
Answer B
B Point-to-point positioning
C Absolute positioning
D Incremental positioning
Answer A
B Paper tapes, floppy tapes and cassettes are used for data storage
Answer C
Q.68 In finish machining of an island on a casting with CNC milling machine, an end mill with
10 mm diameter is employed. The corner points of the island are represented by (0, 0), (0,
30), (50, 30) and (50, 0). By applying cutter radius right compensation, the trajectory of the
cutter will be
Answer A
A Backlash in gearing
Answer A
A Additive Manufacturing
B Layer Manufacturing
Answer D
A CAM data
B CAPP data
C CAD data
Answer C
Q.3. In the ___________ process, one starts with a single block of solid material larger than the final
size of the desired object and material is removed until the desired shape is reached.
B Additive process
C Formative process
D All of above
Answer A
Q.4. __________ is one where mechanical forces or restricting forms are applied on a material so
as to form it into the desired shape
A Subtractive process
B Additive process
C Formative process
D All of above
Answer C
A Milling
B Stereo-lithography
C Sawing
D EDM
Answer B
UNIT No-05
Name of Unit: Advance Manufacturing Method
Q.6. Which of the following process is not formative process?
A Bending
D Forging
Answer C
Answer A
Q.8. Which of the following can not be the input of CAD solid model?
A Physical mockup
B 2D surface data
C Tooling
Answer C
A Straight-lithography
B Streto-lithography
C Stereo-lithography
D Straight-lipsography
Answer C
A SGC
B SLA
C STL
D SLS
Answer C
A chopping
B slicing
C cutting
D trimming
Answer B
A thin portions
C overhanging portions
Answer C
Q.13. The STL files translate the part geometry from a CAD system to________
A CNC machine
B VMC machine
C RP machine
D CAPP machine
Answer C
A B-rep method
B STL method
C CSG method
D PRT method
Answer B
A Polygons
B Lines
C Surfaces
Answer A
Answer B
Answer C
Answer B
Answer C
A Stratasys
B CAM-LEM
C Kira Corporation
D Cubic Technologies
Answer D
Answer B
Answer C
C Titanium alloys
D Photopolymer
Answer D
Q.24. Which of the following is used as base material in Electron Beam Melting (EBM) process?
A Titanium alloys
B Photopolymer
C Various materials
D Paper
Answer A
Q.25. Which of the following is used as base material in Selective laser sintering (SLS)?
A Photopolymer
C Titanium alloys
D Various materials
Answer B
Q.26. Which of the following advantage does not possess by the rapid prototyping process over
the traditional prototyping process?
D It's cheaper
Answer D
Answer C
A ABS
B PLA
C Nylon
D INF
Answer C
A ABS
B PLA
C Nylon
D INF
Answer D
B PLA
C Nylon
D INF
Answer B
A ABS
B PLA
C Nylon
D INF
Answer C
Q.32. Which file format cannot be converted into STL file format?
A .prt
B .sld
C .dwg
D .stp
Answer C
B geometrical data
C drawing data
Q.34. In STL files when chord length decrease then accuracy _______
A increase
B decrease
D remains constant
Answer A
Q.35. Which of the following is least important in design during rapid prototyping?
A Machine size
B Tolerance
C Material
D CAD software
Answer B
Q.36. Drilling, milling and threading are examples of which kind of processes?
A Additive manufacturing
B Subtractive manufacturing
C Formative manufacturing
Answer B
A Fused-deposition-modeling
D Injection molding
Answer D
A Time
B Material
C Sound
D Light
Answer A
A STL
B SLC
C LEAF
D RP
Answer D
A HP/GL
B ACER
C ASUS
D IBM
Answer A
A linear
B triangular
C square
D hexagonal
Answer B
A ASCII
B Binary
C Both A & B
D Neither A nor B
Answer C
Q.43. STL files plague several problems as they contain no _______ data
A geographical
B analytical
C topological
Answer C
Q.44. In laminated object manufacturing (LOM), which of the following cutting strategy is
preferable?
A Directional scanning
Answer D
A no missing facets
B no degenerate facets
C no overlapping facets
Answer D
Q.46. Among the following, which one is the last step in Data Processing for Rapid Prototyping?
A Model slicing
B Part orientation
D Support generation
Answer C
Q.47. Among the following, which one is the earliest step in Data Processing for Rapid
Prototyping?
A Model slicing
B Part orientation
D Support generation
Answer B
A Higher resolution
B Larger polygons
C Lower resolution
Answer A
Q.49. What type of inner structure can be used to reduce the printing time of the model in RP?
A Higher resolution
B Smaller polygons
C Lower resolution
Answer C
A Start section
B Global section
C Terminate section
D Flag section
Answer D
A Layer by layer
B Physical model
Answer D
A FDM
B SLA
C SLS
D LOM
Answer A
A Post-processing
B Transfer to machine
C Pre-processing
Answer D
A Build
B Concept
C Pre-processing
D Transfer to machine
Answer B
A .prt
C .stl
D .iges
Answer C
Q.56. Which CAD software cannot be used to create data for the prototyping machine?
A CREO
B CATIA
C NX Unigraphics
D Adobe Illustrator
Answer D
C Multi-Jet Modeling
D Stereolithography Apparatus
Answer A
Q.58. From the following, in which process, the input material is in solid form?
A SLA
B SLS
C FDM
D MJM
Answer C
A LOM
B SLS
C FDM
D MJM
Answer D
A LOM
B SLS
C FDM
D MJM
Answer B
A Paper
B Plastic
C Metal
D Glass
Answer D
A SLA
B SLS
C FDM
Answer C
A Remove support
Answer B
Q.64. A computer model of a part design on a CAD system is called which of the following?
A Computer Prototype
B Geometric Prototype
C Solid Prototype
D Virtual Prototype
Answer D
Q.65. Machining is never used for rapid prototyping because it takes too long.
A True
B False
Answer B
Q.66. In the context of rapid prototyping and additive manufacturing, tessellation refers to the
process of slicing the CAD model of the part into layers.
B Used-Deposition Modeling
C Laminated-Object Manufacturing
D Stereolithography
Answer D
Q.67. Which of the following RP technologies uses powders as the starting material?
B Fused-Deposition Modeling
D Stereolithography
Answer C
Q.68. Which of the following RP technologies uses molten material as the starting material?
A Three-Dimensional Printing
B Fused-Deposition Modeling
C Stereolithography
Answer C
Q.69. Which one of the following RP technologies uses solid sheet stock as the starting material?
B Fused-deposition modeling
C Laminated-Object Manufacturing
Q.7 Which of the following are examples of appropriate applications of additive manufacturing in
0. the actual production of parts and products?
Answer B
Q.7 Which of the following are problems with the current rapid prototyping and
1. additive manufacturing technologies?
Answer A
Q.7 Of all of the current material addition rapid prototyping technologies, which one is the most
2. widely used?
D Stereolithography
Answer D
Q.7 Which one of the following is not a rapid indirect tooling method?
3.
B Investment Casting
D Injection molding
Answer C
Q.7 Which one of the following is not a direct rapid tooling method?
4.
A LOM Composite
C Sand Molding
D Injection molding
Answer D
Q.75. In the process of Selective Laser Sintering, raw material used is in the form of ______
A machining wax
B foam core
C powder
D rubber
Answer C
A True
B False
Answer A
Q.77. Explicit support structures are not required in Selective Laser Sintering (SLS).
A True
B False
Answer A
Q.78. Which of the following process is suitable for making injection molding tools?
A SL
B SLS
C EBM
D FDM
Answer B
B 3D Printing
Answer D
Q.80. Which of the following is the firststep of the rapid prototyping process?
B Data Conversion
C Building
D Postprocessing
Answer A
Q.81. Which of the following is the last step of the rapid prototyping process?
A 3D Modeling
B Data Conversion
C Building
D Postprocessing
Answer D
Answer C
A Introduction stage
B Growth stage
C Mature stage
Answer D
Q.84. In “Product Life Cycle” a stage represents rapid growth of product sale known
as_____.
A Saturation stage
B Mature stage
C Growth stage
D Introduction stage
Answer C
Q.85. In “Product Life Cycle” a stage represents a new and previously unknown product
for buyers known as_____.
A Mature stage
B Introduction stage
C Decline stage
Answer B
Q.86. In “Product Life Cycle” a stage in which buyers move on to other products and sales
drop is known as_____.
A Growth stage
B Introduction stage
D Decline stage
Answer D
A Mature stage
B Growth stage
C Decline stage
D Introduction stage
Answer A
Q.88. The technology life cycle concerned with the time and cost of developing the
technology
A True
B False
Answer A
Q.89. The time duration of useful life of any product is known as a product's life cycle.
A True
B False
Answer B
A True
B False
Answer B
UNIT No-06
Name of Unit: Robotics and Automation
Q.1. ____ is a manufacturing philosophy in which different parts are manufactured in a small batch
or group based on similarities
A Production technology
B Group technology
Answer B
A Product layout
B Process layout
C In line layout
Answer B
A GT layout
B Product layout
C Process layout
D Hybrid layout
Answer C
A Process layout
B GT layout
C Product layout
D Both A & B
Answer D
B 3 system
Answer D
Q.6. From the following in which coding method supplementary code and form code are used?
A 3 system
Answer C
A Part family
B Mono family
C GT family
D Poly family
Answer A
Q.8. From the following which is the step of machine cell design?
Answer D
A True
B False
Answer A
B Increased in quality
Answer D
B Group technology
C Automated system
Answer A
Answer D
Answer C
Q.14. From the following which is the types of Automated Guided Vehicle (AGV).
B Pallet trucks
Answer D
Q.15. From the following which method is used to guide the AGV.
B Paint strip
Answer D
C Material transfer
Answer B
A Reduction in man-hours
C Both A & B
Answer C
Q.18. A combination of equipment and controls which handles, stores and retrieves materials
with precision,accuracy and speed under a defined degree of automation is known as ____
Answer A
Answer D
A In line layout
B Ladder layout
C Both A &B
Answer C
Answer C
A Loop layout
B In line layout
C Ladder layout
Answer B
Q.23. From the following in which FMS layout workstations are arranged in a loop
A Ladder layout
B In line layout
C Loop layout
Answer C
Q.24. From the following in which FMS layout workstations are arranged in a loop with rungs
A Ladder layout
C Loop layout
Answer A
Q.25. From the following which FMS layout is combination of many loop and ladder layout
A Ladder layout
C Loop layout
Answer B
Q.26. From the following in which FMS layout robots are used as material handling system
A Ladder layout
C Loop layout
Answer D
Q.27. If the production is done according to change in various product design easily then such
manufacturing system is called as flexible system.
A True
B False
Answer B
Q.28. From which of the following is not the main element of Flexible manufacturing system
Answer A
C Both A & B
Answer B
Q.30. ____ is an independent and self-operated vehicle which moves on defined guide ways
Answer C
Q.31. From the following which material handling equipment is used in ladder layout of FMS
A Conveyor systems
B AGVS
C Both A & B
Answer C
Q.32. From the following which material handling equipment is used in Robot centered layout of
FMS
A Industrial Robot
B Conveyor systems
Answer A
Q.33. ____ is a general purpose, programmable machine possessing certain human like
characteristics
A Robot
B Manipulator
C Gripper
Answer A
Q.34. _____ is area of engineering and science which understand the different principles, structure
and programming of robot
A Mechatronics
B Robotics
C Aeronautics
Answer B
A Work envelope
B Speed of movement
D Precision of movement
Answer A
A Velocity of robot
B Maximum reach
C Speed of movement
Answer C
B Work envelope
C Maximum reach
Answer A
A End effector
B Gripper
C Sensor
D Manipulator
Answer D
Answer A
A Cylindrical configuration
B Polar configuration
C Both A& B
Answer C
Q.41. ____ grippers are used to pick up light weight materials such as paper,cloth etc
A Mechanical grippers
B Adhesive grippers
D Magnetic grippers
Answer B
A Magnetic grippers
B Mechanical grippers
C Adhesive grippers
Q.43. The technology is defined as the sophistication of a plant ,any equipment or any machine
etc
A True
B False
Answer B
Q.44. Sensors which are come in contact with some surface to measured desired physical variable
are known as____
A Non-contact sensors
B Proximity sensors
C Contact sensors
Answer C
A Tactile sensor
B Proximity sensor
C Visual sensor
B Circle
C Spline
D Parabola
Answer C
A Hyperbola
B Bezier curve
C B-spline curve
Answer A
Q.9. Which one of the following does not belong to the family of conics?
A Parabola
B Ellipse
C Hyperbola
D Line
Answer D
B 1
C 3
D 4
B Knots
C End points
Answer A
B B-spline
C Bezier curve
Answer B
B n-1
C n
D 2n
Answer A
a. Software tool
b. Hardware tool
d. None
ANS: (a)
a. Non digital
b. Digital
d. None
ANS: (b)
3. CAD is
d. None
ANS: (c)
a. Dynamic patterns
b. Static patterns
c. Geometric patterns
d. None
ANS: ©
a. 6
b. 9
c. 3
d. None
ANS: (b)
d. None
ANS: (c)
d. None
ANS: (b)
d. None
ANS: (c)
d. None
ANS: (b)
d. None
ANS: (b)
d. None
ANS: (b)
d. None
ANS: (b)
d. None
ANS: (c)
d. None
ANS: (b)
a. 6
b. 2
c. 4
d. None
ANS: (b)
b. No special hardware
c. Two special hardware
d. None
ANS: (b)
d. None
ANS: (c
d. None
ANS: (c)
d. None
ANS: (b)
a. Manual
b. Semi-automatic
c. Fully automatic
d. None
ANS: (c)
21. CAM is a
a. Fast process
b. Slow process
ANS: (a)
d. None
ANS: (b)
d. None
ANS: (a)
d. None
ANS: (c)
c. = conventional machining
d. None
ANS: (b)
c. = conventional machining
d. None
ANS: (b)
d. None
ANS: (a)
a. Skilled professionals
b. Unskilled professionals
d. None
ANS: (a)
a. G-codes
b. M-codes
d. None
ANS: (c)
30. G-code is a
a. Formula in computers
c. Language of a computer
d. None
ANS: (c)
a. IGES or STL
d. None
ANS: (c)
32. Number of computer commands used in CAM are
a. Small
b. Medium
c. Large
d. None
ANS: (c)
d. None
ANS: (b)
d. None
ANS: (a)
a. CAD
b. CAM
d. None
ANS: (a)
a. Video form
b. Photo form
c. File form
d. None
ANS: (c)
d. None
ANS: (c)
d. None
ANS: (c)
d. None
ANS: (c)
a. Rectangular surfaces
b. Square surfaces
c. Hexagonal surfaces
d. None
ANS: (d)
a. Square surfaces
b. Triangular surfaces
c. Pentagonal surfaces
d. None
ANS: (b)
a. External surfaces
b. Internal surfaces
d. None
ANS: ( a)
d. None
ANS: (c)
d. None
ANS: (c)
d. None
ANS: (c)
d. None
ANS: (c)
d. None
ANS: (c)
d. None
ANS: (c)
d. None
ANS: (c)
d. None
ANS: (c)
d. None
ANS: (b)
a. CAD
b. CAM
ANS: (a)
53. ICG is a system in which computer is used to create, transform and display data in the
form of
a. Pictures
b. Symbols
d. None
ANS: (c)
d. None
ANS: (c)
d. None
ANS: (b)
b. To maintain uniformity of products high and high precision of the manufacturing processes
d. None
ANS: (c)
ANS: (b)
d. None
ANS: (c)
d. None
ANS: (b)
d. None
ANS: (b)
d. None
ANS: (c)
d. None
ANS: (b)
d. None
ANS: (b)
1. Using the Relative Polar Coordinate System to add a 3 inch line that is 45 degrees from the
end point of the line created above the drafter would ________.
A. type @3<45 and enter
D. type 3 and try to use the Dynamic Input readout to find the end point
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report
2. A line with a tapering width can be easily created by using the ________ tool.
A. circle
B. eclipse
C. line
D. polyline
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report
3. Understanding the Cartesian coordinate system will help the beginning drafter ________.
A. control the accuracy of the drawing
B. Y axis
C. Z axis
5. When using the direct entry method to create a horizontal line exactly three inches long the
drafter should ________ first.
A. pull the line from away from the starting point very carefully
7. One quick way to view the entire drawing area is to use the Zoom command by typing
________.
A. type Z enter A enter
8. When setting up a mechanical drawing in AutoCAD the drafter should set the units to
________.
A. fractional
B. decimal
C. architectural
D. metric
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report
9. When drawing a line using the relative coordinate system a line is created from ________.
A. 0,0
10. If you use the absolute coordinate system to create a line from a starting point of 0, 0 8 units
on the X axis and 5 units on the Y axis you enter ________ for the second point.
A. 8,5
B. 5,8
C. 0,8
D. 5,0
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report
1. BOM structure is used to calculate
A. Due dates
B. Net requirements
C. Manpower requirements
A. Common tangent
B. Common point
C. Common curvature
D. Common normal
A. Common tangent
B. Common point
C. Common curvature
D. Common normal
4. C0 continuity refers to
A. Common tangent
B. Common point
C. Common curvature
D. Common normal
A. NC
B. CNC
C. DNC
D. ACS
A. Bezier
B. B-spline
C. NURBS
A. G04
B. G03
C. G02
D. G01
A. TRUE Statement
B. FALSE Statement
C. Dont know
D. Cant tell
13. In a 2-D CAD package, clockwise circular arc of radius, 5, specified from P1 (15,10) to P2 (10,15)
will have its center at
A. (10, 10)
B. (15, 10)
C. (15, 15)
D. (10, 15)
15. In the following geometric modelling techniques which are not three-dimensional modelling?
A. Wireframe modelling
B. Drafting
C. Surface modelling
D. solid modelling
16. In the following geometric modelling techniques, which one of the among cannot be used for
finite element analysis
A. Wireframe modelling
B. Surface modelling
C. Solid modelling
17. In the following geometric primitives, which is not a solid entity of CSG modelling
A. Box
B. Cone
C. Cylinder
D. Circle
18. In the following three-dimensional modelling techniques, Which do not require much computer
time and memory?
A. Surface modelling
B. Solid modelling
C. Wireframe modelling
A. Graphical
B. Text
C. Numericals
A. Writing device
B. Drawing device
C. Locating device
D. Lighting device
C. Both a and b
A. End of program
B. End of block
A. Text
B. Graphics
C. Locating
A. MPS
B. BOM
C. Inventory file
D. All of the above
B. Point-to-point positioning
C. Absolute positioning
D. Incremental positioning
A. Inversely proportional
B. Directly proportional
C. Exponential
D. Independent
A. Z and X-axes
B. X and Y-axes
C. Z and Y-axes
D. X, Y and Z-axes
A. Cubic spline
B. B-spline
C. Bezier curve
A. n+1
B. n-I
C. n
D. 2n
C. Remains constant
A. 1
B. 2
C. 3
D. 4
A. GKS
B. IGBS
C. UNIX
D. PHIGS
A. CPU
B. ALU
C. Monitor
D. Keyboard
A. Backlash in gearing
A. 8
B. 6
C. l2
D. I6
37. The number of non-coincidental points required to define the simplest surface are
A. 4
B. 3
C. 2
D. 5
A. 2
B. 1
C. 3
D. 4
B. 3" order
C. 1" order
D. 4" order
40. The screen is scanned from left to right, top to bottom all the time to generate graphics by
A. Raster scans
B. Random scan
C. Vector scan
D. Stoke writing
A. Linear
B. Quadratic
C. Constant
A. Control points
B. Knots
C. End points
43. The software that enables the user to implement custom applications or modify the system for
specialized needs is known as
A. Programming language
B. Operating system
C. Application software
D. Graphics software
44. The software that is used for file manipulations, managing directories and subdirectories,
programming and accounts setups is known as
A. Graphics software
B. Operating system
C. Application software
D. Programming language
A. Adding
B. Subtraction
C. Multiplying
D. Dividing
A. Mainframe-based system
B. Minicomputer-based system
C. Microcomputer-based system
D. Workstation-based system
A. Keyboard
B. Monitor
C. CPU
D. Mouse
A. Hyperbola
B. Bezier curve
C. B-spline curve
D. Cubic spline curve
A. Line
B. Circle
C. Spline
D. Parabola
1)
Explaination :
2)
Which of the following is the default coordinate system?
Explaination :
World Coordinate System known as the "universe" or "model" coordinate system. This is the base
reference system for the overall model, to which all other model coordinates relate.
3)
A. P'=S*P
B. P'=R*P
C. P'=dx+dy
D. P'=S*S
Answer : A. P'=S*P
Explaination :
The matrix representation for scaling in homogeneous coordinates is P'=S*P, where S is scaling
matrix.
4)
A. {P’}=[T]+{P}
B. {P’}=[S]*{P}
C. {P’}=[R]*{P}
D. P’=dx+dy
Answer : C. {P’}=[R]*{P}
Explaination :
5)
B. To scale
C. To rotate
Explaination :
To treat all 3 transformations in a consistent way, is the use of homogeneous coordinates and matrix
representation.
6)
If point are expressed in homogeneous coordinates then the pair of (x, y) is represented as
B. (x, y, z)
D. (x’, y’, w)
Answer & Explaination Discuss
Explaination :
If point are expressed in homogeneous coordinates then the pair of (x, y) is represented as (x’, y’, w).
7)
A. 1
B. 0
C. -1
D. Any value
Answer : A. 1
Explaination :
For 2D transformation the value of third coordinate i.e. w (or h) is 1, which is Non-Zero Scalar Factor.
8)
A. Magnitude Vector
B. Unit Vector
C. Non-Zero Vector
Explaination :
B. (h.x, h.y, h)
C. (x, y, h.z)
D. (x, y, z)
Explaination :
10)
We can combine the multiplicative and translational terms for 2D into a single matrix representation
by expanding
B. 2 x 2 matrix into 3 x 3
C. 3 x 3 matrix into 2 x 2
Explaination :
We can combine the multiplicative and translational terms for 2D into a single matrix representation
by expanding 2 x 2 matrix into 3 x 3.
11)
Which co-ordinates allow common vector operations such as translation, rotation, scaling and
perspective projection to be represented as a matrix by which the vector is multiplied?
A. Vector co-ordinates
B. 3D co-ordinates
C. Affine co-ordinates
D. Homogenous co-ordinates
Explaination :
12)
A. Scaling
B. Homogeneous
C. Inverse transformation
D. 3D Transformation
Answer : B. Homogeneous
Explaination :
13)
Explaination :
14)
A. Translation vector
B. Shift vector
C. Both a & b
Explaination :
The translation distances (dx, dy) is called as translation vector or shift vector.
15)
In 2D-translation, a point (x, y) can move to the new position (x’, y’) by using the equation
In 2D-translation, a point (x, y) can move to the new position (x’, y’) by using the equation X’=x+dx
and Y’=y+dy. Where dx and dy is distance by which object is moved along X and Y axis respectively.
16)
A. P’=P+T
B. P’=P-T
C. P’=P*T
D. P’=P
Answer : A. P’=P+T
Explaination :
17)
A. P’=P+T
B. Dx and Dy
C. P’=P+P
D. None of these
Answer : A. P’=P+T
Explaination :
18)
To change the position of a circle or ellipse we translate
A. Center coordinates
C. Outline coordinates
Explaination :
19)
A. Translation
B. Rotation
C. Scaling
Explaination :
20)
Explaination :
21)
A. Rotation angle θ
B. Distances dx and dy
C. Rotation distance
Explaination :
22)
The rotation axis that is perpendicular to the xy plane and passes through the pivot point is known
as
A. Rotation
B. Translation
C. Scaling
D. Shearing
Explaination :
23)
D. Negative direction
Explaination :
24)
Explaination :
From the following, which one will require 4 matrices to multiply to get the final position?
Explaination :
26)
A. Turn
B. Shift
C. Compression
D. Drag element
Answer : A. Turn
Explaination :
27)
A line AB with end point A (2,3) & B (7,8) is to be rotated about origin by 300 in clockwise direction.
Determine the coordinates of end points S of rotated line.
A. (3.232, 2.598)
B. (5.232, 3.598)
C. (3.232, 1.298)
D. (3.232, 1.598)
Explaination :
28)
A. End points
C. Both a & b
Explaination :
29)
A. Scaling
B. Rotation
C. Translation
D. Reflection
Answer & Explaination Discuss
Answer : A. Scaling
Explaination :
30)
C. Center coordinate
Explaination :
31)
We control the location of a scaled object by choosing the position is known as _____.
A. Pivot Point
B. Fixed point
C. Differential Scaling
D. Uniform scaling
Explaination :
If the scaling factors values Sx and Sy are assigned to the same value then _____.
Explaination :
33)
A. Scaled
B. Repositioned
C. Both a & b
D. None of these
Explaination :
34)
C. Produce an enlargement
Explaination :
35)
Explaination :
36)
A. True
B. False
Answer : B. False
Explaination :
No Explaination Available for These Question.
37)
If two pure reflections about a line passing through the origin are applied successively the result is
A. Pure rotation
B. Quarter rotation
C. Half rotation
D. True reflection
Explaination :
As, due to two successive reflection about origin object get return to its original position. Therefor it
is Pure rotation.
38)
A. 1
B. 0
C. -1
D. 2
Answer : C. -1
Explaination :
39)
Explaination :
40)
A. 2
B. 3
C. 6
D. 5
Answer : D. 5
Explaination :
41)
A. Selecting
B. Sorting
C. Scaling
D. Skewing
Answer : D. Skewing
Explaination :
42)
A. True
B. False
Answer : B. False
Explaination :
43)
A. Reflection plane
B. Origin
C. Reflection axis
D. Coordinate axis
Explaination :
44)
Two successive translations are
A. Multiplicative
B. Inverse
C. Subtractive
D. Additive
Answer : D. Additive
Explaination :
45)
A. True
B. False
Answer : A. True
Explaination :
46)
A. T(zr,yr).R(θ).T(-zr,-yr) = R(xr,yr,θ)
B. T(xr,yr).R(θ).T(-xr,-yr) = R(xr,yr,θ)
C. T(xr,yr).R(θ).T(-xr,-yr) = R(zr,yr,θ)
D. T(xr,yr).R(θ).T(-xr,-yr) = R(zr,yr,θ)
Answer & Explaination Discuss
Explaination :
47)
A. A.B = B.A
D. 1 A = A 1
Explaination :
48)
Reflection about the line y=0, the axis, is accomplished with the transformation matrix with how
many elements as ‘0’?
A. 8
B. 9
C. 4
D. 6
Answer : D. 6
Explaination :
Which transformation distorts the shape of an object such that the transformed shape appears as if
the object were composed of internal layers that had been caused to slide over each other?
A. Rotation
B. Scaling up
C. Scaling down
D. Shearing
Answer : D. Shearing
Explaination :
50)
Reversing the order in which a sequence of transformations is performed may affect the
transformed position of an object.
A. True
B. False
Answer : A. True
Explaination :
51)
The object space or the space in which the application model is defined is called
C. World window
D. Interface window
Explaination :
52)
C. World window
D. Interface window
Explaination :
53)
What is the rectangle in the world defining the region that is to be displayed?
C. World window
D. Interface window
54)
The window opened on the raster graphics screen in which the image will be displayed is called
C. World window
D. Interface window
Explaination :
55)
The process of mapping a world window in World Coordinates to the Viewport is called Viewing
transformation.
A. True
B. False
Answer : A. True
Explaination :
56)
Drawing of number of copies of the same image in rows and columns cross the interface window so
that they cover the entire window is called
A. Roaming
B. Panning
C. Zooming
D. Tiling
Answer : D. Tiling
Explaination :
57)
By changing the dimensions of the viewport, the and of the objects being displayed can be
manipulated.
D. All of these
Explaination :
58)
A. True
B. False
Explaination :
59)
Any convenient co-ordinate system or Cartesian co-ordinates which can be used to define the
picture is called
A. Spherical co-ordinates
B. Vector co-ordinates
C. Viewport co-ordinates
D. World co-ordinates
Explaination :
60)
The transformation of perspective projection must include, where d is the distance between the
centers of projection to the projection plane.
A. d
B. 1/d
C. -d
D. -1/d
Answer : D. -1/d
Explaination :
A. Window
B. Viewpoint
C. Pixel
Answer : B. Viewpoint
Explaination :
62)
A Pixel is
Explaination :
63)
A system that automates the drafting process with interactive computer graphics is called
Explaination :
64)
In which type of projection, actual dimensions and angles of objects and therefore shapes cannot be
preserved?
A. Orthographic
B. Isometric
C. Perspective
Answer : C. Perspective
Explaination :
65)
A line AB with end points A (2, 1) & B (7, 6) is to be moved by 3 units in x-direction & 4 units in y-
direction. Calculate new coordinates of points B.
A. (10, 2)
B. (2, 10)
C. (10, 10)
D. (10, 5)
Answer & Explaination Discuss
Explaination :
66)
Explaination :
67)
In the following geometric modelling techniques which are not three dimensional (3D) modelling?
A. Wireframe modelling
B. Drafting
C. Surface Modelling
D. Solid modelling
Answer : B. Drafting
Explaination :
No Explaination Available for These Question.
68)
In a 2-D CAD package, clockwise circular arc of radius 5, specified from P1 (15,10) to P2 (10,15) will
have its center at
A. (10, 10)
B. (15, 10)
C. (15, 15)
D. (10, 15)
Explaination :
69)
In the following three-dimensional modelling techniques. Which do not require much computer time
and memory?
A. Surface modelling
B. Solid modelling
C. Wireframe modelling
Explaination :
70)
In the following geometric modelling techniques, which cannot be used for finite element analysis
A. Wireframe modelling
B. Surface Modelling
C. Solid Modelling
Explaination :
71)
In the following geometric primitives, which is not a solid entity of CSG modelling :
A. Box
B. Cone
C. Cylinder
D. Circle
Answer : D. Circle
Explaination :
72)
A. Line
B. Circle
C. Spline
D. Parabola
Answer : C. Spline
Explaination :
73)
A. Hyperbola
B. Bezier curve
C. B-spline curve
Answer : A. Hyperbola
Explaination :
74)
Which one of the following does not belong to the family of conics?
A. Parabola
B. Ellipse
C. Hyperbola
D. Line
Answer : D. Line
Explaination :
75)
A. 2
B. 1
C. 3
D. 4
Answer : B. 1
Explaination :
76)
A. Control point
B. Knots
C. End Point
Explaination :
77)
The curve that follows a convex hull property is:
A. Cubic Spline
B. Bezier curve
C. B- spline
D. Both b & c
Answer : C. B- spline
Explaination :
78)
A. n+1
B. n-1
C. n
D. 2n
Answer : A. n+1
Explaination :
79)
Explaination :
80)
The number of non-coincidental points required to define the simplest surface are
A. 4
B. 3
C. 2
D. 5
Answer : B. 3
Explaination :
81)
A. 2
B. 1
C. 3
D. 4
Explaination :
82)
In the bezier curve, the curve is always to first and last segments of the polygon
A. Normal
B. Parallel
C. Tangent
Answer : C. Tangent
Explaination :
83)
Explaination :
A. Plane surface
B. Ruled Surface
C. Surface of Revolution
Explaination :
85)
A. Analytical
C. Beizer
D. B-Spline
Answer : D. B-Spline
Explaination :
86)
To determine the coefficients of the equation two end points and the two tangent vectors. This
statement is true for which of the following
A. B-spline curve
Explaination :
87)
Explaination :
88)
Mathematically, the ellipse is a curve generated by a point moving in space such that at any position
the sum of its distances from two fixed points (foci) is constant and equal to
D. semi-minor diameter
Answer & Explaination Discuss
Explaination :
89)
When a smooth curve is approximated through the data points, then the curve is known as
A. Interpolant curve
B. Approximation curve
C. Pitch curve
D. Data curve
Explaination :
90)
Explaination :
Explaination :
92)
A. Bezier curve
B. B-spline curve
Explaination :
93)
B. Bezier curve
C. B-spline curve
D. Hyperbola
Explaination :
94)
A. Solid modeling
B. Surface modeling
C. Wireframe modeling
D. 2D modeling
Explaination :
95)
A. Solid model
B. Surface model
C. Wireframe model
Explaination :
96)
From the following, which method is also called as the Building Block Approach?
A. Cellular Decomposition
C. Generalized Sweeps
Explaination :
97)
Structuring and combining the primitives of the solid model in the graphics database, is achieved by
the use of ______.
A. FEA
B. Transformation
C. Boolean operation
Explaination :
A. a binary tree
B. a boolean operation
C. a primitive
Explaination :
99)
______ is an extension of the wireframe model with additional face information added.
A. CSG
B. B-rep
C. Loft
Answer : B. B-rep
Explaination :
100)
For 3D modeling of automobile body styling, which of the following is a preferred technique?
Explaination :
101)
Which of the following uses a number of two-dimensional profiles for generating a three-
dimensional object?
A. Tweaking
B. Lofting
C. Filleting
Answer : B. Lofting
Explaination :
102)
To create a hollow part, which of the following command would be most efficient?
A. Extrude
B. Sweep
C. Shell
D. Revolve
Answer & Explaination Discuss
Answer : C. Shell
Explaination :
103)
The curve is defined as the locus of a point moving with ______ degree of freedom
A. 0
B. 1
C. 2
D. 3
Answer : B. 1
Explaination :
104)
Write parametric equation of line having end points P1(3,5,8) and P2 (6,4,3).
A. [3 5 8]+u[3 -1 -5]
B. [3 5 8]+u[3 1 5]
C. [3 8 5]+u[3 -1 -5]
D. [3 5 8]+u[-3 1 5]
Explaination :
Find the tangent vector of line having end points P1(3,5,8) and P2 (6,4,3).
A. 3i+j-5k
B. 3i-j-5k
C. 3i-j+5k
D. -3i-j-5k
Answer : B. 3i-j-5k
Explaination :
106)
Find coordinates of points on line having end points P1(3,5,8) and P2 (6,4,3) at u=0.25
Explaination :
The required coordinates are, [3 5 8] + 0.25[(6-3) (4-5) (3-8)] i.e [3.75 4.75 6.75]
107)
A. P1×p2 = 0
B. P1 . P2=0
C. P1 = P2
D. P1+ P2=0
Answer : A. P1×p2 = 0
Explaination :
108)
Two lines L1 and L2 having Parametric equations are P1=[3 4 7]+u[2 2 -6] and P2=[1 5 -2]+u[1 4 2].
Tangent vector for line L1
A. 2i+2j-6k
B. 2i+2j+6k
C. 2i-2j-6k
D. 6-2j-2k
Answer : A. 2i+2j-6k
Explaination :
Note tangent vector in above case is matrix multiply to term u. i.e 2i+2j-6k
109)
Explaination :
110)
Explaination :
111)
A circle is represented by centre point [5,5] and radius 6 units. Find the parametric equation of circle
and determine the various points on circle in first quadrant if increment in angle by 45 degree.
A. 9.24, 9.24
B. 9.42, 9.42
C. 9, 9
D. 11, 5
Explaination :
A circle is passing through two end points A[6,4] and B[10,10]. Find center point of circle
A. 7, 8
B. 8, 8
C. 8, 7
D. 7, 7
Answer : C. 8, 7
Explaination :
13)
A circle is passing through two end points A[6,4] and B[10,10]. Find radius of circle ?
A. 3
B. 3.6
C. 4
D. 3.5
Answer : B. 3.6
Explaination :
Centre point is =((x1+x2)/2, (y1+y2)/2 = (8,7). There distance from any point (A or B) is = (2, 3).
Radius (r) = square-root(2^2 + 3^2) = 3.6
114)
Find parametric equation for X-coordinates of hermite cubic spline curve having end points P0[4,4];
P1[8,5]
A. -5u3+8u2+u+1
B. 5u3+8u2+u+1
C. 8u3-5u2-u+1
D. 8u3+5u2+u+1
Answer : A. -5u3+8u2+u+1
Explaination :
115)
C0 continuity refers to
A. Common tangent
B. Common curvature
C. Common point
D. Common normal
Explaination :
116)
C‘ continuity refers to
A. Common tangent
B. Common curvature
C. Common point
D. Common normal
Answer & Explaination Discuss
Explaination :
117)
A. Common tangent
B. Common curvature
C. Common point
D. Common normal
Explaination :
118)
A. Explicit form
B. Laplace form
C. Implicit form
D. Parametric form
Explaination :
When the curve passes through all the data points, then the curve is known as
A. Approximation curve
B. Pitch curve
C. Data curve
D. Interpolant curve
Explaination :
120)
Synthetic curve pass through defined data points and thus can be represented by
A. Polynomial equations
B. Exponential equations
D. Differential equations
Explaination :
121)
The parabola is defined mathematically as a curve generated by a point that moves such that its
distance from the focus is always__________the distance to the directrix.
A. Larger than
B. Smaller than
C. Equal to
D. None of these
Answer : C. Equal to
Explaination :
122)
Explaination :
123)
Explaination :
124)
Explaination :
125)
A. first-order continuity
B. second-order continuity
C. zero-order continuity
Explaination :
126)
To determine the coefficients of the equation two end points and the two tangent vectors. This
statement is true for which of the following?
A. B-spline curve
C. Beizer curve
Explaination :
127)
The Bezier curve is smoother than the Hermite cubic spline because it has _______ order
derivatives.
A. lower
B. higher
Answer : B. higher
Explaination :
128)
In the bezier curve, the curve is always ______ to first and last segments of the polygon.
A. Normal
B. Parallel
C. Tangent
Answer : C. Tangent
Explaination :
129)
A. Analytical
C. Beizer
D. B-Spline
Answer : D. B-Spline
Explaination :
130)
Explaination :
131)
A. Extrude
B. Revolve
C. Pattern
Answer : C. Pattern
Explaination :
132)
A cylinder can be created by drawing a rectangular shape using the _______ tool.
A. revolve
B. sweep
C. extrude
Answer : A. revolve
Explaination :
133)
For 3D modeling of automobile body styling, which of the following is a preferred technique.
C. Boundary Representation
Explaination :
134)
Explaination :
135)
Explaination :
136)
The term that is used for geometric modelling like solid modelling, wire frame modelling and
drafting is known as
A. software package
B. operating system
C. application software
Explaination :
137)
The software that is used to control the computer’s work flow, organize its data and perform
housekeeping functions is known as
A. operating software
B. graphics software
C. application software
D. programming software
Explaination :
138)
During the execution of a CNC part program block N020 G02 X45.0 Y25.0 R5.0 the type of tool
motion will be
C. linear Interpolation
D. rapid feed
Explaination :
139)
In an NC machining operation, the tool has to be moved from point (5, 4) to point (7, 2) along a
circular path with centre at (5, 2). Before starting the operation, the tool is at (5, 4). The G and N
codes for this motion are
Explaination :
We want circular motion as mention in question, G02 - for Circular clockwise circular interpolation.
140)
The tool of an NC machine has to move along a circular arc from (5, 5) to (10, 10) while performing
an operation. The centre of the arc is at (10, 5). Which one of the following NC tool path command
performs the above mentioned operation?
Explaination :
141)
Explaination :
142)
In a CNC program block, N02 GO2 G91 X40 Z40, GO2 and G91 refer to
Explaination :
143)
Numerical control
Explaination :
144)
A. NC
B. CNC
C. DNC
D. None of the above
Answer : B. CNC
Explaination :
145)
A. a hardware unit
B. a software unit
C. a control unit
Explaination :
146)
B. mechanical errors
C. electrical errors
147)
A. a-axis
B. b-axis
C. c-axis
Answer : C. c-axis
Explaination :
148)
A. a-axis
B. b-axis
C. c-axis
Answer : C. c-axis
Explaination :
149)
B. writing
C. controling
D. hand shaking
Answer : B. writing
Explaination :
150)
A. reading
B. writing
C. controlling
D. hand shaking
Answer : A. reading
Explaination :
151)
A. milling
B. boring
C. welding
D. tapping
Answer : C. welding
Explaination :
152)
A. length/revolution
B. degree/revolution
C. length
D. velocity
Answer : A. length/revolution
Explaination :
153)
The depth that the tool is plunged into the surface is called as
A. feed
B. depth of cut
C. depth of tool
D. working depth
154)
A. in parallel
B. in series
Answer : A. in parallel
Explaination :
155)
A. Higher flexibility
B. Improved quality
Explaination :
156)
B. 3
C. 4
D. 5
Answer : B. 3
Explaination :
157)
A. reaming
B. parting
C. groving
D. facing
Answer : A. reaming
Explaination :
158)
A. helicoidal
B. pentagonal
C. triangular
D. zig-zag
Answer : A. helicoidal
Explaination :
159)
A. True
B. False
Answer : A. True
Explaination :
160)
An absolute NC system is one in which all position coordinates are referred to one fixed origin called
the zero point.
A. True
B. False
Answer : A. True
Explaination :
161)
In the coordinates are mentioned in the program with respect to one reference point
A. Incremental System
B. Absolute System
C. Datum System
Explaination :
62)
........... is a group of words or coded instruction for the NC/CNC system to execute a particular
movement.
A. Sequence
B. Address
C. Code
D. block
Answer : D. block
Explaination :
163)
A. Words
B. Alphabet
C. Number
D. Format
Answer & Explaination Discuss
Answer : A. Words
Explaination :
164)
In the coordinates are mentioned in the program with respect to one Previous point.
A. Incremental System
B. Absolute System
C. Datum System
Explaination :
165)
Explaination :
In a CNC program block, N05 GO1 G91 G33 X20 Z-40, G33 refer to
A. Peck Drilling
B. Counter Boring
C. Thread Cutting
D. Grooving
Explaination :
167)
Explaination :
168)
A. CANCEL Subroutine
B. Call Sub-Program
C. Call Subroutine
D. CANCEL Sub-Program
Explaination :
In a CNC program block, N05 GO1 G91 G33 X20 Z-40 K5, K refer to
A. Depth of cut
B. Pitch
D. Feed
Answer : B. Pitch
Explaination :
170)
C. Both A & B
171)
A. X
B. Y
C. Z
D. C
Answer : B. Y
Explaination :
172)
A. Perpendicular
B. Parallel
C. Rotational
Answer : B. Parallel
Explaination :
173)
B. Macro
C. Sub Macro
D. Sub Micro
Answer : B. Macro
Explaination :
174)
Repetitive CNC machine operations conveniently performing and execute with one command
instead of programming of series of individual move called ______
A. Common Cycle
B. Incremental Programming
C. Canned Cycle
Explaination :
175)
In CNC programming ______ is commonly used canned cycle for Stock removal cycle.
A. G71
B. G72
C. G73
D. G74
Answer : D. G74
Explaination :
76)
______ is the origin of the coordinate system which is defined by manufacturer they cannot be
changed.
A. Blocking Point
C. Start Point
Explaination :
177)
A. G16
B. G17
C. G18
D. G19
Answer : B. G17
Explaination :
No Explaination Available for These Question.
178)
The distance of a given tool tip from the surface of workpiece is known as .........
A. Tool length
C. Cutter Radius
D. Compensation
Explaination :
179)
In CNC machining tool radius compensation turning the left mode ON programming contour done by
A. G40
B. G41
C. G42
D. G43
Answer : B. G41
Explaination :
180)
B. G91
C. G92
D. G93
Answer : C. G92
Explaination :
181)
A. G18
B. G65
C. G45
D. G04
Answer : D. G04
Explaination :
182)
A. Left-hand rule
B. Right-Hand Rule
C. Thumb Rule
D. None of the above
Explaination :
A. M05
B. M06
C. M07
D. M09
Answer : B. M06
Explaination :
184)
Explaination :
The machine tool, in which calculation and setting of the operating conditions like depth of cut, feed,
speed are done during the machining by the control system itself, is called
Explaination :
186)
A. Lathe machine
B. NC machine
C. CNC machine
D. Milling machine
Explaination :
187)
A. UMC
B. VMC
C. HMC
D. DNC
Answer : C. HMC
Explaination :
188)
Explaination :
189)
A. Open-loop system
C. Closed-loop system
Explaination :
90)
A. 60
B. 80
C. 90
D. 100
Answer : B. 80
Explaination :
191)
C. A & B both
Explaination :
192)
NC contouring is an example of
B. Point-to-point positioning
C. Absolute positioning
D. Incremental positioning
Explaination :
193)
B. Paper tapes, floppy tapes and cassettes are used for data storage
Explaination :
194)
A. Backlash in gearing
Explaination :
195)
A. Additive Manufacturing
B. Layer Manufacturing
Explaination :
196)
A. CAM data
B. CAPP data
C. CAD data
D. All of these
In the _______ process, one starts with a single block of solid material larger than the final size of
the desired object and material is removed until the desired shape is reached.
A. Subtractive process
B. Additive process
C. Formative process
D. All of above
Explaination :
198)
_______ is one where mechanical forces or restricting forms are applied on a material so as to form
it into the desired shape.
A. Subtractive process
B. Additive process
C. Formative process
Explaination :
199)
B. Stereo-lithography
C. Sawing
D. EDM
Answer : B. Stereo-lithography
Explaination :
200)
A. Bending
D. Forging
Explaination :
201)
Explaination :
202)
Which of the following can not be the input of CAD solid model?
A. Physical mockup
B. 2D surface data
C. Tooling
D. 3D CAD data
Answer : C. Tooling
Explaination :
203)
A. Straight-lithography
B. Streto-lithography
C. Stereo-lithography
D. Straight-lipsography
Answer : C. Stereo-lithography
Explaination :
4)
For rapid prototyping 3D CAD model should be converted into ______ file.
A. SGC
B. SGC
C. STL
D. SLS
Answer : C. STL
Explaination :
205)
A. chopping
B. slicing
C. cutting
D. trimming
Answer : B. slicing
Explaination :
206)
B. thick portions
C. overhanging portions
Explaination :
207)
The STL files translate the part geometry from a CAD system to _____.
A. CNC machine
B. VMC machine
C. RP machine
D. CAPP machine
Answer : C. RP machine
Explaination :
208)
A. B-rep method
B. STL method
C. CSG method
D. PRT method
Explaination :
209)
A. Polygons
B. Lines
C. Surfaces
D. None of above
Answer : A. Polygons
Explaination :
210)
1)
Explaination :
212)
Explaination :
213)
B. CAM-LEM
C. Kira Corporation
D. Cubic Technologies
Explaination :
214)
Explaination :
215)
Explaination :
216)
C. Titanium alloys
D. Photopolymer
Answer : D. Photopolymer
Explaination :
217)
Which of the following is used as base material in Electron Beam Melting (EBM) process?
A. Titanium alloys
B. Photopolymer
C. Various materials
D. Paper
Which of the following is used as base material in Selective laser sintering (SLS)?
A. Photopolymer
C. Titanium alloys
D. Various materials
Explaination :
219)
Which of the following advantage does not possess by the rapid prototyping process over the
traditional prototyping process?
D. It's cheaper
Explaination :
220)
Explaination :
221)
A. ABS
B. PLA
C. Nylon
D. INF
Answer : C. Nylon
Explaination :
222)
A. ABS
B. PLA
C. Nylon
D. INF
Answer & Explaination Discuss
Answer : D. INF
Explaination :
223)
A. ABS
B. PLA
C. Nylon
D. INF
Answer : B. PLA
Explaination :
224)
A. ABS
B. PLA
C. Nylon
D. INF
Answer : C. Nylon
Explaination :
225)
Which file format cannot be converted into STL file format?
A. .prt
B. .sld
C. .dwg
D. .stp
Answer : C. .dwg
Explaination :
226)
B. geometrical data
C. drawing data
Explaination :
227)
A. increase
B. decrease
Answer : A. increase
Explaination :
228)
A. Machine size
B. Tolerance
C. Material
D. CAD software
Answer : B. Tolerance
Explaination :
229)
A. Additive manufacturing
B. Subtractive manufacturing
C. Formative manufacturing
230)
A. Fused-deposition-modeling
C. SLS
D. Injection molding
Explaination :
231)
A. Time
B. Material
C. Sound
D. Light
Answer : A. Time
Explaination :
32)
B. SLC
C. LEAF
D. RP
Answer : D. RP
Explaination :
233)
A. HP/GL
B. ACER
C. ASUS
D. IBM
Answer : A. HP/GL
Explaination :
234)
STL consists of an unordered list of _______ facets representing the outside skin of an object.
A. linear
B. triangular
C. square
D. hexagonal
Answer : B. triangular
Explaination :
235)
A. ASCII
B. Binary
C. Both A & B
Explaination :
236)
A. geographical
B. analytical
C. topological
Answer : C. topological
Explaination :
237)
In laminated object manufacturing (LOM), which of the following cutting strategy is preferable?
A. Directional scanning
Explaination :
238)
A. no missing facets
B. no degenerate facets
C. no overlapping facets
Explaination :
39)
Among the following, which one is the last step in Data Processing for Rapid Prototyping?
A. Model slicing
B. Part orientation
D. Support generation
Explaination :
240)
Among the following, which one is the earliest step in Data Processing for Rapid Prototyping?
A. Model slicing
B. Part orientation
E. Support generation
Explaination :
241)
A. Higher resolution
B. Larger polygons
C. Lower resolution
D. None of the above
Explaination :
242)
What type of inner structure can be used to reduce the printing time of the model in RP?
A. Higher resolution
B. Smaller polygons
C. Lower resolution
Explaination :
243)
A. Start section
B. Global section
C. Terminate section
D. Flag section
244)
A. Layer by layer
B. Physical model
D. Production line
Explaination :
245)
A. FDM
B. SLA
C. SLS
D. LOM
Answer : A. FDM
Explaination :
A. Post-processing
B. Transfer to machine
C. Pre-processing
Explaination :
247)
A. .prt
B. .slt
C. .stl
D. .iges
Answer : C. .stl
Explaination :
248)
Which CAD software cannot be used to create data for the prototyping machine?
A. CREO
B. CATIA
C. NX Unigraphics
D. Adobe Illustrator
Answer & Explaination Discuss
Explaination :
249)
C. Multi-Jet Modeling
D. Stereolithography Apparatus
Explaination :
250)
From the following, in which process, the input material is in solid form?
A. SLA
B. SLS
C. FDM
D. MJM
Answer : C. FDM
Explaination :
A. LOM
B. SLS
C. FDM
D. MJM
Answer : D. MJM
Explaination :
252)
A. LOM
B. SLS
C. FDM
D. MJM
Answer : B. SLS
Explaination :
53)
A. Paper
B. Plastic
C. Metal
D. Glass
Answer : D. Glass
Explaination :
254)
A. SLA
B. SLS
C. FDM
D. MJM
Answer : C. FDM
Explaination :
255)
A computer model of a part design on a CAD system is called which of the following?
A. Computer Prototype
B. Geometric Prototype
C. Solid Prototype
D. Virtual Prototype
256)
Machining is never used for rapid prototyping because it takes too long.
A. True
B. False
Answer : B. False
Explaination :
257)
In the context of rapid prototyping and additive manufacturing, tessellation refers to the process of
slicing the CAD model of the part into layers.
B. Used-Deposition Modeling
C. Laminated-Object Manufacturing
D. Stereolithography
Answer : D. Stereolithography
Explaination :
258)
D. Stereolithography
Explaination :
259)
Which of the following RP technologies uses molten material as the starting material?
A. Three-Dimensional Printing
B. Fused-Deposition Modeling
C. Stereolithography
Answer : C. Stereolithography
Explaination :
Which one of the following RP technologies uses solid sheet stock as the starting material?
B. Fused-deposition modeling
C. Laminated-Object Manufacturing
Explaination :
261)
Which of the following are examples of appropriate applications of additive manufacturing in the
actual production of parts and products?
Explaination :
262)
Which of the following are problems with the current rapid prototyping and additive manufacturing
technologies?
Explaination :
Of all of the current material addition rapid prototyping technologies, which one is the most widely
used?
D. Stereolithography
Answer : D. Stereolithography
Explaination :
264)
A. Vacuum Casting
B. Investment Casting
D. Injection molding
Explaination :
265)
A. LOM Composite
B. Direct AIM (ACES Injection Molding)
C. Sand Molding
D. Injection molding
Explaination :
266)
In the process of Selective Laser Sintering, raw material used is in the form of _____ .
A. machining wax
B. foam core
C. powder
D. rubber
Answer : C. powder
Explaination :
7)
A. True
B. False
Answer : A. True
Explaination :
No Explaination Available for These Question.
268)
Explicit support structures are not required in Selective Laser Sintering (SLS).
A. True
B. False
Answer : A. True
Explaination :
269)
Which of the following process is suitable for making injection molding tools?
A. SL
B. SLS
C. EBM
D. FDM
Answer : B. SLS
Explaination :
270)
A. 3D Modeling
B. Data Conversion
C. Building
D. Postprocessing
Answer : A. 3D Modeling
Explaination :
271)
Explaination :
272)
A. Introduction stage
B. Growth stage
C. Mature stage
Explaination :
273)
In “Product Life Cycle” a stage represents rapid growth of product sale known as _____.
A. Saturation stage
B. Mature stage
C. Growth stage
D. Introduction stage
Explaination :
4)
In “Product Life Cycle” a stage represents a new and previously unknown product for buyers known
as _____.
A. Mature stage
B. Introduction stage
C. Decline stage
Explaination :
275)
In “Product Life Cycle” a stage in which buyers move on to other products and sales drop is known as
_____.
A. Growth stage
B. Introduction stage
C. Mature stage
D. Decline stage
Explaination :
276)
A. Mature stage
B. Growth stage
C. Decline stage
D. Introduction stage
Explaination :
277)
The technology life cycle concerned with the time and cost of developing the technology.
A. True
B. False
Answer & Explaination Discuss
Answer : A. True
Explaination :
278)
The time duration of useful life of any product is known as a product's life cycle.
A. True
B. False
Answer : B. False
Explaination :
279)
______ is a manufacturing philosophy in which different parts are manufactured in a small batch or
group based on similarities.
A. Production technology
B. group technology
Explaination :
A. Product layout
B. Process layout
C. In line layout
D. None of these
Explaination :
A. GT layout
B. Product layout
C. Process layout
D. Hybrid layout
Explaination :
282)
A. Process layout
B. GT layout
C. Product layout
D. Both A and B
Explaination :
283)
From the following in which coding method supplementary code and form code are used?
A. 3 system
Explaination :
284)
A. Part family
B. Mono family
C. GT family
D. Poly family
285)
Explaination :
286)
A. True
B. False
Answer : A. True
Explaination :
287)
B. Increased in quality
C. Reduced setup time
Explaination :
88)
B. Group technology
C. Automated system
Explaination :
289)
From the following which is the main components of Flexible manufacturing system(FMS).
290)
Explaination :
291)
From the following which is the types of Automated Guided Vehicle (AGV).
B. Pallet trucks
Explaination :
292)
B. Paint strip
Explaination :
293)
A. Reduction in man-hours
C. Both A & B
Explaination :
294)
A combination of equipment and controls which handles, stores and retrieves materials with
precision, accuracy and speed under a defined degree of automation is known as ______.
Explaination :
95)
Explaination :
296)
A. In line layout
B. Ladder layout
C. Both A &B
297)
Explaination :
298)
From the following in which FMS layout machine tools are kept along a straight line.
A. Loop layout
B. In line layout
C. Ladder layout
Explaination :
299)
From the following in which FMS layout workstations are arranged in a loop.
A. Ladder layout
B. In line layout
C. Loop layout
Explaination :
300)
From the following in which FMS layout workstations are arranged in a loop with rungs.
A. Ladder layout
C. Loop layout
Explaination :
301)
From the following which FMS layout is combination of many loop and ladder layout
A. Ladder layout
C. Loop layout
D. None of the above
Explaination :
02)
From the following in which FMS layout robots are used as material handling system
A. Ladder layout
C. Loop layout
Explaination :
303)
From which of the following is not the main element of Flexible manufacturing system.
304)
_____ is an independent and self-operated vehicle which moves on defined guide ways.
Explaination :
305)
From the following which material handling equipment is used in ladder layout of FMS
A. Conveyor systems
B. AGVS
C. Both A & B
Explaination :
306)
_____ is a general purpose, programmable machine possessing certain human like characteristics.
A. Robot
B. Manipulator
C. Gripper
Answer : A. Robot
Explaination :
307)
______ is area of engineering and science which understand the different principles, structure and
programming of robot.
A. Mechatronics
B. Robotics
C. Aeronautics
Answer : B. Robotics
Explaination :
308)
The speed at which robot is capable of manipulating its end effector is known as the _____.
A. Velocity of robot
B. Maximum reach
C. Speed of movement
D. Load carrying capacity
Explaination :
09)
A. End effector
B. Gripper
C. Sensor
D. Manipulator
Answer : D. Manipulator
Explaination :
310)
Explaination :
No Explaination Available for These Question.
311)
A. Cylindrical configuration
B. Polar configuration
C. Both A & B
Explaination :
312)
______ grippers are used to pick up light weight materials such as paper, cloth etc.
A. Mechanical grippers
B. Adhesive grippers
D. Magnetic grippers
Explaination :
313)
B. Mechanical grippers
C. Adhesive grippers
Explaination :
314)
Sensors which are come in contact with some surface to measured desired physical variable are
known as _____.
A. Non-contact sensors
B. Proximity sensors
C. Contact sensors
Explaination :
315)
A. Hydraulic
B. Manual
C. Pneumatic
D. Electric motor
Answer : B. Manual
Explaination :
316)
A. CAD
B. CAE
C. CAM
D. CAQ
Answer : C. CAM
Explaination :
The use of computers to control the operation of production process is known as Computer Aided
Manufacturing (CAM).
317)
A. 1
B. 2
C. 3
D. 4
Answer : C. 3
Explaination :
318)
A. internal gripper
B. external gripper
Explaination :
319)
A. Hydraulic
B. Manual
C. Pneumatic
D. Electric motor
Answer : B. Manual
Explaination :
320)
B. CAE
C. CAM
D. CAQ
Answer : C. CAM
Explaination :
321)
A. 1
B. 2
C. 3
D. 4
Answer : C. 3
Explaination :
322)
A. internal gripper
B. external gripper
Explaination :
316)
A. CAD
B. CAE
C. CAM
D. CAQ
Answer : C. CAM
Explaination :
The use of computers to control the operation of production process is known as Computer Aided
Manufacturing (CAM).
317)
A. 1
B. 2
C. 3
D. 4
Answer : C. 3
Explaination :
318)
A. internal gripper
B. external gripper
Explaination :
319)
A. Hydraulic
B. Manual
C. Pneumatic
D. Electric motor
Answer : B. Manual
Explaination :
320)
B. CAE
C. CAM
D. CAQ
Answer : C. CAM
Explaination :
321)
A. 1
B. 2
C. 3
D. 4
Answer : C. 3
Explaination :
322)
A. internal gripper
B. external gripper
Explaination :
316)
A. CAD
B. CAE
C. CAM
D. CAQ
Answer : C. CAM
Explaination :
The use of computers to control the operation of production process is known as Computer Aided
Manufacturing (CAM).
317)
A. 1
B. 2
C. 3
D. 4
Answer : C. 3
Explaination :
No Explaination Available for These Question.
318)
A. internal gripper
B. external gripper
Explaination :
319)
A. Hydraulic
B. Manual
C. Pneumatic
D. Electric motor
Answer : B. Manual
Explaination :
320)
B. CAE
C. CAM
D. CAQ
Answer : C. CAM
Explaination :
321)
A. 1
B. 2
C. 3
D. 4
Answer : C. 3
Explaination :
322)
A. internal gripper
B. external gripper
Explaination :
323)
A. design
B. introduction
C. decline
D. growth
Answer : A. design
Explaination :
324)
A. FDM
B. SLS
C. EDM
D. LOM
Answer : C. EDM
Explaination :
No Explaination Available for These Question.
325)
A. AS/RS
B. AGV's
C. Lathe
D. CNC Machines
Answer : C. Lathe
Explaination :
326)
What are types of Automation (a) Hard Automation, (b) Soft Automation.
A. Only (a)
B. Only (b)
Explaination :
327)
B. Management philosophy
C. A type of automation
Explaination :
328)
Explaination :
329)
Explaination :
Explaination :
331)
A. Plasma
B. Powder
C. Liquid
D. Solid
Answer : C. Liquid
Explaination :
A. Hard
B. Soft
C. Programmable
D. Open
Answer : B. Soft
Explaination :
333)
A. FDM
B. SLS
C. LOM
D. SLA
Answer : A. FDM
Explaination :
334)
Explaination :
335)
A. 2
B. 3
C. 6
D. 9
Answer : A. 2
Explaination :
336)
A. Scaling
B. Rotation
C. Translation
D. Reflection
Answer & Explaination Discuss
Answer : A. Scaling
Explaination :
37)
A. Smaller
B. Larger
C. Slant
D. Mirror
Answer : D. Mirror
Explaination :
338)
A. 2
B. 3
C. 4
D. 6
Answer : A. 2
Explaination :
A. G74
B. G78
C. G81
D. G85
Answer : C. G81
Explaination :
340)
When the series of motion of the tool is repeated number of times which of the following command
is used
A. Subroutines
B. Canned cycle
C. Macros
Explaination :
341)
A. the shape function has a unit value at one nodal point and zero value at the other nodes
B. the sum of the shape function is equal to one
C. both a & b
Explaination :
342)
In CNC programming, cutter radius compensation to left and right are specified by
Explaination :
343)
The number of movable joints in the base, the arm, and the end effectors of the robot determines
A. degrees of freedom
B. payload capacity
C. operational limits
D. flexibility
Answer & Explaination Discuss
Explaination :
44)
A. low quantity
B. medium quantity
C. batch quantity
D. huge quantity
Explaination :
345)
Explaination :
If a Robot can alter its own trajectory in response to external conditions, it is considered to be
A. Intelligent
B. Mobile
C. Non servo
D. Open loop
Answer : A. Intelligent
Explaination :
347)
The degree of the curve is independent of the number of control point in ______.
B. Bezier curve
C. B-spline curve
D. Hyperbola
Explaination :
348)
Which of the following person used the name robotics first time in print?
A. Josef capek
B. Karel capek
C. Isaac asimov
D. Newton
Explaination :
349)
The region throughout which a robot arm can accomplish tasks is called its:
A. Coordinate geometry.
B. Reference axis.
C. Reference frame.
D. Work envelope.
Explaination :
350)
A. σ = E (Bq + αΔ t)
B. σ = E (Bq - αΔ t)
C. σ = E (B + αΔ t)
D. σ = E (B - αΔ t)
Explaination :
51)
Which of the following is not a method for calculation of the stiffness matrix
B. Galerkin's principle
Explaination :
352)
The ______ of a robot is the smallest increment of movement into which the robot can divide its
work volume.
A. control resolution
B. spatial resolution
C. accuracy
D. precision
Explaination :
Meshing is a process
Explaination :
354)
A. wrist roll
B. wrist Pitch
C. wrist Yaw
D. Rotational traverse
Explaination :
355)
During the execution of a CNC part program block NO20 GO2 X45.0 Y25.0 R5.0 the type of tool
motion will be
C. linear Interpolation
D. rapid feed
Explaination :
356)
A. Manipulator
B. Gripper
C. Wrist
D. End Effector
Explaination :
357)
A. N
B. N + N
C. N(N-1)
D. N*N
Answer & Explaination Discuss
Answer : D. N*N
Explaination :
58)
Sensors which are come in contact with some surface to measured desired physical variable are
known as ______.
A. Non-contact sensors
B. Proximity sensors
C. Contact sensors
Explaination :
359)
A. Degrees of rotation
B. Degrees of freedom
C. Degrees of arc
D. Coordinate geometry
Explaination :
A. CAPP
B. CIM
C. FMS
D. Group Technology
Answer : C. FMS
Explaination :
361)
According to ______ movements and arrangement of links different configurations are possible
A. arm
B. joint
C. grippers
D. end effector
Answer : B. joint
Explaination :
362)
In the following geometric modelling techniques which is not a three dimensional modelling?
A. Wireframe modeling
B. Drafting
C. Surface modeling
D. Solid modeling
Answer : B. Drafting
Explaination :
363)
A. vertical traverse
B. Radial Traverse
C. Rotational Traverse
D. wrist Yaw
Explaination :
364)
A. One dimension
B. Two dimensions
C. Three dimensions
D. Four dimensions
Answer & Explaination Discuss
Explaination :
65)
Explaination :
366)
A. Flexible
B. Programmable
C. Fixed
D. Extended
Answer : C. Fixed
Explaination :
A. Warpage
B. Staircase effect
Explaination :
368)
A. Number of points
Explaination :
369)
A. Flexible Automation
B. Group Technology
C. Fixed Automation
Explaination :
370)
For 1-D bar elements if the structure is having 3 nodes then the stiffness matrix formed is having an
order of
A. 2*2
B. 3*3
C. 4*4
D. 6*6
Answer : B. 3*3
Explaination :
371)
A. introduction
B. growth
C. maturity
D. decline
Answer & Explaination Discuss
Answer : C. maturity
Explaination :
372)
Explaination :
373)
Rotor of ______ motor contains the permanent magnet, whereas the stator consists of the coil
segments and iron.
A. Brushless DC motor
B. AC servomotor
C. stepper motor
D. Vane motor
Explaination :
Which transformation distorts the shape of an object such that the transformed shape appear as if
the object is composed of internal layers that are slided over each other
A. Rotation
B. Scaling
C. Shearing
D. Reflection
Answer : C. Shearing
Explaination :
375)
A. Oxygen
B. Nitrogen
C. Hydrogen
D. Carbon
Answer : B. Nitrogen
Explaination :
376)
To solve the FEM problem, it subdivides the large problem into smaller, simpler parts that are called
A. Finite elements
B. Infinite elements
C. Dynamic elements
D. Static elements
Explaination :
377)
A. maintainance
B. manufacturing
C. disposal
D. service
Answer : C. disposal
Explaination :
378)
A. Tactile sensor
B. Proximity sensor
C. Visual sensor
D. Range detector
Answer & Explaination Discuss
Explaination :
79)
The extent to which a machine vision system can differentiate between two objects is called the:
A. Magnification
B. Sensitivity
C. Selectivity
D. Resolution
Answer : D. Resolution
Explaination :
380)
A. Material
B. Machine
C. Scale
D. Time
Answer : D. Time
Explaination :
A. M04
B. M05
C. M06
D. M08
Answer : C. M06
Explaination :
382)
A. Inversely proportional
B. Directly proportional
C. Exponential
D. Independent
Answer : D. Independent
Explaination :
383)
FEM is a generalization of
A. Rayleigh-Ritz method
Explaination :
384)
Explaination :
385)
A. G00
B. G01
C. G02
D. G03
Explaination :
386)
In FEA, the use of smaller-sized elements will lead to ______ computation time.
A. less
B. More
D. can't say
Answer : B. More
Explaination :
387)
A. Selecting
B. Sorting
C. Scaling
D. Skewing
Answer : D. Skewing
Explaination :
A. programmable automation
B. fixed automation
C. Flexible Automation
D. electronic automation
Explaination :
389)
A. Artificial intelligence.
B. An expert system.
C. An analytical engine.
Explaination :
390)
When every entity of the geometric model remain parallel to its initial position, the transformation is
called as ______.
A. Scaling
B. Translation
C. Rotation
D. Mirror
Answer : B. Translation
Explaination :
391)
Internal state sensors are used for measuring ______ of the end effector.
A. Position
Explaination :
392)
Explaination :
93)
A. zero
B. very small
C. very large
D. Infinite
Answer : D. Infinite
Explaination :
394)
A. Axial force
B. point force
C. Bending
D. Both A & C
Explaination :
A devive which is mounted on the tool plate and used to make intentional contact with an object or
to produce robots final effects on its surroundings by performing particular tasks
A. End effector
B. arm
C. joint
D. body
Explaination :
396)
From the following, which one will require 4 matrices to multiply to get the final position?
Explaination :
397)
A. Timing belts
B. Gear pairs
C. Gear Motors
D. Harmonic Drives
Explaination :
398)
Match the following part programme codes with their respective functions
P) G01 ------ I. Spindle speed
Q) G03 ------ II. Spindle rotation clockwise
R) M03 ------ III. Circular interpolation CCW
S) M05 ------ IV. Linear interpolation
Explaination :
399)
A. home position
Explaination :
400)
A. 1 Point
B. 2 Points
C. 3 Points
D. 4 Points
Answer : C. 3 Points
Explaination :
401)
In a CNC programme block, N002 G02 G91 X40 Z40, where G02 & G91 refers to
Explaination :
402)
A. Extension of CAM
C. a type of automation
Explaination :
403)
Which of the following terms IS NOT one of the five basic parts of a robot?
A. peripheral tools
B. end effectors
C. controller
D. drive
Explaination :
404)
Which is NOT a type of Proximity sensors
A. inductive sensors
B. binary sensor
C. capacitive sensor
D. ultrasonic sensor
Explaination :
405)
C. NC Robot
D. Playback robot
Explaination :
406)
Which of the following terms refers to the rotational motion of a robot arm?
A. swivel
B. axle
C. retrograde
D. roll
Answer : D. roll
Explaination :
07)
Explaination :
408)
A. Potentiometer
B. forse sensor
C. tacho-meter
D. capital encoder
409)
Explaination :
410)
A. Compressive
B. Tensile
C. Shear
D. Bending
Answer : C. Shear
Explaination :
411)
In an NC machining operation, the tool has to be moved from point (5, 4) to point (7, 2) along a
circular path with centre at (5, 2). Before starting the operation, the tool is at (5, 4). The correct G
and N codes for this motion are
Explaination :
412)
______ allows the user to view the object from different angles.
A. Rotation
B. Translation
C. Reflection
D. Skewing
Answer : A. Rotation
Explaination :
413)
In a CNC milling operation, the tool has to machine the circular arc from point (20, 20) to (10, 10) at
a sequence number 5 of the CNC part programme. If the center of the arc is at (20, 10) and machine
has incremental mode of defining position coordinates, the correct tool path command is,
Explaination :
14)
A. Sensors
B. Controller
C. Drives
D. Manipulator
Answer : C. Drives
Explaination :
415)
Explaination :
416)
If the size of the elements is small, the final solution is expected to be ______ accurate.
A. More
B. less
D. can't say
Answer : A. More
Explaination :
417)
FDM is abbreaviation of
Explaination :
C. drilling operation
D. turning operation
Explaination :
419)
A. always exact
B. sometimes exact
C. never exact
D. mostly approximate
Explaination :
420)
Explaination :
421)
The …....... is used to create a surface using curves that form closed boundaries.
A. ruled surface
B. plane surface
C. coons patch
D. surface of revolution
Explaination :
422)
A. Proximity
B. Photo
C. Acaustic
D. Tactile
Explaination :
423)
A. 1
B. 2
C. 3
D. 4
Answer : C. 3
Explaination :
424)
Which type of motor is NOT used in axis or spindle drives of CNC machine tool ?
A. Induction motor
B. DC servo motor
C. Stepper motor
Explaination :
425)
Drives are also known as
A. Actuators
B. Controller
C. Sensors
D. Manipulator
Answer : A. Actuators
Explaination :
426)
A. Electrical Engineering
B. Mechanical Engineering
C. Computer Science
D. Chemical
Answer : D. Chemical
Explaination :
427)
A. Powder
B. Liquid
C. Solid
D. Plasma
Answer : D. Plasma
Explaination :
428)
Which of the basic parts of a robot unit would include the computer circuitry that could be
programmed to determine what the robot would do?
A. Sensor
B. Controller
C. Arm
D. End effector
Answer : B. Controller
Explaination :
Controller is a part which contains all robot circuitry, which is programmed to control different
action of robot.
429)
In absolute coordinate system, line is to be drawn from (0, 0) to 8 units on the X-axis and 5 units on
Y-axis, the second point of the line is specified by
A. (5, 8)
B. (5, 0)
C. (0, 8)
D. (8, 5)
Explaination :
Here, initial coordinates are (0, 0) = (x1, y1) Then second point of line drawn from (0, 0) to 8 units on
the X-axis and 5 units on Y-axis is, x2 = 0+8=8 & y2 = 0+5=5 i.e. (8, 5)
430)
A. Magnetic
B. Mechanical
C. Contracting
D. Pneumatic
Answer : D. Pneumatic
Explaination :
Generally, Pneumatic grippers are useful for lifting sheets, by means of vacuum.
431)
A. 3
B. 6
C. 9
D. 12
Answer : B. 6
Explaination :
Triangular element 3 nodes. Thus for two dimensional Triangular element, DOF = 3 * 2 DOF = 6
432)
A. screw type
B. piston type
C. bladder type
D. swivel type
Explaination :
433)
A. translation
B. scaling
C. clockwise rotation
Answer : A. translation
Explaination :
434)
A. Material properties
B. Section properties
C. Thermal properties
D. Nodal loads
Explaination :
435)
A. N/mm2
B. Pascal
Explaination :
436)
A. SLS
B. LOM
C. FDM
D. AJM
Answer & Explaination Discuss
Answer : B. LOM
Explaination :
437)
In truss analysis, the reactions can be found by using the equation ______.
A. R=KQ+F
B. R=KQ-F
C. R=K+QF
D. R=K-QF
Answer : B. R=KQ-F
Explaination :
438)
A. introduction
B. growth
C. maturity
D. decline
Answer : D. decline
Explaination :
An automotive robot might best keep itself travelling down a specific lane of traffic by using:
A. Binaural hearing
B. Epipolar navigation
C. Edge detection
Explaination :
440)
A. Pneumatic
B. Hydraulic
C. Electric
D. Digital
Answer : B. Hydraulic
Explaination :
441)
Explaination :
442)
A. Camera,Frame Grabber
D. both a & c
Explaination :
443)
A. Simplification
B. Specialization
C. Order of operations
D. CIM
Explaination :
444)
According to Asimov’s three laws, under what circumstances is it all right for a robot to injure a
human being ?
A. Never
C. In case of an accident
Answer : A. Never
Explaination :
445)
_____ sensors are used to identify objects for pick and place purpose.
A. Range detectors
B. Infrared sensors
C. Vision sensors
D. Photo-metric sensors
Explaination :
Which is correct
Explaination :
447)
A. Track drive
B. Robot arm
C. Vision system
D. Robot controller.
Explaination :
448)
A. Truss element
B. Bar element
C. Pipe element
D. All a, b & c
Explaination :
449)
A. line element
B. spar element
C. truss element
D. beam element
Explaination :
450)
A. turning process
B. boring process
D. knurling process
Explaination :
451)
A. input variables
B. output variables
D. outputvariable - inputvariable
Explaination :
452)
A. 1
B. 2
C. 3
D. 4
Answer : C. 3
Explaination :
453)
It is used in volume of production is relatively low
A. programmable automation
B. fixed automation
C. Flexible Automation
D. electronic automation
Explaination :
454)
A. 3
B. 6
C. 9
D. 0
Answer : B. 6
Explaination :
455)
A. Solid
B. Plasma
C. Powder
D. Liquid
Answer : C. Powder
Explaination :
456)
A robot arm that moves along three independent axes, each of which is straight and perpendicular
to the other two, employs:
A. Revolute geometry.
Explaination :
457)
A. 2n-1
B. 2n
C. 1/2n
D. 2n-2
Answer : C. 1/2n
Explaination :
No Explaination Available for These Question.
458)
C. Metric Mode
D. Go to Home Position
Explaination :
459)
A. Spline
B. Hyperbola
C. Parabola
D. Ellipse
Answer : A. Spline
Explaination :
460)
B. Metric mode
Explaination :
461)
A. Fit
B. Form
C. Failure
D. Function
Answer : C. Failure
Explaination :
462)
Explaination :
463)
A. SLA
B. SVS
C. FDM
D. 3D Printing
Answer : B. SVS
Explaination :
464)
A. Prismatic joint
B. rotating joint
C. revolving joint
D. twist joint
Answer & Explaination Discuss
Explaination :
465)
Circular arc on a part profile is being machined on a vertical CNC milling machine. CNC part
programme using metric units and absolute dimensions is listed below N60 G01 X30 Y35 Z-5 F50;
N70 G02 X50 Y35 R20; N80 G01 Z5; The coordinates of the centers of the circular arcs are
A. (30, 55)
B. (50, 55)
C. (50, 35)
D. (30, 35)
Explaination :
466)
Explaination :
No Explaination Available for These Question.
467)
A. SLS
B. LOM
C. FDM
D. SLA
Answer : C. FDM
Explaination :
468)
Explaination :
469)
B. Programmable
C. Fixed
D. Extended
Answer : C. Fixed
Explaination :
470)
Explaination :
471)
Which of the following is not method of expressing the feed in milling machines
Explaination :
472)
A. Direct
B. Soft
C. Cluster
D. Hard
Answer : C. Cluster
Explaination :
473)
When smooth cure is approximated through the data points, then the curve is known as .........
A. interpolant curve
B. approximation curve
C. pitch curve
D. data curve
474)
Synthetic curve pass through defined data points and thus can be represented by .........
A. polynominal
B. exponential
D. differential equation
Answer : A. polynominal
Explaination :
475)
A. G27
B. G28
C. G29
D. G30
Answer : B. G28
Explaination :
476)
B. triangle
C. hexahedron
D. tetrahedron
Answer : B. triangle
Explaination :
477)
A. 3
B. 4
C. 5
D. 6
Answer : D. 6
Explaination :
478)
Answer : D. unemployment
Explaination :
479)
A. Rabota
B. Robota
C. Rebota
D. Ribota
Answer : B. Robota
Explaination :
480)
A. negative image
B. functional manipulators
C. memory
D. sensors
Answer : D. sensors
Explaination :
481)
The art of dividing the structure into a convenient number of smaller elements is known as
A. assemblage
B. continuum
C. traction
D. discretization
Answer : D. discretization
Explaination :
482)
A. Simultaneous
B. Concurrent
C. Reverse
D. Balanced
Answer : B. Concurrent
Explaination :
483)
Explaination :
484)
From the following, which method is also called as Building Block Approach ?
A. Cellular Decomposition
B. Spatial Occupancy
C. Generalized Sweeps
Explaination :
485)
A. Playback Robot
B. NC Robot
C. Intelligent Robot
D. Fixed sequence Robot
Explaination :
486)
C. Continuous welding
D. Loading only
Explaination :
487)
B. When same type of operations with same steps with different dimensions are to be repeated
A set of instructions which are used repeatedly in a program can be referred to as Subroutine.
488)
For a robot unit to be considered a functional industrial robot, typically how many degrees of
freedom would the robot have?
A. Three
B. Four
C. Six
D. Eight
Answer : C. Six
Explaination :
489)
A. Plasma
B. Powder
C. Liquid
D. Solid
Answer : D. Solid
Explaination :
Fused deposition modelling(FDM) is solid based RP method. In which Solid material is melted and
deposited layer-by-layer.
490)
A. Analytical
C. Bezier
D. B-spline
Answer : D. B-spline
Explaination :
B spline curve has local control over shape of curve. Degree of curve is independent of date points.
491)
The operation of the vision system consists of three functions: Sensing and digitising image data,
Image processing and analysis and ______.
A. Processing
B. Application
C. Orientation
D. Descriptors
Answer : B. Application
Explaination :
492)
A. Rectangle
B. Quadrilateral
C. Parallelogram
D. Tetrahedron
Answer : D. Tetrahedron
Explaination :
493)
B. Paper tapes, floppy tapes and cassettes are used for data storage
Explaination :
494)
A. Wrist roll
B. Wrist Pitch
C. Wrist Yaw
D. Rotational traverse
Answer & Explaination Discuss
Explaination :
Wrist Roll: Rotation of wrist about arm axis (Rotation in plane perpendicular to the end arm). Wrist
Pitch: Up and down rotation of wrist. Wrist Yaw: Rotation about horizontal plane.
495)
Which of the following places would be LEAST likely to include operational robots?
A. Warehouse
B. Factory
C. Hospitals
D. Private homes
Explaination :
496)
A. Digital
B. Pneumatic
C. Electric
D. Hydraulic
Answer : A. Digital
Explaination :
Except Digital, all given options are type of robotic actuator. Which produce physical movement by
converting other kind of energy.
497)
C. Higher flexibility
D. Improved quality
Explaination :
498)
A. Home position
Explaination :
499)
Explaination :
500)
Dwell is defined by
A. G04
B. G03
C. G02
D. G01
Answer : A. G04
Explaination :
501)
Explaination :
502)
A. Direction measurement.
B. Epipolar navigation.
C. Distance measurement.
D. Machine vision.
Explaination :
503)
A. KQ=F
B. KQ≠F
C. K=QF
D. K≠QF
Answer : A. KQ=F
Explaination :
504)
The curve is defined as the locus of point moving with .......... degree of freedom.
A. Zero
B. One
C. Two
D. Three
Answer : A. Zero
Explaination :
505)
A. SLR
B. SLS
C. LOM
D. FDM
Answer : B. SLS
Explaination :
Selective Laser Sintering (SLS) is Powder based Rapid Prototyping(RP) method. In these method the
powder of thermoplastic material, metal, ceramics etc. is sintered layer by layer, under heat
generated by CO2 laser to form a part.
506)
B. Multiple gripper
C. Notch gripper
D. Internal gripper
Explaination :
507)
A. Reducing WIP
B. Controlong WIP
C. Maintaining WIP
D. Extending WIP
Explaination :
508)
When the curve passes through all the data points, then the curve is known as ……....
A. Approximation curve
B. Pitch curve
C. Data curve
D. Interpolant curve
Explaination :
When curve is passes through all the data points then it is known as Interpolant curve.
509)
A. End of programe
B. End of block
D. Coolant on/off
Explaination :
510)
Explaination :
Translation transformation changes position of graphical element. By using these function we can
move object from one position to other position.
511)
A. Triangle
B. Bar
C. Rectangle
D. Parallelogram
Answer : B. Bar
Explaination :
512)
A. Touch Sensor
B. Force Sensor
C. Range Sensor
D. Position sensor
Explaination :
D. Servo-controlled machine
Explaination :
514)
A. Reaming
B. Parting
C. Grooving
D. Facing
Answer : A. Reaming
Explaination :
515)
A. SLS
B. LOM
C. FDM
D. SLA
Answer : B. LOM
Explaination :
Laminated Object Manufacturing (LOM) uses sheet metal to form 3D models. These model built up
with layers of cross section of part.
516)
A. Force sensor
B. Tactile sensor
C. Proximity sensor
Explaination :
517)
A. Flexible
B. Programmable
C. Fixed
D. Extended
Answer & Explaination Discuss
Answer : A. Flexible
Explaination :
518)
A. Flexible
B. Open
C. Programmable
D. Fixed
Answer : A. Flexible
Explaination :
519)
A. Actuators
B. Power supply
C. Micro controllers
D. Robotic arm
Answer : A. Actuators
Explaination :
Actuator are device which convert some kind of energy into physical movement (mechanical
motion), thus they act as muscle of robots, by controlling various physical actions.
520)
A. Mechanism
B. Vacuum
C. Magnet
D. Adhesive material
Answer : A. Mechanism
Explaination :
521)
A. Scaling
B. Clockwise rotation
D. Inverse translation
Explaination :
522)
A. 3 nodes
B. 6 nodes
C. 9 nodes
D. 12 nodes
Answer : A. 3 nodes
Explaination :
523)
A. Vision sensors
B. Infrared sensors
C. Photo-metric sensors
D. Range detectors
Explaination :
524)
What is the name for information sent from robot sensors to robot controllers ?
A. Temperature
B. Pressure
C. Feedback
D. Signal
Answer & Explaination Discuss
Answer : C. Feedback
Explaination :
525)
A. ASME
B. ASCII
C. RIA
D. ROI
Answer : C. RIA
Explaination :
526)
A. Spindle OFF
B. Program END
C. Coolant OFF
D. Coolant ON
Explaination :
A. Flexible
B. Programmable
C. Fixed
D. Extended
Answer : C. Fixed
Explaination :
528)
A. Accuracy
B. Repeatability
C. Multifunctionality
D. Prosthesis
Answer : D. Prosthesis
Explaination :
529)
Explaination :
530)
A robot that has its own computer, and can work independently of other robots or computers, is
called an
A. Android
B. Insect robot
D. Autonomous robot
Explaination :
A robot that has its own computer, and can work independently of other robots or computers, is
called an Autonomous robot.
1. Which of the following storage devices allows access to information in a sequential mode?
(a) CD-R
(b) DVD
Answer:
Option (d)
2. Which one is best suited for use with the paper of large size and for complex drawings in Computer-Aided
Design?
Answer:
Option (c)
(a) Monitor
(b) Touchscreen
(c) Printer
(d) Plotter
Answer:
Option (b)
4. Which of the following printers are known to press characters or dots against an inked ribbon onto a paper
(a) Dot-matrix
(b) Ink-Jet
(c) Laser
(d) Thermal
Answer:
Option (a)
5. Which of the following types of mouse is a battery-powered device that transmits data using wireless
(d) Trackball
Answer:
Option (b)
6. A system that automates the drafting process with interactive computer graphics is called
Answer:
Option (b)
7. A pixel is
Answer:
Option (c)
Option (c)
Answer:
Option (d)
Answer:
Option (d)
(a) CPU
(b) ALU
(c) monitor
(d) keyboard
Answer:
Option (a)
(a) graphical
(b) text
(c) numerical
Answer:
Option (b)
Answer:
Option (b)
(a) graphical
(b) text
(c) locating
Answer:
Option (c)
Option (c)
16. The screen is scanned from left to right, top to bottom all the time to generate graphics by
Answer:
Option (a)
17. ____________bits/pixel are needed to produce satisfactory continuous shades of monochrome display.
(a) 8
(b) 16
(c) 24
(d) 32
Answer:
Option (a)
Answer:
Option (a)
(a) 50 dpi
(b) 65 dpi
(c) 75 dpi
Answer:
Option (c)
(a) Java
(b) Pascal
(c) Basic
(d) Netscape
Answer:
Option (d)
(a) GKS
(b) IGES
(c) UNIX
(d) PHIGS
Answer:
Option (c)
22. Which algorithm gives floating point value of coordinates, when solving equation of line?
Answer:
Option (b)
23. DVST stands for
Answer:
Option (c)
24. The number of pixels stored in the frame buffer of a graphics system is known as
(a) resolution
(b) depth
(c) vertex
Answer:
Option (a)
25. In a graphical system, the array of pixels in the picture are stored in
(a) memory
(c) processor
Answer:
Option (a)
26. The devices which convert the electrical energy into light is called
(b) non-emitters
Answer:
Option (d)
31. __________ allows screen positions to be selected with the touch of a finger.
(d) Mouse
Answer:
Option (a)
(a) Trackball
(c) Printer
(d) Mouse
Answer:
Option (c)
(a) y = m.x + b
(b) y = b.x + m
(c) y = x.x + m
(d) y = b + m.m
Answer:
Option (a)
34. On the raster system, lines are plotted with
(a) lines
(b) dots
(c) pixels
Answer:
Option (c)
Answer:
Option (d)
36. The operation of CRT is based on concept of energizing an electron beam that strikes the__________
coating.
(a) ceramic
(b) phosphor
(c) bronze
Answer:
Option (b)
(a) 8
(b) 16
(c) 24
(d) 32
Answer:
Option (c)
Answer:
Option (c)
Answer:
Option (b)
(c) 75 dpi
Answer:
Option (b)
41. Which language has the capacity to operate with high-level graphics and animation?
(a) C
(b) C++
(c) BASIC
(d) JAVA
Answer:
Option (d)
Answer:
Option (b)
Answer:
Option (c)
(a) 1975
(b) 1980
(c) 1985
(d) 1989
Answer:
Option (b)
Answer:
Option (d)
Answer:
Option (b)
47. The memory requirement for the 24-bit true color system for the 1024 x 1024 pixel resolutions
is ___________.
(a) 1 MB
(b) 2 MB
(c) 3 MB
(d) 4 MB
Answer:
Option (c)
48. A raster system has a resolution of 1024 × 1024 and a refresh rate of 60 Hz, then the time required to
(a) 1.589
(b) 15.89
(c) 158.9
(d) 1589
Answer:
Option (b)
49. A raster system has a resolution of 1280 × 1024 having a 24-bit true-color system. The size of frame buffer
(a) 3
(b) 3.25
(c) 3.5
(d) 3.75
Answer:
Option (d)
50. Flood guns bombard the phosphor surface of the tube in which one of the following types of CRT
technology?
(c) Refresh-vector
(d) Stroke
Answer:
Option (a)
(a) paper
(b) pen holding mechanism
(c) crossbar
Answer:
Option (a)
52. In a Laser printer, a semiconductor laser beam scans the ________ charged drum.
Answer:
Option (b)
(b) reduces the host computer workload and allows more users
Answer:
Option (b)
(a) Hyperbola
Answer:
Option (a)
2. Which one of the following does not belong to the family of conics?
(a) Hyperbola
(b) Parabola
(c) Ellipse
(d) Line
Answer:
Option (d)
(b) knots
Answer:
Option (a)
Answer:
Option (b)
(a) Spline
(b) Hyperbola
(c) Parabola
(d) Ellipse
Answer:
Option (a)
6. When the curve passes through all the data points, then the curve is known as
Answer:
Option (d)
7. When a smooth curve is approximated through the data points, then the curve is known as
Answer:
Option (b)
8. Synthetic curve pass through defined data points and thus can be represented by
Answer:
Option (a)
9. The slope of line segment is represented by
(a) dy/dx
(b) dx/dy
(c) x/y
(d) y/x
Answer:
Option (a)
10. A circle is represented in the CAD/CAM database by storing the values of its
(b) diameter
(c) radius
Answer:
Option (d)
11. Mathematically, the ellipse is a curve generated by a point moving in space such that at any position the
sum of its distances from two fixed points (foci) is constant and equal to
Answer:
Option (a)
12. The parabola is defined mathematically as a curve generated by a point that moves such that its distance
Answer:
Option (c)
Answer:
Option (a)
Answer:
Option (b)
Answer:
Option (c)
Answer:
Option (b)
17. To determine the coefficients of the equation – two end-points and the two tangent vectors. This
Answer:
Option (b)
18. The Bezier curve is smoother than the Hermite cubic spline because it has _________ order derivatives.
(a) lower
(b) higher
Answer:
Option (b)
19. In the bezier curve, the curve is always________to first and last segments of the polygon.
(a) normal
(b) parallel
(c) tangent
Answer:
Option (c)
(a) Analytical
(c) Beizer
(d) B-Spline
Answer:
Option (d)
Answer:
Option (d)
Answer:
Option (c)
23. The curve is defined as the locus of a point moving with ____ degree of freedom.
(a) 0
(b) 1
(c) 2
(d) 3
Answer:
Option (b)
24. The unit vector in the direction of the line is defined as _______.
Answer:
Option (c)
Answer:
Option (b)
Answer:
Option (c)
27. In Beizer Curve, the flexibility of the shape would increase with _______ of the polygon.
Answer:
Option (b)
Answer:
Option (b)
29. The degree of the curve is independent of the number of control points in _______.
(d) Hyperbola
Answer:
Option (c)
Answer:
Option (d)
31. The ___________ is used to create a surface using curves that form closed boundaries.
Answer:
Option (c)
1. In the following geometric modeling techniques which is not a three dimensional modeling?
(b) Drafting
Answer:
Option (b)
2. In the following three-dimensional modeling techniques, which do not require much computer time and
memory?
(d) Drafting
Answer:
Option (a)
(d) 2D modeling
Answer:
Option (a)
4. From the following, which modeler defines model without mass properties?
(a) Wireframe
(b) Primitive
(c) B-rep
(d) CSG
Answer:
Option (a)
5. The model which is created by using basic entities of two dimensioning is called ___________ .
Answer:
Option (b)
6. What is the basic part of the surface model on which the surface is to be drawn?
(a) Ruled
(b) Ruler
(c) Size
(d) Mesh
Answer:
Option (d)
7. A cylinder can be created by drawing a rectangular shape using the ________ tool.
(a) revolve
(b) sweep
(c) extrude
(d) blend
Answer:
Option (a)
Answer:
Option (a)
9. __________can also serve as a means of geometric input for finite element analysis.
(d) 2D drafting
Answer:
Option (b)
10. Which kind of model can store information about geometry and topology both?
Answer:
Option (a)
11. Which one is the most ambiguous model from the following?
Answer:
Option (c)
12. Which solid modeling technique is used to define numerous families of objects with a limited set of
parameter values?
Answer:
Option (d)
13. Under which technique, 3D objects are divided up into cubical cells at a particular resolution?
Answer:
Option (c)
14. From the following, which method is also called as the Building Block Approach?
Answer:
Option (d)
15. Structuring and combining the primitives of the solid model in the graphics database, is achieved by the
use of ____________.
(a) FEA
(b) transformations
Answer:
Option (c)
16. It is easy to construct a precise solid model out of regular solid primitives by___________.
Option (d)
(c) a primitive
Answer:
Option (a)
18. ____________ is an extension of the wireframe model with additional face information added.
(a) CSG
(b) B-rep
(c) Loft
Answer:
Option (b)
19. For 3D modeling of automobile body styling, which of the following is a preferred technique?
Answer:
Option (c)
20. Which of the following uses a number of two-dimensional profiles for generating a three-dimensional object?
(a) Tweaking
(b) Lofting
(c) Filleting
Answer:
Option (b)
21.The ability available to the user to modify or move a vertex or a face and to see the effect of that on the
(a) filleting
(b) chamfering
(c) lofting
(d) tweaking
Answer:
Option (d)
(a) .dxf
(b) .dwg
(c) .prt
(d) .asm
Answer:
Option (c)
23.Which of the following is a file extension used for an assembly file in solid model?
(a) .dxf
(b) .dwg
(c) .prt
(d) .asm
Answer:
Option (d)
(a) .dwg
(b) .stl
(c) .prt
(d) .asm
Answer:
Option (a)
(a) Extrude
(b) Revolve
(c) Pattern
Answer:
Option (c)
26. To create a hollow part, which of the following command would be most efficient?
(a) Extrude
(b) Sweep
(c) Shell
(d) Revolve
Answer:
Option (c)
1.When every entity of a geometric model remains parallel to its initial position, the transformation is called
as ___________ .
(a) scaling
(b) translation
(c) rotation
(d) mirror
Answer:
Option (b)
2.In which type of projection, actual dimensions and angles of objects and therefore shapes cannot be preserved?
(a) Orthographic
(b) Isometric
(c) Perspective
Answer:
Option (c)
(a) 8
(b) 6
(c) 12
(d) 16
Answer:
Option (c)
(a) P’=P+T
(b) P’=P-T
(c) P’=P*T
(d) P’=p
Answer:
Option (a)
(a) translation
(b) rotation
(c) scaling
Answer:
Option (d)
Answer:
Option (c)
(a) P’=P+T
(b) P’=R*P
(c) P’=P*P
(d) P’=R+P
Answer:
Option (b)
(a) scaling
(b) rotation
(c) translation
(d) reflection
Answer:
Option (a)
(a) P’=P+T
(b) P’=S*P
(c) P’=P*R
(d) P’=R+S
Answer:
Option (b)
10. If the values of the scaling factors sx and sy < 1, then ___________ .
Answer:
Option (a)
11.If the values of the scaling factors sx and sy are assigned to the same value, then ___________ .
Answer:
Option (b)
12.If the values of the scaling factors sx and sy are assigned to unequal values, then ___________ .
Answer:
Option (c)
Answer:
Option (d)
14.Reflection about the line y=0, the axis, is accomplished with the transformation matrix with how many
elements as ‘0’?
(a) 8
(b) 9
(c) 4
(d) 6
Answer:
Option (d)
15.Which transformation distorts the shape of an object such that the transformed shape appears as if the object
were composed of internal layers that had been caused to slide over each other?
(a) Rotation
(b) Scaling
(c) Shearing
(d) Reflection
Answer:
Option (c)
(a) 45
(b) 90
(c) 180
(d) 360
Answer:
Option (c)
(a) selecting
(b) sorting
(c) scaling
(d) skewing
Answer:
Option (d)
18._________can be defined as the creation, storage and manipulation of pictures and drawings by means of a
computer.
(b) FEA
Option (a)
19.The memory of the computer is a collection of bits and a bit can take any value in_____
(a) 0
(b) 1
(c) either 0 or 1
Answer:
Option (c)
20. All changes performed on the graphic image are done by changing the database of the original picture.
(b) transformations
(c) scanning
Answer:
Option (b)
21.Scaling can be
(a) uniform
(b) non-uniform
Answer:
Option (c)
22.To achieve scaling, the original coordinates would be _________ by scaling factor.
(a) multiplied
(b) divided
(c) substracted
Answer:
Option (a)
(a) smaller
(b) larger
(c) slant
(d) mirror
Answer:
Option (d)
24.______________ allows the user to view the objects from different angles.
(a) Rotation
(b) Translation
(c) Reflection
(d) Skewing
Answer:
Option (a)
(a) translation
(b) skewing
(c) mirror
(d) rotation
Answer:
Option (d)
26.From the following, which one will require maximum numbers of matrices to multiply?
Answer:
Option (c)
27.From the following, which one will require 4 matrices to multiply to get the final position?
Answer:
Option (b)
28.From the following, which one will require 6 matrices to multiply to get the final position?
Answer:
Option (d)
29.To obtain the projection of an entity, projectors are constructed by connecting ___________ with each point
of the entity.
Answer:
Option (c)
(c) infinity
Answer:
Option (c)
3 If the center of projection is at a finite distance from the plane, ____________ results.
1.
(a) perspective projection
Answer:
Option (a)
Answer:
Option (b)
33.In perspective projection, the size of an entity is _______ proportional to its distance from the center of
projection.
(a) inversely
(b) directly
Answer:
Option (a)
Answer:
Option (c)
35.The transformation of perspective projection must include__________, where d is the distance between the
(a) d
(b) 1/d
(c) -d
(d) -1/d
Answer:
Option (d)
36.How many total numbers of projecting planes are required for the complete description of the orthographic
projection system?
(a) 2
(b) 4
(c) 6
(d) 8
Answer:
Option (c)
(a) window
(b) monitor
(c) screen
Answer:
Option (a)
(a) window
(b) viewport
(c) pixel
Answer:
Option (b)
(a) rectangles
(b) circles
(c) polygons
(d) none of the above
Answer:
Option (a)
40. A rectangle is to be rotated by 30° clockwise about an arbitrary point. From the following, which
(a) Translation
(b) Scaling
Answer:
Option (a)
41. A triangle is to be reflected about an arbitrary line. From the following, which transformation will be
performed first?
(a) Scaling
(b) Mirror
(c) Translation
(d) Rotation
Answer:
Option (c)
(a) Rectangle
(b) Quadrilateral
(c) Parallelogram
(d) Tetrahedron
Answer:
Option (d)
(b) Quadrilateral
(d) Tetrahedron
Answer:
Option (b)
(a) Triangle
(b) Bar
(c) Rectangle
(d) Parallelogram
Answer:
Option (b)
4.To solve the FEM problem, it subdivides a large problem into smaller, simpler parts that are called
Answer:
Option (a)
5.The art of subdividing the structure into a convenient number of smaller elements is known as ___________ .
(a) assemblage
(b) continuum
(c) traction
(d) discretization
Answer:
Option (d)
(a) 0
(b) 0.5
(c) 1
(d) 2
Answer:
Option (c)
7.A triangular plane stress element has how many degrees of freedom?
(a) 3
(b) 4
(c) 5
(d) 6
Answer:
Option (d)
(d) nodes
Answer:
Option (c)
(b) KQ≠F
(c) K=QF
(d) K≠QF
Answer:
Option (a)
Answer:
Option (d)
(a) 1
(b) 2
(c) 3
(d) 0
Answer:
Option (d)
(a) particles
(b) molecules
(c) elements
(d) lines
Answer:
Option (c)
(a) 1
(b) 2
(c) 3
(d) 0
Answer:
Option (b)
Answer:
Option (a)
(a) material
(b) geometry
Answer:
Option (c)
(a) bar
(b) triangle
(c) hexahedron
(d) tetrahedron
Answer:
Option (b)
17.For 1-D bar elements if the structure is having 3 nodes then the stiffness matrix formed is having an order of
(a) 2×2
(b) 3×3
(c) 4×4
(d) 6×6
Answer:
Option (b)
18.To find the nodal displacements in all parts of the element, ______are used.
Answer:
Option (a)
19.The nature of loading at various locations and other surfaces conditions called
(b) traction
(c) friction
(d) surfacing
Answer:
Option (a)
Answer:
Option (a)
Answer:
Option (a)
Answer:
Option (c)
(a) 3
(b) 2
(c) 1
(d) 0
Answer:
Option (d)
(a) 3
(b) 6
(c) 8
(d) 9
Answer:
Option (c)
25.From below, choose the correct condition for the axisymmetric element.
Answer:
Option (d)
(a) 1D
(b) 2D
(c) 3D
(d) 4D
Answer:
Option (b)
(a) Preprocessing
(b) Solution
Answer:
Option (d)
28.The minimum number of dimensions are required to define the position of a point in space is _______.
(a) 3
(b) 4
(c) 1
(d) 2
Answer:
Option (a)
(a) thermal
(c) vibration
Answer:
Option (d)
30. If the structure is more complex in order to simplify the model, we need to subdivide the structure into
(a) elements
(b) modules
(c) links
(d) models
Answer:
Option (b)
31. Which of the following is not a method for calculation of the stiffness matrix?
Answer:
Option (d)
32. ______________ is defined as the ratio of the largest dimension of the element to the smallest dimension.
Answer:
Option (c)
Answer:
Option (b)
34.When a thin plate is subjected to loading in its own plane only, the condition is called ________.
Answer:
Option (a)
35.The points in the entire structure are defined using the coordinates system is known as ___________.
Answer:
Option (c)
36.The applications of the finite element method in two-dimensional analyses are __________.
Answer:
Option (c)
37.If the body is in a state of equilibrium then the energy is minimum. This statement is considered in __________ .
Answer:
Option (d)
(b) K is un-symmetric
(d) K is tri-symmetric
Answer:
Option (a)
(d) zero
Answer:
Option (a)
(a) ANSYS
(b) Nastran
(c) Abaqus
(d) AutoCAD
Answer:
Option (d)
41. Which of the following module of FEA is used to determine natural frequency?
(a) Static analysis
Answer:
Option (c)
(a) stress
(b) strain
(c) displacement
(d) temperature
Answer:
Option (d)
Answer:
Option (c)
Answer:
Option (c)
45.In penalty approach, rigid support is considered as a spring having _________ stiffness.
(a) zero
(d) infinite
Answer:
Option (d)
(a) 3
(b) 4
(c) 5
(d) 6
Answer:
Option (b)
(a) 4
(b) 6
(c) 8
(d) 10
Answer:
Option (c)
48.How many nodes are there in a tetrahedron with curved sides element?
(a) 6
(b) 8
(c) 10
(d) 12
Answer:
Option (c)
49.If the size of the elements is small, the final solution is expected to be ______ accurate.
(a) more
(b) less
Answer:
Option (a)
50. In FEA, the use of smaller-sized elements will lead to _______ computation time
(a) less
(b) more
Answer:
Option (b
51. Elements with an aspect ratio of near to ______ generally yield best results in FEA.
(a) 0
(b) 0.5
(c) 1
(d) 2
Answer:
Option (c)
52. In truss analysis, the reactions can be found by using the equation ______.
(a) R=KQ+F
(b) R=KQ-F
(c) R=K+QF
(d) R=K-QF
Answer:
Option (b)
Answer:
Option (b)
Answer:
Option (a)
55.As per the penalty approach, the equation of reaction force is _____.
(a) R = -CQ
(b) R = CQ
(c) R = -C (Q-a)
(d) R = -C (Q+a)
Answer:
Option (c)
56.In the penalty approach, the magnitude of the stiffness constant should be at least _______ times more than
(a) 10
(b) 100
(c) 1000
(d) 10000
Answer:
Option (d)
(c) σ = E (B + α Δt)
(d) σ = E (B - α Δt)
Answer:
Option (b)
58. In any FEA software, a large amount of mathematical work is done in ________ phase.
(a) preprocessing
(b) solution
(c) postprocessing
Option (c)
Answer:
Option (c)
2.When the optimization problem cost functions are differentiable, the problem is referred to as
(a) rough
(b) nonsmooth
(c) smooth
(d) nonrough
Answer:
Option (c)
3.The feasible region for the inequality constraints with respect to equality constraints
(a) increases
(b) decreases
Answer:
Option (a)
4.The degrees of freedom for an optimization problem that has four design variables is
(a) 1/4
(b) 4
(c) 2
(d) 1
Answer:
Option (b)
(a) True
(b) False
Answer:
Option (b)
(a) True
(b) False
Answer:
Option (b)
(a) True
(b) False
Answer:
Option (a)
(a) True
(b) False
Answer:
Option (b)
9.The inputs of engineering models include design variables and material properties.
(a) True
(b) False
Answer:
Option (a)
10. The feasible region for an equality constraint is a subset of that for the same constraint expressed as an
inequality.
(a) True
(b) False
Answer:
Option (a)
11.The feasible region usually expands when more constraints are added to the design model and shrinks when
(a) True
(b) False
Answer:
Option (b)
Answer:
Option (b)
Answer:
Option (c)
(a) midpoint
(b) plane
(c) laminar
(d) zero
Answer:
Option (b)
15.One of the most powerful techniques for solving non-linear programming is to transform the _________.
(a) data
(b) problems
(c) materials
(d) labour
Answer:
Option (b)
16.In non-linear programming the boundaries of the contours of the function are _________.
Option (d)
Answer:
Option (d)
Answer:
Option (d)
Answer:
Option (a)
20. While solving a Linear Programing model graphically, the area bounded by the constraints is called
Answer:
Option (a)
21.While plotting constraints on a graph paper terminal points on both the axes are connected by a straight line
because
Answer:
Option (c)
22.If two constraints do not intersect in the positive quadrant of the graph then
Answer:
Option (b)
Answer:
Option (b)
Answer:
Option (a)
25. The best use of linear programming technique is to find the optimal use of _________.
(a) money
(b) manpower
(c) machine
Answer:
Option (d)
Answer:
Option (a)
(a) NC
(b) CNC
(c) DNC
(d) CCNC
Answer:
Option (c)
Answer:
Option (b)
Answer:
Option (c)
Answer:
Option (a)
Answer:
Option (b)
(a) VMC
(b) CNC
(c) DNC
Answer:
Option (d)
8.In the CNC machine tool, the part program entered into the computer memory
Answer:
Option (b)
Answer:
Option (a)
(a) NC
(b) CNC
Answer:
Option (c)
(b) Paper tapes, floppy disks, and magnetic tapes are used for data storage
Answer:
Option (c)
(a) reaming
(b) parting
(c) grooving
(d) facing
Answer:
Option (a)
13.CNC machine has the following main advantage over conventional machining practice.
(a) Ability to employ higher cutting speeds, feeds and depth of cut
(c) Flexibility
Answer:
Option (b)
14.Which one of the following is not the advantage of the CNC machine?
Answer:
Option (d)
(a) milling
(b) boring
(c) welding
(d) tapping
Answer:
Option (c)
16. For CNC machining skilled part programmers are not needed.
(a) True
(b) False
Answer:
Option (b)
17.An absolute NC system is one in which all position coordinates are referred to one fixed origin called the zero
point.
(a) True
(b) False
Answer:
Option (a)
Answer:
Option (c)
19.The depth that the tool is plunged into the surface is called as ___________.
(a) feed
Answer:
Option (b)
(a) length/revolution
(b) degree/revolution
(c) length
(d) degree
Answer:
Option (a)
Answer:
Option (a)
Answer:
Option (b)
(a) networking
(b) pairing
(c) interlocking
(d) assembling
Answer:
Option (a)
24.The process of putting data into a storage location is called
(a) reading
(b) writing
(c) controlling
Answer:
Option (b)
(a) reading
(b) writing
(c) controlling
Answer:
Option (a)
26.A typical punched card used in IBM systems has _______ columns.
(a) 70
(b) 80
(c) 85
(d) 90
Answer:
Option (b)
(a) Circular
(b) Elliptical
(c) Rectangular
(d) Square
Answer:
Option (c)
28.On which component the data once stored can be erased and new data saved?
Answer:
Option (d)
29.The magnetic tapes and disks can store more data compared to the punched card.
(a) Correct
(b) Incorrect
Answer:
Option (a)
30. The data stored on magnetic tapes and disks can be corrupted if these are brought into magnetic
fields.
(a) True
(b) False
Answer:
Option (a)
(a) 20
(b) 25
(c) 27
(d) 30
Answer:
Option (b)
32.Which of the following is not types of NC program reader?
Answer:
Option (c)
Answer:
Option (d)
34.In how many ways CNC machine tool systems can be classified?
(a) 2
(b) 3
(c) 4
(d) 5
Answer:
Option (b)
35.Continuous path control system is suitable for which type of applications?
(b) Reaming
(c) Drilling
(d) Broaching
Answer:
Option (a)
36.In the absolute positioning type of programming system, the tool locations are always defined in relation
(a) True
(b) False
3 In an incremental positioning programming system, the next tool location must be defined with reference to
7.
the previous tool location.
(a) Correct
(b) Incorrect
Answer:
Option (a)
3 In CNC systems multiple microprocessors and programmable logic controllers work _________.
8.
(a) in parallel
(b) in series
Answer:
Option (a)
3 _______of motion is always the axis of the main spindle of the machine.
9.
(a) Z-axis
(b) Y-axis
(c) X-axis
Answer:
Option (a)
4 Due to the higher cutting speeds and feeds in CNC machines which types of forces developed during the machinin
0.
(a) Shear forces
Answer:
Option (b)
Answer:
Option (d)
42.The use of a stepper motor considerably simplifies the system as feedback devices are not used.
(a) True
(b) False
Answer:
Option (a)
43.Stepper motors are suitable only for which types of machines?
Answer:
Option (a)
44.To monitor the position of the slides, which types of transducers are used?
Answer:
Option (c)
Answer:
Option (a)
Answer:
Option (d)
Answer:
Option (b)
(a) G00
(b) G01
(c) G56
(d) G94
Answer:
Option (a)
(a) G00
(b) G01
(c) G78
(d) G65
Answer:
Option (b)
50. Which of the following code will give circular interpolation in a clockwise direction?
(a) G56
(b) G01
(c) G02
(d) G47
Answer:
Option (c)
51.Which of the following code will give circular interpolation in counterclockwise direction?
(a) G00
(b) G56
(c) G69
(d) G03
Answer:
Option (d)
52.Which the following code will produce dwell for a specified time?
(a) G04
(b) G18
(c) G45
(d) G65
Answer:
Option (a)
53.Which of the following code is used to give input of cutter offset data?
(a) G30
(b) G20
(c) G10
(d) G04
Answer:
Option (c)
(a) G18
(b) G17
(c) G10
(d) G04
Answer:
Option (b)
(a) G18
(b) G17
(c) G10
(d) G04
Answer:
Option (a)
(a) G32
(b) G00
(c) G02
(d) G19
Answer:
Option (d)
57.Which of the following code will change specified input values in millimeters?
(a) G00
(b) G01
(c) G20
(d) G21
Answer:
Option (d)
(a) G23
(b) G28
(c) G14
(d) G19
Answer:
Option (b)
(a) G32
(b) G89
(c) G20
(d) G74
Answer:
Option (a)
60. Which of the following code is used to cancel offset compensation for cutter radius?
(a) G40
(b) G02
(c) G42
(d) G00
Answer:
Option (a)
61.Which of the following code is used to give cutter offset compensation, left of a part surface?
(a) G40
(b) G41
(c) G42
(d) G50
Answer:
Option (b)
62.Which of the following code is used to give cutter offset compensation, right of a part surface?
(a) G00
(b) G41
(c) G42
(d) G91
Answer:
Option (c)
63.Which of the following code is used to specify the location of the co-ordinate Axes system origin relative to t
(a) G01
(b) G41
(c) G00
(d) G50
Answer:
Option (d)
(a) G90
(b) G32
(c) G92
(d) G01
Answer:
Option (a)
(a) G90
(b) G91
(c) G92
(d) G94
Answer:
Option (b)
66.Which of the following code is used to specify feed per minute in milling and drilling?
(a) G69
(b) G10
(c) G00
(d) G94
Answer:
Option (d)
67.Which of the following code is used to specify feed per revolution in milling and drilling?
(a) G24
(b) G23
(c) G95
(d) G40
Answer:
Option (c)
68.Which of the following code is used to specify feed per minute in turning?
(a) G25
(b) G98
(c) G24
(d) G23
Answer:
Option (b)
69.Which of the following code is used to specify feed per revolution in turning?
(a) G99
(b) G98
(c) G78
(d) G45
Answer:
Option (a)
(a) M02
(b) M03
(c) M04
(d) M05
Answer:
Option (d)
(a) M05
(b) M08
(c) M09
(d) M02
Answer:
Option (b)
(a) M05
(b) M08
(c) M09
(d) M02
Answer:
Option (c)
NC code Definition
Q. G01 2. Dwell
Answer:
Option (c)
74.During the execution of a CNC part program block NO20 GO2 X45.0 Y25.0 R5.0 the type of tool motion will be
Answer:
Option (a)
75.In an NC machining operation, the tool has to be moved from point (5, 4) to point (7, 2) along a circular path
with center at (5, 2). Before starting the operation, the tool is at (5, 4). The correct G code for this motion is
Answer:
Option (b)
76.The tool of an NC machine has to move along a circular arc from (5, 5) to (10, 10) while performing an
operation. The center of the arc is at (10, 5). Which one of the following NC tool path command performs the
above-mentioned operation?
Answer:
Option (a)
77.In a CNC program block, N002 GO2 G91 X40 Z40……, GO2 and G91 refer to
Answer:
Option (c)
78.In which one of the following machinings, only manual part programming is done?
(a) CNC
(b) NC
(c) DNC
Answer:
Option (b)
Answer:
Option (b)
80. Which of the following code will change specified input values in inches?
(a) G00
(b) G01
(c) G20
(d) G21
Answer:
Option (c)
Answer:
Option (b)
2.When ___________ contacts are actuated, they disrupt the power supply through them.
Answer:
Option (b)
Answer:
Option (a)
(a) High
(b) Heart
(c) Human
(d) Hard
Answer:
Option (c)
Answer:
Option (b)
6.To increase the number of inputs and outputs of the PLC, one can use expansion modules.
(a) True
(b) False
Answer:
Option (a)
(a) True
(b) False
Answer:
Option (a)
8.The type of memory which is fast and temporarily stores the data which are immediately required for use is
called as______.
(a) HDD
(b) ROM
(c) RAM
(d) SSD
Answer:
Option (c)
9.How is the speed of operation of the conventional relay system compared to digital controllers?
(c) Same
Answer:
Option (a)
10. The capability of convention relay systems for complex operations is ___________ that of the PLCs.
(c) as good as
(d) unpredictable as
Answer:
Option (b)
Answer:
Option (c)
Answer:
Option (d)
1. Relay coils
2. Solenoids
3. Indicators
4. Motors
5. Lamps
6. Alarms
(d) All the (1), (2), (3), (4), (5), and (6)
Answer:
Option (d)
(b) Relays
(c) Sensors
Option (d)
(b) C++
(c) OOP+
(d) VHDL
Answer:
Option (a)
Answer:
Option (b)
Answer:
Option (c)
(a) branches
(b) loops
(c) inputs
(d) outputs
Answer:
Option (a)
Answer:
Option (d)
(a) solenoid
(b) relay
(c) Indicator
(d) sensor
Answer:
Option (b)
(b) an accumulator
22.The accumulator is used to either increment or decrements a count each time an input pulse is received.
(a) True
(b) False
Answer:
Option (a)
23.When the accumulator value equals the register value, the relay contact is
(a) deactivated
(b) activated
Answer:
Option (b)
(a) Correct
(b) Incorrect
Answer:
Option (a)
25.Volatile memory of PLC maintains the information in memory even if the power is interrupted.
(a) True
(b) False
Answer:
Option (b)
Answer:
Option (d)
(b) Printer
(c) Simulator
Answer:
Option (d)
Answer:
Option (c)
29.__________ is a means of graphically representing the logic required in a relay logic system.
(a) C++
(c) OOP+
(d) VHDL
Answer:
Option (b)
30. Power flows from the left rail to the right rail, and each rung must have an output to prevent a short.
(a) Agree
(b) Disagree
Answer:
Option (a)
Answer:
Option (b)
(a) series-parallel
Answer:
Option (c)
33.Timers may have one or more _____ for their reference timing.
Answer:
Option (a)
34. Counters can have outputs that turn ON when the accumulated count _____ the pre-set count.
(a) is equal to
Answer:
Option (d)
Answer:
Option (b)
Answer:
Option (c)
2.In a simple and visual method of Cell design, the priorities in classifying may be in the order
Answer:
Option (a)
Answer:
Option (b)
4.In cell formation using production flow analysis, the following process will be left out of the analysis
(a) Grinding
(b) Milling
(c) Drilling
Answer:
Option (d)
5.Which of the following technique of grouping does not consider the design and shape aspect?
Answer:
Option (c)
6.The following is basically a material flow simplification technique.
Answer:
Option (c)
Answer:
Option (b)
(a) GT layout
Answer:
Option (c)
Answer:
Option (a)
Answer:
Option (b)
Answer:
Option (a)
Answer:
Option (c)
13.CAPP is called________.
Answer:
Option (c)
14.“Space available in vertical and horizontal directions is most effectively utilized” is known as principle of
(b) Flexibility
(c) Flow
Answer:
Option (a)
15.If all the processing equipment and machines are arranged according to the sequence of operations of a product
(d) GT layout
Answer:
Option (a)
16.The following type of layout is preferred to manufacture a standard product in large quantity
Answer:
Option (a)
17.The following type of layout is preferred for low volume production of non-standard products
(d) GT layout
Answer:
Option (b)
(d) GT layout
Answer:
Option (c)
(c) Tolerances
Answer:
Option (d)
Answer:
Option (c)
21.
Answer:
Option (b)
22.
Answer:
Option (b)
23.
Answer:
Option (b)
24.
Answer:
Option (a)
Answer:
Option (b)
Answer:
Option (b)
27.Choose the right sequence for Production Flow Analysis.
Answer:
Option (d)
Answer:
Option (a)
Answer:
Option (b)
Answer:
Option (a)
31.In which type of coding structure every successive digit is dependent upon the preceding digit?
Answer:
Option (b)
32.The first five digits of the Opitz classification system are ______.
Answer:
Option (a)
33.The middle four digits of the Opitz classification system are ______.
Answer:
Option (c)
34.The last four digits of the Opitz classification system are ______.
Answer:
Option (b)
Answer:
Option (a)
Answer:
Option (b)
Answer:
Option (c)
Answer:
Option (a)
Answer:
Option (b)
Answer:
Option (c)
41.Digit 4 in Opitz system is for_________.
Answer:
Option (d)
Answer:
Option (c)
43.
(a) 14120
(b) 11400
(c) 15100
(d) 11051
Answer:
Option (c)
44.TNO has developed_______.
Answer:
Option (b)
(a) 8 digits
(b) 11 digits
(c) 13 digits
(d) 16 digits
Answer:
Option (c)
(a) 6 digits
(b) 8 digits
(c) 10 digits
(d) 12 digits
Answer:
Option (d)
47.
is________.
(c) GT layout
Answer:
Option (b)
48.
is________.
(c) GT layout
Answer:
Option (c)
49.
(a) Single
(b) Multi
(c) Inline
(d) Outline
Answer:
Option (a)
Answer:
Option (d)
51.Use computers for storage and retrieval of the data for the process plans is?
Option (a)
Answer:
Option (c)
1.Flexible manufacturing systems (FMS) are reported to have a number of benefits. Which is NOT a reported
benefit of FMS?
Answer:
Option (a)
2.Which materials-processing technology gives the advantage of precision, accuracy, and optimum use of cutting
Answer:
Option (d)
3.What do Flexible Manufacturing Systems (FMS) do?
(c) Co-ordinates the whole process of manufacturing and manufactures a part, component or product
(d) Completely manufactures a range of components without significant human intervention during the
processing
Answer:
Option (d)
4.The type in which the range or universe of part styles that can be produced on the system
Answer:
Option (b)
Answer:
Option (d)
6.One of the classifications of FMS based on the number of machines in the system
Answer:
Option (a)
(a) Workstations
(c) Fixtures
Answer:
Option (a)
Answer:
Option (b)
(a) Workstations
(d) Pallets
Answer:
Option (c)
10.__________ are used to locate parts precisely on pallets.
(a) Tools
(b) Fixtures
(d) Workstations
Answer:
Option (b)
(b) FMS
(c) GT
Answer:
Option (b)
(b) FMS
(c) GT
Answer:
Option (b)
Option (b)
Answer:
Option (d)
Answer:
Option (c)
Answer:
Option (c)
Answer:
Option (c)
18.The capability of the machines to a wide range of products of operations and part cycles is known
as_________.
Answer:
Option (d)
19.The capacity to produce parts through alternative workstation sequences is known as________.
Answer:
Option (b)
20.The range of part styles that can be produced in the system is known as_________.
Option (b)
21.The ability to produce parts in high and low total quantities of production depending upon the market
Answer:
Option (d)
Answer:
Option (a)
23.
Option (a)
24.
Answer:
Option (b)
25.
Answer:
Option (c)
26.
Answer:
Option (d)
Answer:
Option (d)
Answer:
Option (c)
Answer:
Option (b)
Answer:
Option (b)
(a) Rabota
(b) Robota
(c) Rebota
(d) Ribota
Answer:
Option (b)
Answer:
Option (a)
Answer:
Option (d)
Answer:
Option (c)
(a) Sensor
(b) Controller
(c) Actuator
(d) Manipulator
Answer:
Option (c)
(a) Reprogamability
(b) Multifunctionality
(d) Responsibility
Answer:
Option (d)
7.Clockwise and anti-clockwise rotation about the vertical axis to the perpendicular arm is provided
through_______.
Answer:
Option (d)
Answer:
Option (a)
Answer:
Option (a)
Answer:
Option (b)
11.Which part of the robot provides motion to the manipulator and end-effector?
(a) Controller
(b) Senser
(c) Actuator
(d) Processor
Answer:
Option (c)
Answer:
Option (a)
(a) Links
(b) Joins
(c) Manipulator
Answer:
Option (c)
(a) Links
(b) Joints
(d) Sensors
Answer:
Option (b)
Answer:
Option (d)
16.What is the name for information sent from robot sensors to robot controllers?
(a) Temperature
(b) pressure
(c) Feedback
(d) Signal
Answer:
Option (c)
17.For a robot unit to be considered a functional industrial robot, typically, how many degrees of freedom would th
(a) 4
(b) 5
(c) 6
(d) 7
Answer:
Option (c)
18.Which of the following terms refers to the use of compressed gasses to drive (power) the robot device?
(a) Pneumatic
(b) Piezoelectric
(c) Hydraulic
(d) Photosensitive
Answer:
Option (a)
(a) Programable
(b) Multipurpose
Answer:
Option (c)
20.The main objective of industrial robot is_______.
Answer:
Option (d)
Answer:
Option (a)
Answer:
Option (b)
23.Industrial Robots are generally designed to carry which of the following coordinate system(s).?
Answer:
Option (d)
(b) Welding
Answer:
Option (d)
Answer:
Option (a)
26.Internal state sensors are used for measuring __________ of the end effector.
(a) Position
Answer:
Option (d)
Option (c)
28.In which of the following operations point to point Path System is used?
Answer:
Option (c)
(a) Revolute
(b) Prismatic
(c) Cylindrical
(d) Spherical
Answer:
Option (a)
(a) Revolute
(b) Prismatic
(c) Cylindrical
(d) Spherical
Answer:
Option (b)
31.Pneumatic and Hydraulic system which with or without transmission elements provides motion to robot
(b) Sensor
(c) Actuator
Answer:
Option (c)
Answer:
Option (d)
(a) Speech
(b) Vision
(c) Hearing
(d) Touch
Answer:
Option (a)
34.Which of the following terms refers to the left-right movement of a robot arm?
(a) Yaw
(b) Pitch
(c) Swing
(d) Roll
Answer:
Option (a)
35.Which of the following terms refers to the rotational motion of a robot arm?
(a) Swivel
(b) Axle
(c) Roll
(d) Yaw
Answer:
Option (c)
36.Which of the following terms is not one of the basic parts of a robot?
(c) Controller
(d) Sensor
Answer:
Option (a)
37.The number of moveable joints in the base, the arm, and the end effector of the robot determines_______.
(c) Flexibility
(d) Cost
Answer:
Option (a)
38.Which of the basic parts of a robot unit would include the computer circuitry that could be programmed to
determine what the robot would do?
(a) Sensor
(b) Arm
(c) Drive
(d) Controller
Answer:
Option (d)
39.With regard to the physics of power systems used to operate robots, which statement or statements is most
correct?
Answer:
Option (c)
(a) Walking through your suggested procedure with your supervisor prior to programming
(b) Physically moving the robot through all the motions it is to repeat
Answer:
Option (b)
Answer:
Option (d)
(a) Sensors
(b) Actuators
(c) Switches
(d) Switches
Answer:
Option (b)
(d) pH Sensor
Answer:
Option (a)
Answer:
Option (b)
Answer:
Option (a)
Answer:
Option (a)
Answer:
Option (c)
Answer:
Option (a)
Answer:
Option (d)
(a) Sensor
(b) Controller
(c) Processor
(d) Actuator
Answer:
Option (c)
Answer:
Option (a)
52.
suggests________.
Answer:
Option (a)
53.
suggests______.
Answer:
Option (d)
54.
suggests_______.
Answer:
Option (b)
55.
suggests_______.
Answer:
Option (d)
56.
is the___________ robot.
Answer:
Option (a)
57.
is the___________ robot
Answer:
Option (b)
58.
is the___________ robot.
Answer:
Option (c)
59.
is the___________ robot.
(d) Scara
Answer:
Option (c)
60.
is the___________ robot.
(d) SCARA
Answer:
Option (d)
(a) Material
(b) Machine
(c) Motion
(d) Method
Answer:
Option (c)
(a) Routing-Scheduling-Dispatching-Follow up
Answer:
Option (a)
3.Which of the following is true for ‘Routing’?
(b) Route sheets include a list of machine tools that are to be followed
Answer:
Option (d)
Answer:
Option (c)
(a) Only i
(b) Only ii
(c) i & ii
Answer:
Option (d)
6.The bill of material does not consist of
Answer:
Option (d)
Answer:
Option (b)
Answer:
Option (c)
(a) Routing
(b) Dispatching
(c) Scheduling
(d) Follow up
Answer:
Option (b)
(c) Forecasting
Answer:
Option (c)
11.Determining the sequence of manufacturing operations required to produce a certain product is known
as_______.
(a) Forecasting
(d) Estimating
Answer:
Option (c)
12.Establishing general production levels for product for next year is known as_________.
(a) Forecasting
(d) Estimating
Answer:
Option (b)
13.Activity involving listing of the products to be produced, when they are to be delivered, and in what quantities,
(a) Purchasing
(c) Estimating
Answer:
Option (d)
14.Activity which ensures that enough products of each type are available to satisfy customer demand is known
as________.
(c) Expediting
Answer:
Option (b)
Answer:
Option (d)
(a) Inventory
(b) BOM
(c) Finance
Answer:
Option (c)
Answer:
Option (a)
Answer:
Option (a)
(a) Manpower
(b) Manufacturing
(c) Profit
(d) Inventory
Answer:
Option (d)
Answer:
Option (b)
Answer:
Option (d)
Answer:
Option (c)
Answer:
Option (c)
Answer:
Option (c)
(a) Inventory
(b) Finance
(c) Manpower
Answer:
Option (b)
26.Purchasing and ___________ represent the implementation and control phase of the production planning and
control system.
(c) Marketing
Option (d)
27.The MRP forms a vital link between sales and production as follows:
Answer:
Option (d)
Answer:
Option (b)
29.The MRP forms a vital link between sales and production as follows:
Answer:
Option (d)
(a) To maintain the desired level of customer service by maintaining finished goods inventory levels or by
Answer:
Option (d)
(c) Resolve differences between the preliminary MPS and the capacity available
Answer:
Option (a)
(a) Toyota
(b) Honda
(c) Suzuki
(d) Volkswagen
Answer:
Option (a)
Option (c)
Answer:
Option (c)
(a) Manager
(b) Worker
(c) Partner
Answer:
Option (c)
36.Just-In-Time is
Answer:
Option (a)
(a) Inventory
(b) Quality
Answer:
Option (d)
Answer:
Option (d)
39.Just-In-Time aimed at
Answer:
Option (a)
Answer:
Option (a)
(a) Quality
Answer:
Option (b)
(a) Kaizen
Answer:
Option (b)
43.Which one of the following is not an expected benefit of implementing a just-in-time (JIT) production system?
Answer:
Option (b)
Answer:
Option (d)
45.The manufacturing concept that relates demand forecasts to specific dates for completion is
Answer:
Option (a)
Answer:
Option (c)
10/14/2020 CAD CAM Automation 1 | Mechanical MCQ | Auto CAD Placement Paper
COEP
COMPETITIVE ONLINE EXAM PREPARATION
SEARCH …
LATEST PAPERS
Hydraulic Machines 4
Hydraulic Machines 3
Hydraulic Machines 2
Manufacturing Technology 6
Mechanical Engineering MCQ Question Papers: DRDO, ISRO,
Interview Manufacturing Technology 9
Manufacturing Technology 7
Part 1: List for ques ons and answers of CAD CAM Automa on
Manufacturing Technology 5
https://www.coep.in/mcq-mechanical-engineering/cad-cam-automation-1/ 1/6
10/14/2020 CAD CAM Automation 1 | Mechanical MCQ | Auto CAD Placement Paper
https://www.coep.in/mcq-mechanical-engineering/cad-cam-automation-1/ 2/6
10/14/2020 CAD CAM Automation 1 | Mechanical MCQ | Auto CAD Placement Paper
c) Setlinewidthscalefacto (lw)
d) Setlinewidthscalefactor (lw)
Q10. We can adjust the shape of the line ends to give them a
be er appearance by using
a) Line spacing
b) More dots
c) Line caps
d) Round cap
https://www.coep.in/mcq-mechanical-engineering/cad-cam-automation-1/ 3/6
10/14/2020 CAD CAM Automation 1 | Mechanical MCQ | Auto CAD Placement Paper
c) Line
d) Polyline
Part 1: List for ques ons and answers of CAD CAM Automa on
Q1. Answer: d
Q2. Answer: a
Q3. Answer: d
https://www.coep.in/mcq-mechanical-engineering/cad-cam-automation-1/ 4/6
10/14/2020 CAD CAM Automation 1 | Mechanical MCQ | Auto CAD Placement Paper
Q4. Answer: b
Q5. Answer: a
Q6. Answer: c
Q7. Answer: b
Q8. Answer: d
Q9. Answer: b
Q10. Answer: c
Q11. Answer: d
Q12. Answer: a
Q13. Answer: a
Q14. Answer: d
Q15. Answer: d
Q16. Answer: a
Q17. Answer: d
Q18. Answer: c
Q19. Answer: b
Q20. Answer: d
PREVIOUS NEXT
Refrigeration and CAD CAM
Air Conditioning 6 Automation 2
COEP (Competitive Online Exam Preparations) has a core mission to strengthen its position in education by
providing practice papers for Competitive Online Exam Preparations of various examinations. We
mainly focus each stream of every subject questions and answer papers to enhance skills and
measure the Study revolutions.
https://www.coep.in/mcq-mechanical-engineering/cad-cam-automation-1/ 5/6
10/14/2020 CAD CAM Automation 1 | Mechanical MCQ | Auto CAD Placement Paper
Copyright © 2020 | Competitive Online Exam Preparation I All Rights Reserved COEP
https://www.coep.in/mcq-mechanical-engineering/cad-cam-automation-1/ 6/6
10/14/2020 CAD CAM Automation 2 | Mechanical MCQ | Auto CAD Placement Paper
COEP
COMPETITIVE ONLINE EXAM PREPARATION
SEARCH …
LATEST PAPERS
Hydraulic Machines 4
Hydraulic Machines 3
Hydraulic Machines 2
Manufacturing Technology 6
Mechanical Engineering MCQ Question Papers: DRDO, ISRO,
Interview Manufacturing Technology 9
Manufacturing Technology 7
Part 2: List for ques ons and answers of CAD CAM Automa on
Manufacturing Technology 5
https://www.coep.in/mcq-mechanical-engineering/cad-cam-automation-2/ 1/6
10/14/2020 CAD CAM Automation 2 | Mechanical MCQ | Auto CAD Placement Paper
Q1. In order to set drawing limits for a “C” size architectural Manufacturing Technology 4
drawing the dra er should set the limits to ________
a) 0,0 and 2,9 Manufacturing Technology 3
Workshop Technology 8
Q2. One quick way to view the en re drawing area is to use the
Zoom command by typing ________
a) Type Z enter A enter ALL PAPERS
b) Type Z enter E enter
c) Type SHOWALL enter Select Category
d) Type ALL enter
https://www.coep.in/mcq-mechanical-engineering/cad-cam-automation-2/ 2/6
10/14/2020 CAD CAM Automation 2 | Mechanical MCQ | Auto CAD Placement Paper
c) Both a or b
d) Neither a nor b
Q12. Raster objects can also be an -aliased by shi ing the display
loca on of pixel areas is known as
a) Super-sampling
b) Pixel shaping
c) Pixel phasing
d) Any of these
Q15. For a 45% line, the line path is________ on the polygon area
a) Horizontal
b) Centered
c) Ver cal
d) Any of these
Part 2: List for ques ons and answers of CAD CAM Automa on
Q1. Answer: c
Q2. Answer: a
Q3. Answer: b
https://www.coep.in/mcq-mechanical-engineering/cad-cam-automation-2/ 4/6
10/14/2020 CAD CAM Automation 2 | Mechanical MCQ | Auto CAD Placement Paper
Q4. Answer: b
Q5. Answer: a
Q6. Answer: b
Q7. Answer: b
Q8. Answer: a
Q9. Answer: d
Q10. Answer: a
Q11. Answer: a
Q12. Answer: c
Q13. Answer: a
Q14. Answer: c
Q15. Answer: b
Q16. Answer: c
Q17. Answer: a
Q18. Answer: b
Q19. Answer: b
Q20. Answer: a
PREVIOUS NEXT
CAD CAM CAD CAM
Automation 1 Automation 3
COEP (Competitive Online Exam Preparations) has a core mission to strengthen its position in education by
providing practice papers for Competitive Online Exam Preparations of various examinations. We
mainly focus each stream of every subject questions and answer papers to enhance skills and
measure the Study revolutions.
https://www.coep.in/mcq-mechanical-engineering/cad-cam-automation-2/ 5/6
10/14/2020 CAD CAM Automation 2 | Mechanical MCQ | Auto CAD Placement Paper
Copyright © 2020 | Competitive Online Exam Preparation I All Rights Reserved COEP
https://www.coep.in/mcq-mechanical-engineering/cad-cam-automation-2/ 6/6
10/14/2020 CAD CAM Automation 3 | Mechanical MCQ | Auto CAD Placement Paper
COEP
COMPETITIVE ONLINE EXAM PREPARATION
SEARCH …
LATEST PAPERS
Hydraulic Machines 4
Hydraulic Machines 3
Hydraulic Machines 2
Manufacturing Technology 6
Mechanical Engineering MCQ Question Papers: DRDO, ISRO,
Interview Manufacturing Technology 9
Manufacturing Technology 7
Part 3: List for ques ons and answers of CAD CAM Automa on
Manufacturing Technology 5
https://www.coep.in/mcq-mechanical-engineering/cad-cam-automation-3/ 1/6
10/14/2020 CAD CAM Automation 3 | Mechanical MCQ | Auto CAD Placement Paper
Workshop Technology 8
Q2. A solenoid:
a) Can be used only in de circuits
b) Is spring operated ALL PAPERS
c) Is widely used in industrial automa on
d) Is related to an aneroid Select Category
Q4. When was the first successful industrial robot installed in the
General Motors Plant in
USA?
a) 1960
b) 1961
c) 1967
d) None of the above
https://www.coep.in/mcq-mechanical-engineering/cad-cam-automation-3/ 2/6
10/14/2020 CAD CAM Automation 3 | Mechanical MCQ | Auto CAD Placement Paper
https://www.coep.in/mcq-mechanical-engineering/cad-cam-automation-3/ 3/6
10/14/2020 CAD CAM Automation 3 | Mechanical MCQ | Auto CAD Placement Paper
Part 3: List for ques ons and answers of CAD CAM Automa on
Q1. Answer: d
Q2. Answer: c
Q3. Answer: d
Q4. Answer: b
https://www.coep.in/mcq-mechanical-engineering/cad-cam-automation-3/ 4/6
10/14/2020 CAD CAM Automation 3 | Mechanical MCQ | Auto CAD Placement Paper
Q5. Answer: a
Q6. Answer: a
Q7. Answer: d
Q8. Answer: d
Q9. Answer: a
Q10. Answer: c
Q11. Answer: d
Q12. Answer: a
Q13. Answer: d
Q14. Answer: d
Q15. Answer: d
Q16. Answer: c
Q17. Answer: a
Q18. Answer: d
Q19. Answer: a
Q20. Answer: a
PREVIOUS NEXT
CAD CAM Dynamics of
Automation 2 Machinery 1
COEP (Competitive Online Exam Preparations) has a core mission to strengthen its position in education by
providing practice papers for Competitive Online Exam Preparations of various examinations. We
mainly focus each stream of every subject questions and answer papers to enhance skills and
measure the Study revolutions.
Copyright © 2020 | Competitive Online Exam Preparation I All Rights Reserved COEP
https://www.coep.in/mcq-mechanical-engineering/cad-cam-automation-3/ 5/6
10/14/2020 CAD CAM Automation 3 | Mechanical MCQ | Auto CAD Placement Paper
https://www.coep.in/mcq-mechanical-engineering/cad-cam-automation-3/ 6/6
SNJB's Late Sau. Kantabai Bhavarlaji Jain College of Engineering
Department : Mechanical Engineering
Academic Year : 2020-21 (Semester VII)
Formative Test: Mock Insem (MCQ based)
Class : _B.E. (A&B) Marks : 30
Date : 13/10/2020 Duration : 45 Minutes
Subject: _CAD/CAM and Automation (402042)
Instructions:
1. Use of electronic pocket calculator is allowed
2. Assume suitable data, if Necessary
Unit
CO BL QN Questions Marks
No.
A system that automates the drafting process with
interactive computer graphics is called
(A) P’=P+T
1 1 5 1 1
(B) P’=S*P
(C) P’=P*R
(D) P’=R+S
For Questions 6 to 10 refer following Problem
Statement-
1 2 1 1
A Triangle ABC is represented as A(8,0), B(12, 0)
and C(12,3) If it is reflected about line Y=2,
To find out concatenated Transformation Matrix (CT)
The sequence of operation will be
(A) Inverse Translation - Inverse Rotation-
Reflection about X axis- Rotation- Translation
(B) Inverse Rotation- Inverse Translation -
1 2 6 1 1
Reflection about X axis- Rotation- Translation
(C) Inverse Translation - Inverse Rotation- -
Rotation- Translation- Reflection about X axis
(D) Reflection about X axis - Inverse Translation -
Inverse Rotation- - Rotation- Translation
Rotation angle required is
(A) 00
1 2 7 (B) -450 1 1
(C) 450
(D) 600
New Coordinate of A after given transformation is
(A) (5,9,1)
1 2 8 (B) (8,4,1) 1 1
(C) (2,3,1)
(D) None of the above
New Coordinate of B after given transformation is
(A) (12,2,1)
1 2 9 (B) (14,4,1) 1 1
(C) (12,4,1)
(D) (30,2,1)
New Coordinate of C after given transformation is
(A) 12,1,1
(B) 4,2,1
3 2 10 1 1
(C) 6,5,1
(D) 2,3,1
3 1 3
28. Reflection about the line y=0, the 34. To achieve scaling, the original
axis, is accomplished with the coordinates would be _________ by
transformation matrix with how many scaling factor.
elements as ‘0’? (A) multiplied
(A) 8 (B) divided
(B) 9 (C) substracted
(C) 4 (D) none of the above
(D) 6
35. Reflection is the process of
29. Which transformation distorts the obtaining a _______ image of the original
shape of an object such that the shape.
transformed shape appears as if the object (A) smaller
were composed of internal layers that had (B) larger
been caused to slide over each other? (C) slant
(A) Rotation (D) mirror
(B) Scaling
(C) Shearing 36. ______________ allows the user to
(D) Reflection view the objects from different angles.
(A) Rotation
30. In a reflection, by how much angle (B) Translation
is the object rotated? (C) Reflection
(A) 45 (D) Skewing
(B) 90
(C) 180 37. Circular arrays can be obtained with
(D) 360 the help of ____________ transformation.
(A) translation
31. Shearing is also termed as (B) skewing
___________ . (C) mirror
(A) selecting (D) rotation
(B) sorting
(C) scaling 38. From the following, which one will
(D) skewing require maximum numbers of matrices to
multiply?
32. All changes performed on the (A) Rotation about the origin
graphic image are done by changing the (B) Rotation about an arbitrary Point
database of the original picture. These (C) Rotation about an arbitrary line
changes are called as________. (D) Scaling about the origin
(A) Boolean operations
(B) transformations
39. From the following, which one will 45. In order to define perspective
require 4 matrices to multiply to get the projection, ______________ is required.
final position? (A) a center of projection
(A) Rotation about the origin (B) a projection plane
(B) Rotation about an arbitrary Point (C) a center of projection and a
(C) Rotation about an arbitrary line projection plane
(D) Scaling about the origin (D) none of the above
40. From the following, which one will 46. The transformation of perspective
require 6 matrices to multiply to get the projection must include__________,
final position? where d is the distance between the center
(A) Rotation about the origin of projection to the projection plane.
(B) Rotation about an arbitrary Point (A) d
(C) Scaling about the origin (B) 1/d
(D) Rotation about an arbitrary line (C) -d
(D) -1/d
41. To obtain the projection of an
entity, projectors are constructed by 47. How many total numbers of
connecting ___________ with each point projecting planes are required for the
of the entity. complete description of the orthographic
(A) projection plane projection system?
(B) viewing plane (A) 2
(C) the center of projection (B) 4
(D) none of the above (C) 6
(D) 8
42. Parallel projection has the center of 48. A world-coordinate area selected
projection at_________. for display is called a _________.
(A) many points (A) window
(B) only one point (B) monitor
(C) infinity (C) screen
(D) none of the above (D) none of the above
2. In a CNC program block, N002 G02 G91 X40 Z40…, G02 AND G91 refer to
GATE 2012
(A) Circular interpolation in counterclockwise direction and incremental dimension
(B) Circular interpolation in counterclockwise direction and absolute dimension
(C) Circular interpolation in clockwise direction and incremental dimension
(D) Circular interpolation in clockwise direction and absolute dimension
Ans: C
4. NC contouring is an example of
GATE 2006
(A) Continuous path positioning
(B) Point-to-point positioning
(C) Absolute positioning
(D) Incremental positioning
Ans: A
5. The tool of an NC machine has to move along a circular arc from (5, 5) to (10, 10) while
performing an operation. The center of the arc is at (10, 5). Which one of the following NC tool
path commands performs the above mentioned operation?
GATE 2005
(a) N010 G02 X10 Y10 X5 Y5 R5
(b) N010 G03 X10 Y10 X5 Y5 R5
(c) N010 G01 X5 Y5 X10 Y10 R5
(d) N010 G02 X5 Y5 X10 Y10 R5
Ans: D
6. During the execution of a CNC part program block NO20 GO2 X45.0 Y25.0 R5.0 the
type of tool motion will be
GATE 2004
(a) Circular Interpolation - clockwise
(b) Circular Interpolation - counterclockwise
(c) Linear Interpolation
(d) Rapid feed
Ans: A
7. In a 2-D CAD package, clockwise circular arc of radius, 5, specified from P1 (15,10) to
P2 (10,15)will have its center at
GATE 2004
(a) (10, 10)
(b) (15, 10)
(c) (15, 15)
(d) (10, 15)
Ans: A
8. In an NC machining operation, the tool has to be moved from point (5,4) to point (7,2)
along a circular path with center at (5,2). Before starting the operation, the tool is at (5, 4). The
correct G and M code for this motion is
GATE 2001
(a) N010 G03 X7.0 Y2.0 I5.0 J2.0
(b) N010 G02 X7.0 Y2.0 I5.0 J2.0
(c) N010 G01 X7.0 Y2.0 I5.0 J2.0
(d) N010 G00 X7.0 Y2.0 I5.0 J2.0
Ans: B
10. In finish machining of an island on a casting with CNC milling machine, an end mill with
10 mm diameter is employed. The corner points of the island are represented by (0, 0), (0, 30),
(50, 30) and (50, 0). By applying cutter radius right compensation, the trajectory of the cutter
will be
GATE 2000
(a) (-5, 0), (-5, 35), (55, 35), (55,-5), (-5,-5)
(b) (0,-5), (55,-5), (55, 35), (-5, 35), (-5,-5)
(c) (5, 5), (5, 25), (45, 25), (45, 5), (5, 5)
(d) (5, 5), (45, 5), (45, 25), (5, 25), (5, 5)
Ans: A
11. With reference to NC machines, which of the following statements is wrong
GATE 1993
(a) Both closed-loop and open-loop control systems are used
(b) Paper tapes, floppy tapes and cassettes are used for data storage
(c) Digitizers may be used as interactive input devices
(d) Post processor is an item of hardware
Ans: C
15. The widely employed computer architecture for CAD/CAM applications is:
(a) Mainframe-based system (b) Minicomputer-based system
(c) Microcomputer-based system (d) Workstation-based system
Ans: D
24. The software that is used for file manipulations. managing directories and subdirectories,
programming and accounts setups is known as:
(a) Graphics software (b) Operating system
(c) Application software (d) Programming language
Ans: C
25. The software that provides users with various functions to perform geometric modelling
and construction. Editing and manipulation of existing geometry. drafting and documentation is
known as:
(a) Operating system (b) Application software
(c) Graphics software (d) Programming language
Ans: C
26. The software used for the purpose of mass property calculations, assembly analysis.
Tolerance analysis. Finite element analysis. Mechanisms analysis. Sheet metal design. Analysis
of plastic injection molding. And animation techniques. is:
(a) Graphics software (b) Operating system
(c) Application software (d) Programming language
Ans: C
27. The software that enables the user to implement custom applications or modify the
system for specialized needs is known as:
(a) Programming language (b) Operating system
(c) Application software (d) Graphics software
Ans: A
29. In the following geometric modelling techniques which are not three-dimensional
modelling?
(a) Wireframe modelling (b) Drafting
(c) Surface modelling (d) solid modelling
Ans: B
30. In the following three-dimensional modelling techniques. Which do not require much
computer time and memory?
(a) Surface modelling (b) Solid modelling
(c) Wireframe modelling (d) All of the above
Ans: C
31. In the following geometric modelling techniques. which cannot be used for finite element
analysis:
(a) Wireframe modelling (b) Surface modelling
(c) Solid modelling (d) none of the above
Ans: D
32. In the following geometric primitives. which is not a solid entity of CSG modelling:
(a) Box (b) Cone (c) Cylinder (d) Circle
Ans: D
33. The number of lines required to represent a cub: in a wireframe model is:
(a) 8 (b) 6 (c) l2 (d) I6
Ans: C
41. The degree of the Bezier curve with n control points is:
(a) n + 1 (b) n - I (c) n (d) 2n
Ans: A
51. The sum of the shape functions over the element is always equal to:
(a) Zero (b) Infinity (c) Unity (d) None of the above
Ans:
54. The first commercial CNC machine was developed in the year:
(a) 1970 (b) I972 (c) l976 (d) I980
Ans:
Submitted by
Abhay S. Gore
Asstt. Prof. Dept. of Mech. Engg.
MIT (T)
Aurangabad.
Sanfoundry mcq cad cam
1. CAD/CAM is the relationship between
a) science and engineering
b) manufacturing and marketing
c) design and manufacturing
d) design and marketing
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: None
2. The process in which the detailed specifications materials, dimensions, tolerances and
surface rough is made is known as
a) decision process
b) analysis process
c) implementation process
d) refinement process
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: Decision process is the cognitive process resulting in the selection of a belief or
a course of action among several alternative possibilities while implementation process is
the detailed specifications materials, dimensions, tolerances and surface rough is made.
3. Which two disciplines are tied by a common database?
a) documentation and geometric modeling
b) CAD and CAM
c) drafting and documentation
d) none of the mentioned
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Because of their joint benefits, computer- aided design and computer-aided
manufacturing are often combined into CAD/ CAM systems. This combination allows the
transfer of information from the design stage to the stage of planning for manufacture,
without the need to reenter the data on part geometry manually.
4. The term that is used for geometric modelling like solid modelling, wire frame modelling
and drafting is known as
a) software package
b) operating system
c) application software
d) none of the mentioned
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Software package is used for geometric modelling like solid modelling, wire
frame modelling and drafting while operating system is is software that manages computer
hardware and software resources and provides common services for computer programs.
5. The system environment in a mainframe computer consists of
a) central processing
b) storage devices
c) printers and plotters
d) both central processing and storage devices
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: None
6. The nerve center or brain of any computer system is known as
a) CPU
b) Storage device
c) ALU
d) Monitor
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: None
7. Locating devices are classified as
a) text input device
b) graphic device
c) all of the mentioned
d) none of the mentioned
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: GDI is responsible for tasks such as drawing lines and curves, rendering fonts
and handling palettes.
8. A potentiometric device that contains sets of variable registers which feed signals that
indicate the device position to the computer is known as
a) track ball
b) mouse
c) joystick
d) all of the mentioned
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: None
9. Which of the following devices do not produce a hard copy?
a) impact printers
b) plotters
c) CRT terminals
d) non-impact printers
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: CRT terminals always plot graphics or images.
10. The software that is used to control the computer’s work flow, organize its data and
perform house keeping functions is known as
a) operating software
b) graphics software
c) application software
d) programming software
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Operating software is used to control the computer’s work flow, organize its
data and perform house keeping functions.
Graphics software is used to provide users with various functions to perform geometric
modelling and construction.
Application software performs the data entry, design, analysis, drafting and manufacturing
functions.
Programming software enables the to implement custom application or modify the system for
specialized needs.
11. The software that is used to provide the users with various functions to perform
geometric modelling and construction is known as
a) operating software
b) graphics software
c) application software
d) programming software
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Operating software is used to control the computer’s work flow, organize its
data and perform house keeping functions.
Graphics software is used to provide users with various functions to perform geometric
modelling and construction.
Application software performs the data entry, design, analysis, drafting and manufacturing
functions.
Programming software enables the to implement custom application or modify the system for
specialized needs.
12. The software that performs the data entry, design, analysis, drafting and manufacturing
functions is known as
a) operating software
b) graphics software
c) application software
d) programming software
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: Operating software is used to control the computer’s work flow, organize its
data and perform house keeping functions.
Graphics software is used to provide users with various functions to perform geometric
modelling and construction.
Application software performs the data entry, design, analysis, drafting and manufacturing
functions.
Programming software enables the to implement custom application or modify the system for
specialized needs.
13. The software that enables the to implement custom application or modify the system for
specialized needs is known as
a) operating software
b) graphics software
c) application software
d) programming software
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: Operating software is used to control the computer’s work flow, organize its
data and perform house keeping functions.
Graphics software is used to provide users with various functions to perform geometric
modelling and construction.
Application software performs the data entry, design, analysis, drafting and manufacturing
functions.
Programming software enables the to implement custom application or modify the system for
specialized needs.
14. Following is not an operating system software
a) Windows
b) UNIX
c) VAX/VMS
d) IDEAS
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: Except IDEAS all are the operating systems.
15. The basic geometric building blocks provided in a CAD/CAM package are
a) points
b) lines
c) circles
d) all of the mentioned
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: None
1. During the execution of a CNC part program block NO20 GO2 X45.0 Y25.0 R5.0 the type
of tool motion will be
a) circular Interpolation – clockwise
b) circular Interpolation – counterclockwise
c) linear Interpolation
d) rapid feed
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Given:-NO20 GO2 X45.0 Y25.0 R5.0
Here term X45.0 Y25.0 R5.0 will produce circular motion because radius is consider in this
term and GO2 will produce clockwise motion of the tool.
2. In an NC machining operation, the tool has to be moved from point (5, 4) to point (7, 2)
along a circular path with centre at (5, 2). Before starting the operation, the tool is at (5, 4).
The correct G and N codes for this motion are
a) N010GO3X7.0Y2.0I5.0J2.0
b) N010GO2X7.0Y2.0I5.0J2.0
c) N010GO1X7.0Y2.0I5.0J2.0
d) N010GOOX7.0Y2.0I5.0J2.0
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Given : Initial point (5, 4), Final point (7, 2), Centre (5, 4)
So, the G, N codes for this motion are N010GO2X7.0Y2.0 15.0J2.0
where, GO2 ” Clockwise circular interpolation
X7.0Y2.0 ” Final point
I5.0J2.0 ” Centre point.
3. The tool of an NC machine has to move along a circular arc from (5, 5) to (10, 10) while
performing an operation. The centre of the arc is at (10, 5). Which one of the following NC
tool path command performs the above mentioned operation?
a) N010 GO2 X10 Y10 X5 Y5 R5
b) N010 GO3 X10 Y10 X5 Y5 R5
c) N010 GO1 X5 Y5 X10 Y10 R5
d) N010 GO2 X5 Y5 X10 Y10 R5
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: N010 “represent start the operation
GO2 “represent circular (clock wise) interpolation
X10Y10 “represent final coordinates
X5Y5 “represent starting coordinate
R5 “represent radius of the arc
So, NC tool path command is, N010 GO2 X10 Y10 X5 Y5 R5.
4. NC contouring is an example of
a) continuous path positioning
b) point-to-point positioning
c) absolute positioning
d) incremental positioning
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: NC contouring is a continuous path positioning system. Its function is to
synchronize the axes of motion to generate a predetermined path, generally a line or a
circular arc.
5. Match the following:
NC code Definition
P. M05 1. Absolute coordinate system
Q. G01 2. Dwell
R. G04 3. Spindle stop
S. G09 4. Linear interpolation
1. In a CAD package, mirror image of a 2D point P (5. 10) is to be obtained about a line
which passes through the origin and makes an angle of 45° counterclockwise with the X-axis.
GATE 2013
(A) (7.5.5)
(B) (10.5)
(C) (7.5.-5)
(D) (10.-5)
Ans: B
2. In a CNC program block, N002 G02 G91 X40 240..., GO2 AND G91 refer to
GATE 2012
Ans: C
GATE 2007
GATE 2006
Ans: A
5. The tool of an NC machine has to move along a circular arc from (5.5) to (10, 10) while
performing an operation. The center of the arc is at (10.5). Which one of the following NC tool
GATE 2005
Ans: D
6. During the execution of a CNC part program block NO20 GO2 X45.0 Y25.0 R5.0 the
GATE 2004
Ans: A
7. In a 2-D CAD package, clockwise circular arc of radius, 5. specified from PI (15,10) to
GATE 2004
Ans: A
8. In an NC machining operation, the tool has to be moved from point (5,4) to point (7.2)
along a circular path with center at (5,2). Before starting the operation, the tool is at (5,4). The
GATE 2001
Ans: B
GATE 2000
Ans: D
10. In finish machining of an island on a casting with CNC milling machine, an end mill with
10 mm diameter is employed. The corner points of the island are represented by (0,0). (0,30),
(50, 30) and (50,0). By applying cutter radius right compensation, the trajectory of the cutter
will be
GATE 2000
Ans: A
GATE 1993
(b) Paper tapes, floppy tapes and cassettes are used for data storage
Ans: C
GATE 1992
Ans: B
13. GUI is the acronym for Graphical User Interface.
(a) True
(b)False
(c)Don't know
(d)Can't tell
Ans: A
(a) CPU
(b) ALU
(C) Monitor
(d) Keyboard
Ans: A
15. The widely employed computer architecture for CAD/CAM applications is:
Ans: D
(a) Graphical (b) Text (c) Numericals (d) All of the above
Ans: D
Ans: B
18. Mouse is a ___type of input device.
(a) Text (b) Graphics (c) Locating (d) All of the above
Ans: C
(a) Writing device (b) Drawing device (c) Locating device (d) Lighting device
Ans: B
Ans: C
Ans: B
22. The screen is scanned from left to right top to bottom all the time to generate graphics
by:
(a) Raster scans (b) Random scan (c) Vector scan (d) Stoke writing
Ans: A
(c) White, blue and black (d) Red, black and white
Ans: A
24. The software that is used for file manipulations. managing directories and subdirectories.
Ans: C
25. The software that provides users with various functions to perform geometric modelling
and construction. Editing and manipulation of existing geometry. drafting and documentation is
known as:
Ans: C
26. The software used for the purpose of mass property calculations, assembly analysis.
Tolerance analysis. Finite element analysis. Mechanisms analysis. Sheet metal design. Analysis
Ans: C
27. The software that enables the user to implement custom applications or modify the
Ans: A
Ans: C
29. In the following geometric modelling techniques which are not three-dimensional
modelling?
Ans: B
30. In the following three-dimensional modelling techniques, Which do not require much
Ans: C
31. In the following geometric modelling techniques, which cannot be used for finite element
analysis:
Ans: D
32. In the following geometric primitives, which is not a solid entity of CSG modelling:
Ans: D
33. The number of lines required to represent a cub: in a wireframe model is:
(a) 8 (b) 6
(c) 12 (d) 16
Ans: C
34. Which of the following is not an analytical entity!
Ans: C
Ans: A
36. Which one of the following does not belong to the family of conics?
Ans:D
(a) 2 (b) 1
(e) 3 (d) 4
Ans: B
Ans: C
Ans: A
(a) Cubic spline (b) B-spline (c) Bezier curve (d) Both (b) and (c)
Ans: B
41. The degree of the Bezier curve with n control points is:
(a)n + 1 (b) n – I
(C) n(d) 2n
Ans: A
(a) Increases with knot vectors (b) Decreases with knot vectors
Ans: A
Ans: A
Ans: C
Ans: B
46. The number of non-coincidental points required to define the simplest surface are:
(a) 4 (b) 3
(c) 2 (d) 5
Ans: B
47. convex hull property is satisfied by the following surface:
(a) Bezier (b) B-spline (c) NURBS (d) All the above
Ans: B
Ans: C
(a) 1 (b) 2
(c) 3 (d) 4
Ans: C
Ans: A
51. The sum of the shape functions over the element is always equal to:
Ans: c unity
Ans: D
53. Computer will perform the data processing functions in
Ans: C
54. The first commercial CNC machine was developed in the year:
Ans: a 1970
Ans: A
Ans: A
(a) Z and X-axes (b) X and Y-axes (c) Z and Y-axes (d) X, Y and Z-axes
Ans: A
(a) Head stock of lathe spindle nose face (b) Dead center of tail stock
(c) Tool point mounted on tool post (d) none of the above
Ans: B
59. Dwell is defined by:
Ans: A
Ans: a
Ans: D
Ans: B
Submitted by
Abhay S. Gore
Answer
(D)
The use of specialized workstations ____________.
provides limited growth potentials for 3-D
reduces the host computer workload and allows more users
reduces the host computer workload
has a high cost-performance tradeoff
Answer
(B)
Which one is best suited for use with the paper of large size and for complex
drawings in Computer-Aided Design?
Dot-Matrix printer
Laser printer
Pen plotter
Ink-Jet printer
Answer
(C)
Which of the following is not an output device?
Monitor
Touchscreen
Printer
Plotter
Answer
(B)
Which of the following printers are known to press characters or dots against an
inked ribbon onto a paper by means of a mechanical head of retracting pins?
Dot-matrix
Ink-Jet
Laser
Thermal
Answer
(A)
Which of the following types of mouse is a battery-powered device that transmits
data using wireless technology such as radio waves or infrared light waves?
Mechanical Mouse
Optical Mouse
Cordless Mouse
Trackball
Answer
(B)
A system that automates the drafting process with interactive computer graphics is
called
Computer Aided Engineering (CAE)
Computer Aided Design (CAD)
Computer Aided Manufacturing (CAM)
Computer Aided Instruction (CAI)
Answer
(B)
A Pixel is
a computer program that draws picture
a picture stored in secondary memory
the smallest resolvable part of a picture
None of these
Answer
(C)
Answer
(C)
Which coordinate system is a device-dependent coordinate system?
World Coordinate System
Model Coordinate System
User Coordinate System
Screen Coordinate System
Answer
(D)
In computer aided drafting practice, an arc is defined by
two end points only
center and radius
radius and one end point
two end points and center
Answer
(D)
The heart of a computer is
CPU
ALU
monitor
keyboard
Answer
(A)
Keyboard is a ___________ input device
graphical
text
numerical
All of the above
Answer
(B)
Locating devices are classified as
text input devices
graphical input devices
Both A and B
None of the above
Answer
(B)
Mouse is a ___________ type of input device.
graphical
text
locating
All of the above
Answer
(C)
Digitizer is constructed on basis of
magnetic tablet mechanism
acoustic tablet mechanism
optical tablet mechanism
Both A and B
Answer(C)
The screen is scanned from left to right, top to bottom all the time to generate
graphics by
raster scan
random scan
vector scan
stoke writing
Answer
(A)
____________bits/pixel are needed to produce satisfactory continuous shades of
color display.
8
16
24
32
Answer
(C)
Answer
(A)
Typical resolution of dot matrix printer is ____________.
50 dpi
65 dpi
75 dpi
100 dpi
Answer
(C)
Which of the following is not a programming language?
Java
Pascal
Basic
Netscape
Answer
(D)
Which of the following is not a graphics standard?
GKS
IGBS
UNIX
PHIGS
Answer
(C)
Which algorithm gives floating point value of coordinates, when solving equation
of line?
Digital Differential Algorithm
Digital Differential Analyser
Digital Differentiable Algorithm
Digital Differentiable Analyser
Answer
(B)
DVST stands for
Digital View Storing Table
Direct Visual Storage Tube
Direct View Storage Tube
Digital View Storage Tube
Answer
(C)
The number of pixels stored in the frame buffer of a graphics system is known as
resolution
depth
vertex
All of the above
Answer
(A)
In a graphical system, the array of pixels in the picture are stored in
memory
frame buffer
processor
none of the above
Answer
(A)
The devices which convert the electrical energy into light is called
liquid-crystal displays
non-emitters
plasma panels
emitters
Answer
(D)
The process of digitizing a given picture definition into a set of pixel-intensity for
storage in the frame buffer is called
rasterization
encoding
scan conversion
true color system
Answer
(C)
Answer
(B)
The device which is used to position the screen cursor is
mouse
joystick
data glove
keyboard
Answer
(A)
The device which is used to position the screen cursor is
mouse
joystick
data glove
keyboard
Answer
(A)
_________ allows screen positions to be selected with the touch of a finger.
Touch panels
Image scanner
Light pen
Mouse
Answer
(A)
Which of the following device is not the input device?
Trackball
Data glove
Printer
Mouse
Answer
(C)
The Cartesian slope-intercept equation for a straight line is
y = m.x + b
y = b.x + m
y = x.x + m
y = b + m.m
Answer
(A)
On the raster system, lines are plotted with
lines
dots
pixels
None of the above
Answer
(C)
Which algorithm is a faster method for calculating pixel positions?
Bresenham’s line algorithm
Parallel line algorithm
Mid-point algorithm
DDA line algorithm
Answer
(D)
The operation of CRT is based on concept of energizing an electron beam that
strikes the_____coating
ceramic
phosphor
bronze
None of the above
Answer
(B)
For color displays, how many bits/pixel would be needed?
8
16
24
32
Answer
(C)
Expansion of LED is
Light Energy Diode
Light Energy Die
Light Emitting Diode
Light Emitting Die
Answer
(C)
Expansion of LCD is
Light Crystal Display
Liquid Crystal Display
Light Cartesian Display
Liquid Cartesian Display
Answer
(B)
Answer
(B)
Which language has the capacity to operate with high-level graphics and
animation?
C
C++
BASIC
JAVA
Answer
(D)
Which of the following is the default coordinate system?
User Coordinate System
World Coordinate System
Screen Coordinate System
None of the above
Answer
(B)
Answer
(C)
Which of the following is a device-dependent coordinate system?
User Coordinate System
World Coordinate System
Screen Coordinate System
None of the above
Answer
(C)
IGES version 1.0 was released in which year?
1975
1980
1985
1989
Answer
(B)
Which of the following is an optional section of IGES format?
Start section
Global section
Terminate section
Flag section
Answer
(D)
PDES stands for
Product Data Exchange Step
Product Data Exchange Specification
Parameter Data Exchange Step
Parameter Data Exchange Specification
Answer
(B)
The memory requirement for the 24-bit true color system for the 1024 x 1024 pixel
resolutions is ___________.
1 MB
2 MB
3 MB
4 MB
Answer
(C)
A raster system has a resolution of 1024 × 1024 and a refresh rate of 60 Hz, then
the time required to display a pixel _____ nanoseconds.
1.589
15.89
158.9
1589
Answer
(B)
A raster system has a resolution of 1280 × 1024 having a 24-bit true-color system.
The size of frame buffer will be ___________ MB.
3
3.25
3.5
3.75
Answer
(D)
Flood guns bombard the phosphor surface of the tube in which one of the
following types of CRT technology?
Direct view storage tube
Raster scan
Refresh-vector
Stroke
Answer
(A)
In the flat-bed plotter, the __________ is stationary.
paper
pen holding mechanism
crossbar
all of the above
Answer
(A)
In a Laser printer, a semiconductor laser beam scans the ________ charged drum.
electro magnetically
electro statically
either electro magnetically or electro statically
neither electro magnetically nor electro statically
Answer
(B)
Which of the following is not a synthetic entity?
(A) Hyperbola
(B) Bezier curve
(C) B-spline curve
(D) Cubic spline curve
Answer
(A)
The curve is defined as the locus of a point moving with ____ degree of freedom.
(A) 0
(B) 1
(C) 2
(D) 3
Answer
(B)
Which one of the following does not belong to the family of conics?
(A) Hyperbola
(B) Parabola
(C) Ellipse
(D) Line
Answer
(D)
The shape of the Bezier curve is controlled by _______ .
(A) control points
(B) knots
(C) end points
(D) all the above
Answer
(A)
Which of the following is not a method to describe a curve mathematically?
(A) Explicit form
(B) Laplace form
(C) Implicit form
(D) Parametric form
Answer
(B)
Which of the following is not an analytical entity?
(A) Spline
(B) Hyperbola
(C) Parabola
(D) Ellipse
Answer
(A)
When the curve passes through all the data points, then the curve is known as
(A) approximation curve
(B) pitch curve
(C) data curve
(D) interpolant curve
Answer
(D)
When a smooth curve is approximated through the data points, then the curve is
known as
(A) interpolant curve
(B) approximation curve
(C) pitch curve
(D) data curve
Answer
(B)
Synthetic curve pass through defined data points and thus can be represented by
(A) polynomial equations
(B) exponential equations
(C) partial differential equations
(D) differential equations
Answer
(A)
The slope of line segment is represented by
(A) dy/dx
(B) dx/dy
(C) x/y
(D) y/x
Answer
(A)
A circle is represented in the CAD/CAM database by storing the values of its
(A) angle and center
(B) diameter
(C) radius
(D) center and radius
Answer
(D)
Mathematically, the ellipse is a curve generated by a point moving in space such that
at any position the sum of its distances from two fixed points (foci) is constant and
equal to
(A) the major diameter
(B) the minor diameter
(C) semi major diameter
(D) semi-minor diameter
Answer
(A)
The parabola is defined mathematically as a curve generated by a point that moves
such that its distance from the focus is always__________the distance to the directrix.
(A) larger than
(B) smaller than
(C) equal to
(D) none of the above
Answer
(C)
In synthetic curves, zero-order continuity yields
(A) a position continuous curve
(B) a slope continuous curve
(C) a curvature continuous curve
(D) none of the above
Answer
(A)
In synthetic curves, first-order continuity yields
(A) a position continuous curve
(B) a slope continuous curve
(C) a curvature continuous curve
(D) none of the above
Answer
(B)
In synthetic curves, second-order continuity yields
(A) a position continuous curve
(B) a slope continuous curve
(C) a curvature continuous curve
(D) none of the above
Answer
(C)
The B-spline curve has a
(A) first-order continuity
(B) second-order continuity
(C) zero-order continuity
(D) none of the above
Answer
(B)
To determine the coefficients of the equation – two end-points and the two tangent
vectors. This statement is true for which of the following?
(A) B-spline curve
(B) Hermite Cubic Spline Curve
(C) Beizer curve
(D) none of the above
Answer
(B)
The Bezier curve is smoother than the Hermite cubic spline because it has _________
order derivatives.
(A) lower
(B) higher
(C) lower and higher both
(D) none of the above
Answer
(B)
In the bezier curve, the curve is always________to first and last segments of the
polygon.
(A) normal
(B) parallel
(C) tangent
(D) none of the above
Answer
(C)
_______curves allow local control of the curve.
(A) Analytical
(B) Hermite cubic spline
(C) Beizer
(D) B-Spline
Answer
(D)
From the following, which is a type of surface entity type?
(A) Plane Surface
(B) Ruled Surface
(C) Surface of Revolution
(D) All of the above
Answer
(D)
From the following, which is an axisymmetric surface?
(A) Plane Surface
(B) Ruled Surface
(C) Surface of Revolution
(D) All of the above
Answer
(C)
The unit vector in the direction of the line is defined as _______.
(A) tangent vector+length of the line
(B) tangent vector-length of the line
(C) tangent vector/length of the line
(D) length of the line/tangent vector
Answer
(C)
In Beizer Curve, the curve follows ____________.
(A) the control points
(B) the shape of the defining polygon
(C) the defining points
(D) none of the above
Answer
(B)
In Beizer Curve, _____________ of polygon actually lie on the curve.
(A) only the first control point
(B) only the last control point
(C) only the first and last control points
(D) all the control points
Answer
(C)
In Beizer Curve, the flexibility of the shape would increase with _______ of the
polygon.
(A) decrease in the number of vertices
(B) increase in the number of vertices
(C) decrease in control points
(D) none of the above
Answer
(B)
The number of control points can be added or subtracted in _____________.
(A) Bezier curve
(B) B-spline curve
(C) Cubic spline curve
(D) all of the above
Answer
(B)
The degree of the curve is independent of the number of control points in _______.
(A) Hermite cubic spline curve
(B) Bezier curve
(C) B-spline curve
(D) Hyperbola
Answer
(C)
In modeling of a tabulated cylinder, the plane of the curve is _______.
(A) along the curve
(B) normal to the curve
(C) along the axis of the cylinder
(D) perpendicular to the axis of the cylinder
Answer
(D)
The ___________ is used to create a surface using curves that form closed
boundaries.
(A) ruled Surface
(B) plane Surface
(C) coons patch
(D) surface of Revolution
Answer
(C)
In the following geometric modeling techniques which is not a three dimensional
modeling?
(A) Wireframe modeling
(B) Drafting
(C) Surface modeling
(D) Solid modeling
Answer
(B)
In the following three-dimensional modeling techniques, which do not require much
computer time and memory?
(A) Wireframe modeling
(B) Solid modeling
(C) Surface modeling
(D) All of the above
Answer
(A)
B-rep and C-Rep are the methods of ___________ .
(A) solid modeling
(B) surface modeling
(C) wireframe modeling
(D) 2D modeling
Answer
(A)
From the following, which modeler defines model without mass properties?
(A) Wireframe
(B) Primitive
(C) B-rep
(D) CSG
Answer
(A)
The model which is created by using basic entities of two dimensioning is called
___________ .
(A) surface model
(B) wireframe model
(C) solid model
(D) isometric model
Answer
(B)
What is the basic part of the surface model on which the surface is to be drawn?
(A) Ruled
(B) Ruler
(C) Size
(D) Mesh
Answer
(D)
A cylinder can be created by drawing a rectangular shape using the ________ tool.
(A) revolve
(B) sweep
(C) extrude
(D) all of the above
Answer
(A)
The time required to retrieve, edit or update is less for __________ .
(A) wireframe modeling
(B) solid modeling
(C) surface modeling
(D) can't say
Answer
(A)
__________can also serve as a means of geometric input for finite element analysis.
(A) Surface model
(B) Solid model
(C) Wireframe model
(D) 2D drafting
Answer
(B)
Which kind of model can store information about geometry and topology both?
(A) Solid model
(B) Surface model
(C) Wireframe model
(D) none of the above
Answer
(A)
Which one is the most ambiguous model from the following?
(A) Surface model
(B) Solid model
(C) Wireframe model
(D) none of the above
Answer
(C)
Which solid modeling technique is used to define numerous families of objects with a
limited set of parameter values?
(A) Generalized Sweeps
(B) Spatial Occupancy Enumeration
(C) Cellular Decomposition
(D) Pure Primitive Instancing
Answer
(D)
Under which technique, 3D objects are divided up into cubical cells at a particular
resolution?
(A) Pure Primitive Instancing
(B) Generalized Sweeps
(C) Spatial Occupancy Enumeration
(D) none of the above
Answer
(C)
From the following, which method is also called as the Building Block Approach?
(A) Cellular Decomposition
(B) Spatial Occupancy Enumeration
(C) Generalized Sweeps
(D) Constructive Solid Geometry
Answer
(D)
Structuring and combining the primitives of the solid model in the graphics database,
is achieved by the use of ____________.
(A) FEA
(B) transformations
(C) boolean operations
(D) none of the above
Answer
(C)
It is easy to construct a precise solid model out of regular solid primitives by_____.
(A) adding the components
(B) subtracting the components
(C) intersecting the components
(D) All of the above
Answer
(D)
The data representation of CSG objects is represented by_________.
(A) a binary tree
(B) a boolean operation
(C) a primitive
(D) none of the above
Answer
(A)
____________ is an extension of the wireframe model with additional face
information added.
(A) CSG
(B) B-rep
(C) Loft
(D) none of the above
Answer
(B)
For 3D modeling of automobile body styling, which of the following is a preferred
technique?
(A) Constructive Solid Geometry
(B) Pure Primitive Instancing
(C) Boundary Representation
(D) Spatial Occupancy Enumeration
Answer
(C)
Which of the following uses a number of two-dimensional profiles for generating a
three-dimensional object?
(A) Tweaking
(B) Lofting
(C) Filleting
(D) none of the above
Answer
(B)
The ability available to the user to modify or move a vertex or a face and to see the
effect of that on the model is referred to as _______.
(A) filleting
(B) chamfering
(C) lofting
(D) tweaking
Answer
(D)
Which of the following is a file extension used for a 3D model?
(A) .dxf
(B) .dwg
(C) .prt
(D) .asm
Answer
(C)
Which of the following is a file extension used for an assembly file in solid model?
(A) .dxf
(B) .dwg
(C) .prt
(D) .asm
Answer
(D)
Which of the following is a file extension used for an AutoCAD file?
(A) .dwg
(B) .stl
(C) .prt
(D) .asm
Answer
(A)
________ command gives an array of object in 3D modeling.
(A) Extrude
(B) Revolve
(C) Pattern
(D) All of the above
Answer
(C)
To create a hollow part, which of the following command would be most efficient?
(A) Extrude
(B) Sweep
(C) Shell
(D) Revolve
Answer
(C)
When every entity of a geometric model remains parallel to its initial position, the
transformation is called as ___________ .
(A) scaling
(B) translation
(C) rotation
(D) mirror
Answer
(B)
In which type of projection, actual dimensions and angles of objects and therefore
shapes cannot be preserved?
(A) Orthographic
(B) Isometric
(C) Perspective
(D) None of the above
Answer
(C)
The number of line required to represent a cube in a wire frame model is
(A) 8
(B) 6
(C) 12
(D) 16
Answer
(C)
The two-dimensional translation equation in the matrix form is
(A) P’=P+T
(B) P’=P-T
(C) P’=P*T
(D) P’=p
Answer
(A)
The basic geometric transformation is ___________ .
(A) translation
(B) rotation
(C) scaling
(D) all of the above
Answer
(D)
Positive values for the rotation angle ϴ defines ___________ .
(A) counterclockwise rotations about the end points
(B) counterclockwise translation about the pivot point
(C) counterclockwise rotations about the pivot point
(D) none of the above
Answer
(C)
The two-dimensional rotation equation in the matrix form is
(A) P’=P+T
(B) P’=R*P
(C) P’=P*P
(D) P’=R+P
Answer
(B)
The transformation that is used to alter the size of an object is ___________ .
(A) scaling
(B) rotation
(C) translation
(D) reflection
Answer
(A)
The two-dimensional scaling equation in the matrix form is
(A) P’=P+T
(B) P’=S*P
(C) P’=P*R
(D) P’=R+S
Answer
(B)
If the values of the scaling factors sx and sy < 1, then ___________ .
(A) it reduces the size of the object
(B) it increases the size of the object
(C) it stunts the shape of an object
(D) none of the above
Answer
(A)
If the values of the scaling factors sx and sy are assigned to the same value, then
___________ .
(A) uniform rotation is produced
(B) uniform scaling is produced
(C) scaling cannot be done
(D) none of the above
Answer
(B)
If the values of the scaling factors sx and sy are assigned to unequal values, then
___________ .
(A) uniform rotation is produced
(B) uniform scaling is produced
(C) non-uniform scaling is produced
(D) scaling cannot be done
Answer
(C)
If the value of sx=1 and sy=1, then ___________ .
(A) reduce the size of the object
(B) distort the picture
(C) produce an enlargement
(D) no change in the size of an object
Answer
(D)
Reflection about the line y=0, the axis, is accomplished with the transformation matrix
with how many elements as ‘0’?
(A) 8
(B) 9
(C) 4
(D) 6
Answer
(D)
Which transformation distorts the shape of an object such that the transformed shape
appears as if the object were composed of internal layers that had been caused to slide
over each other?
(A) Rotation
(B) Scaling
(C) Shearing
(D) Reflection
Answer
(C)
In a reflection, by how much angle is the object rotated?
(A) 45
(B) 90
(C) 180
(D) 360
Answer
(C)
Shearing is also termed as ___________ .
(A) selecting
(B) sorting
(C) scaling
(D) skewing
Answer
(D)
________can be defined as the creation, storage and manipulation of pictures and
drawings by means of a computer.
(A) Computer graphics
(B) FEA
(C) Raster scan
(D) none of the above
Answer
(A)
The memory of the computer is a collection of bits and a bit can take any value
in_____
(A) 0
(B) 1
(C) either 0 or 1
(D) neither 0 nor 1
Answer
(C)
All changes performed on the graphic image are done by changing the database of the
original picture. These changes are called as________.
(A) boolean operations
(B) transformations
(C) scanning
(D) none of the above
Answer
(B)
Scaling can be
(A) uniform
(B) non-uniform
(C) both uniform and non-uniform
(D) none of the above
Answer
(C)
To achieve scaling, the original coordinates would be _________ by scaling factor.
(A) multiplied
(B) divided
(C) substracted
(D) none of the above
Answer
(A)
Reflection is the process of obtaining a _______ image of the original shape.
(A) smaller
(B) larger
(C) slant
(D) mirror
Answer
(D)
______________ allows the user to view the objects from different angles.
(A) Rotation
(B) Translation
(C) Reflection
(D) Skewing
Answer
(A)
Circular arrays can be obtained with the help of ____________ transformation.
(A) translation
(B) skewing
(C) mirror
(D) rotation
Answer
(D)
From the following, which one will require maximum numbers of matrices to
multiply?
(A) Rotation about the origin
(B) Rotation about an arbitrary Point
(C) Rotation about an arbitrary line
(D) Scaling about the origin
Answer
(C)
From the following, which one will require 4 matrices to multiply to get the final
position?
(A) Rotation about the origin
(B) Rotation about an arbitrary Point
(C) Rotation about an arbitrary line
(D) Scaling about the origin
Answer
(B)
From the following, which one will require 6 matrices to multiply to get the final
position?
(A) Rotation about the origin
(B) Rotation about an arbitrary Point
(C) Scaling about the origin
(D) Rotation about an arbitrary line
Answer
(D)
To obtain the projection of an entity, projectors are constructed by connecting
___________ with each point of the entity.
(A) projection plane
(B) viewing plane
(C) the center of projection
(D) none of the above
Answer
(C)
Parallel projection have the center of projection at_________.
(A) many points
(B) only one point
(C) infinity
(D) none of the above
Answer
(C)
If the center of projection is at a finite distance from the plane, ____________ results.
(A) perspective projection
(B) parallel projection
(C) orthographic projection
(D) all of the above
Answer
(A)
___________ does not preserve parallelism.
(A) Parallel projection
(B) Perspective projection
(C) Orthographic projection
(D) None of the above
Answer
(B)
In perspective projection, the size of an entity is _______ proportional to its distance
from the center of projection.
(A) inversely
(B) directly
(C) either inversely or directly
(D) neither inversely nor directly
Answer
(A)
In order to define perspective projection, ______________ is required.
(A) a center of projection
(B) a projection plane
(C) a center of projection and a projection plane
(D) none of the above
Answer
(C)
Answer
(D)
How many total numbers of projecting planes are required for the complete
description of the orthographic projection system?
(A) 2
(B) 4
(C) 6
(D) 8
Answer
(C)
A world-coordinate area selected for display is called a _________.
(A) window
(B) monitor
(C) screen
(D) none of the above
Answer
(A)
An area on a display device to which a window is mapped is called a __________.
(A) window
(B) viewport
(C) pixel
(D) none of the above
Answer
(B)
Generally, windows and viewports are _______ in the standard position.
(A) rectangles
(B) circles
(C) polygons
(D) none of the above
Answer
(A)
A rectangle is to be rotated by 30° clockwise about an arbitrary point. From the
following, which transformation will be performed first?
(A) Translation
(B) Scaling
(C) Clockwise rotation
(D) Counter clockwise rotation
Answer
(A)
A triangle is to be reflected about an arbitrary line. From the following, which
transformation will be performed first?
(A) Scaling
(B) Mirror
(C) Translation
(D) Rotation
Answer
(C)
From the following, which type of element is not two dimensional?
(A) Rectangle
(B) Quadrilateral
(C) Parallelogram
(D) Tetrahedron
Answer
(D)
From the following, which type of element is not three dimensional?
(A) Hexahedron
(B) Quadrilateral
(C) Rectangular prism
(D) Tetrahedron
Answer
(B)
Answer
(B)
To solve the FEM problem, it subdivides a large problem into smaller, simpler parts
that are called
(A) finite elements
(B) infinite elements
(C) dynamic elements
(D) static elements
Answer
(A)
The art of subdividing the structure into a convenient number of smaller elements is
known as ___________ .
(A) assemblage
(B) continuum
(C) traction
(D) discretization
Answer
(D)
The sum of the shape function is equal to
(A) 0
(B) 0.5
(C) 1
(D) 2
Answer
(C)
A triangular plane stress element has how many degrees of freedom?
(A) 3
(B) 4
(C) 5
(D) 6
Answer
(D)
Number of displacement polynomials used for an element depends on ___________ .
(A) nature of element
(B) type of an element
(C) degrees of freedom
(D) nodes
Answer
(C)
On gathering stiffness and loads, the system of equations is given by
(A) KQ=F
(B) KQ≠F
(C) K=QF
(D) K≠QF
Answer
(A)
The finite element method is mostly used in the field of
(A) structural mechanics
(B) classical mechanics
(C) applied mechanics
(D) engineering mechanics
Answer
(D)
At fixed support, the displacements are equal to
(A) 1
(B) 2
(C) 3
(D) 0
Answer
(D)
In FEA, the sub domains are called as ___________ .
(A) particles
(B) molecules
(C) elements
(D) none
Answer
(C)
The numbers of node for 1 D element are
(A) 1
(B) 2
(C) 3
(D) 0
Answer
(B)
Finite element analysis deals with ___________ .
(A) approximate numerical solution
(B) non-boundary value problems
(C) partial differential equations
(D) laplace equations
Answer
(A)
Stiffness matrix depends on
(A) material
(B) geometry
(C) both material and geometry
(D) none of the above
Answer
(C)
Example of 2-D Element is ___________ .
(A) bar
(B) triangle
(C) hexahedron
(D) tetrahedron
Answer
(B)
For 1-D bar elements if the structure is having 3 nodes then the stiffness matrix
formed is having an order of
(A) 2*2
(B) 3*3
(C) 4*4
(D) 6*6
Answer
(B)
To find the nodal displacements in all parts of the element, ______are used.
(A) shape function
(B) node function
(C) element function
(D) coordinate function
Answer
(A)
The nature of loading at various locations and other surfaces conditions called
(A) boundary condition
(B) traction
(C) friction
(D) surfacing
Answer
(A)
The truss element can resist only
(A) axial force
(B) surface force
(C) point load
(D) none of the above
Answer
(A)
Example for one – Dimensional element is ___________ .
(A) triangular element
(B) brick element
(C) truss element
(D) axisymmetric element
Answer
(C)
The determinant of an element stiffness matrix is always
(A) 3
(B) 2
(C) 1
(D) 0
Answer
(D)
How many nodes are there in a 3-D brick element?
(A) 3
(B) 6
(C) 8
(D) 9
Answer
(C)
From below, choose the correct condition for the axisymmetric element.
(A) Symmetric about axis
(B) Boundary conditions are symmetric about an axis
(C) Loading conditions are symmetric about an axis
(D) All the above
Answer
(D)
Axis-Symmetric element is______________Element
(A) 1D
(B) 2D
(C) 3D
(D) 4D
Answer
(B)
______ is/are the phase/s of finite element method.
(A) Preprocessing
(B) Solution
(C) Post Processing
(D) A, B & C
Answer
(C)
The minimum number of dimensions are required to define the position of a point in
space is _______.
(A) 3
(B) 4
(C) 1
(D) 2
Answer
(A)
The finite element methods can be applied in ____________areas.
(A) thermal
(B) soil and rock mechanics
(C) vibration
(D) all of the above
Answer
(D)
If the structure is more complex in order to simplify the model, we need to subdivide
the structure into substructures. These substructures are termed as _____.
(A) elements
(B) modules
(C) links
(D) models
Answer
(B)
Which of the following is not a method for calculation of the stiffness matrix?
(A) The minimum potential energy principle
(B) Galerkin's principle
(C) Weighted residual method
(D) Inverse matrix method
Answer
(D)
_____________ is defined as the ratio of the largest dimension of the element to the
smallest dimension.
(A) Element depth ratio
(B) Mode shape ratio
(C) Aspect ratio
(D) None of the above
Answer
(C)
______ are used to express the geometry or shape of the element.
(A) Mode shapes
(B) Shape functions
(C) Natural curves
(D) None of the above
Answer
(B)
When a thin plate is subjected to loading in its own plane only, the condition is called
________.
(A) plane stress
(B) plane strain
(C) zero stress
(D) zero strain
Answer
(A)
The characteristic of the shape function is _______.
(A) the shape function has a unit value at one nodal point and zero value at the other nodes
(B) the sum of the shape function is equal to one
(C) both a & b
(D) none of the above
Answer
(C)
The points in the entire structure are defined using the coordinates system is known as
______.
(A) local coordinates system
(B) natural coordinates system
(C) global coordinate system
(D) none of the above
Answer
(C)
The applications of the Finite Element Method in two-dimensional analyses are
______.
(A) stretching of plates
(B) gravity of dams
(C) axisymmetric shells
(D) all of the above
Answer
(C)
If the body is in a state of equilibrium then the energy is minimum. This statement is
considered in ______ .
(A) inverse matrix method
(B) weighted residual method
(C) Galerkin‟s principle
(D) the minimum potential energy principle
Answer
(D)
Which of the following is true for the stiffness matrix (K)?
(A) K is a banded matrix
(B) K is un-symmetric
(C) K is an un-banded matrix
(D) none of the above
Answer
(A)
The actual thickness of plane strain element is ______.
(A) very large
(B) very small
(C) assumed by software
(D) any of the above
Answer
(A)
Which of the following is not an FEA package?
(A) ANSYS
(B) Nastran
(C) Abaqus
(D) AutoCAD
Answer
(D)
Which of the following module of FEA is used to determine natural frequency?
(A) Static analysis
(B) Thermal analysis
(C) Modal analysis
(D) All of the above
Answer
(C)
For thermal analysis, the field variable is _________.
(A) stress
(B) strain
(C) displacement
(D) temperature
Answer
(D)
In FEA of a fluid mechanics problem, we need to find _______.
(A) stress distribution
(B) heat flux distribution
(C) pressure distribution
(D) all of the above
Answer
(C)
Crack propagation problems come under _______ category.
(A) steady-state problems
(B) eigenvalue problems
(C) transient problems
(D) any of the above
Answer
(C)
In penalty approach, rigid support is considered as a spring having _________
stiffness.
(A) zero
(B) very small
(C) very large
(D) infinite
Answer
(D)
How many nodes are there in a tetrahedron element?
(A) 3
(B) 4
(C) 5
(D) 6
Answer
(B)
How many nodes are there in a hexahedron element?
(A) 4
(B) 6
(C) 8
(D) 10
Answer
(C)
How many nodes are there in a tetrahedron with curved sides element?
(A) 6
(B) 8
(C) 10
(D) 12
Answer
(C)
If the size of the elements is small, the final solution is expected to be ______
accurate.
(A) more
(B) less
(C) depends on other factors
(D) can't say
Answer
(A)
In FEA, the use of smaller-sized elements will lead to _______ computation time
(A) less
(B) more
(C) depends on other factors
(D) can't say
Answer
(B)
Elements with an aspect ratio of near to ______ generally yield best results in FEA.
(A) 0
(B) 0.5
(C) 1
(D) 2
Answer
(C)
In truss analysis, the reactions can be found by using the equation ______.
(A) R=KQ+F
(B) R=KQ-F
(C) R=K+QF
(D) R=K-QF
Answer
(B)
The total potential energy of an elastic body is defined as _______.
(A) Strain energy - Work potential
(B) Strain energy + Work potential
(C) Strain energy + Kinetic energy - Work potential
(D) Strain energy + Kinetic energy + Work potential
Answer
(B)
The strain energy per unit volume is equal to _________.
(A) (1/2) * Force * Deflection
(B) (1/4) * Force * Deflection
(C) (1/2) * Stress * Deflection
(D) (1/4) * Stress * Deflection
Answer
(A)
As per the penalty approach, the equation of reaction force is _____.
(A) R = -CQ
(B) R = CQ
(C) R = -C (Q-a)
(D) R = -C (Q+a)
Answer
(C)
In the penalty approach, the magnitude of the stiffness constant should be at least
_______ times more than the maximum value in the global stiffness matrix.
(A) 10
(B) 100
(C) 1000
(D) 10000
Answer
(D)
The equation for thermal stress in each element is ________.
(A) σ = E (Bq + α Δt)
(B) σ = E (Bq - α Δt)
(C) σ = E (B + α Δt)
(D) σ = E (B - α Δt)
Answer
(B)
In any FEA software, the large amount of mathematical work is done in ________
phase.
(A) preprocessing
(B) solution
(C) postprocessing
(D) all of the above
Answer
(C)
(https://www.examveda.com/) Login
(https://www.examv
url=https%3A%2F%
science%2Fpractice
mcq-question-
on-automation-
system%2F%3Fsect
English (https://www.examveda.com/mcq-question-on-competitive-english/)
Section 1 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=1)
Section 2 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=2)
Section 3 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=3)
Section 4 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=4)
1. A program language:
Answer: Option A
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/a-program-language-13387)
2. Which of the following symbol modes are used to input of graphics to General CAD system?
Answer: Option D
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/which-of-the-following-symbol-modes-are-used-to-input-of-
graphics-to-general-cad-system-13388)
3. Which technique enables the designer to mold and shape, rather than construct on object using a series of lines?
A. Solid modeling
B. Wire-frame modeling
C. Surface modeling
4. Computer-based controllers:
Answer: Option D
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/computer-based-controllers-13390)
5. Flood guns bombard the phosphor surface of the tube in which one of the following types of CRT technology?
C. Refresh-vector CRT
D. Stroke CRT
Answer: Option A
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/flood-guns-bombard-the-phosphor-surface-of-the-tube-in-which-
one-of-the-following-types-of-crt-technology-13391)
2 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=1&page=2)
3 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=1&page=3)
4 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=1&page=4)
5 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=1&page=5)
6 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=1&page=6)
(https://www.examveda.com/) Login
(https://www.examv
url=https%3A%2F%
science%2Fpractice
mcq-question-
on-automation-
system%2F%3Fsect
English (https://www.examveda.com/mcq-question-on-competitive-english/)
Section 1 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=1)
Section 2 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=2)
Section 3 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=3)
Section 4 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=4)
C. no change in jobs.
Ad The Bot Wizard - RPA/AI/ML Training
D. All of the above
thebotwiz.com Visit Site
E. None of the above
Answer: Option B
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/automation-normally-means-13392)
7. Trend analysis:
Answer: Option B
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/trend-analysis-13393)
Answer: Option B
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/the-use-of-specialized-workstations-13394)
Call Us Now
Thinner Walls, And
More. Our Focus Is On
Structural Automotive
Parts. Made In USA.
A. Mouse
B. Graphics workstation
C. Digitizer
D. Plotter
Answer: Option B
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/what-key-hardware-item-ties-a-cad-cam-system-together-13395)
B. Proportional
D. Three mode
E. None of the above
Answer: Option D
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/which-of-these-controller-types-is-the-most-accurate-13396)
(https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=1)
1 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=1) 2
3 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=1&page=3)
4 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=1&page=4)
5 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=1&page=5)
6 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=1&page=6)
7 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=1&page=7)
8 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=1&page=8)
(https://www.examveda.com/) Login
(https://www.examv
url=https%3A%2F%
science%2Fpractice
mcq-question-
on-automation-
system%2F%3Fsect
English (https://www.examveda.com/mcq-question-on-competitive-english/)
Section 1 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=1)
Section 2 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=2)
Section 3 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=3)
Section 4 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=4)
C. Solid state
Ad Complete ANSYS Coursework
D. RGB monitor
skill-lync.com/ANSYS Visit Site
E. None of the above
Answer: Option C
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/flat-panel-displays-are-based-on-what-type-of-technology-13397)
A. light pen
B. keyboard
C. mouse
D. Track ball
Answer: Option A
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/which-of-the-following-is-a-graphical-input-device-13398)
B. are relatively low cost compared with the original digital equipment available for industrial control
Answer & Solution
Answer: Option D
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/today-programmable-controllers-13399)
14. Productivity is defined as:
Answer: Option B
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/productivity-is-defined-as-13400)
Answer: Option D
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/the-main-functions-of-computer-in-cad-isare-13401)
(https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=1&page=2)
1 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=1)
2 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=1&page=2)
4 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=1&page=4)
5 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=1&page=5)
6 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=1&page=6)
7 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=1&page=7)
8 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=1&page=8)
(https://www.examveda.com/) Login
(https://www.examv
url=https%3A%2F%
science%2Fpractice
mcq-question-
on-automation-
system%2F%3Fsect
English (https://www.examveda.com/mcq-question-on-competitive-english/)
Section 1 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=1)
Section 2 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=2)
Section 3 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=3)
Section 4 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=4)
16. The first industrial robot for commercial uses was installed in a Japanese plant at Toyota Automatic Loom Company,
the parent company of the Toyota Automobile Group. When did this robot go into operation?
A. Jun-65
B. Nov-66
Answer: Option C
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/the-first-industrial-robot-for-commercial-uses-was-installed-in-a-
japanese-plant-at-toyota-automatic-loom-company-the-parent-company-of-the-toyota-automobile-group-when-did-this-robot-13402)
C. derivative control responds to a change in the rate of change in the error signal
Answer: Option D
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/what-is-the-difference-between-integral-and-derivative-control-
13403)
Answer: Option C
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/the-program-counter-13404)
Sponsored by
Open
w57.in
Answer: Option B
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/digital-signals-13405)
20. There are several procedures you can implement to provide maximum security. The most important of these is:
A. do not leave training manuals unsecured
B. run regular simulated tests using TARP (testing of Applications Recovery Planes)
Answer: Option B
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/there-are-several-procedures-you-can-implement-to-provide-
maximum-security-the-most-important-of-these-is-13406)
(https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=1&page=3)
1 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=1)
2 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=1&page=2)
3 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=1&page=3)
4
(https://www.examveda.com/) Login
(https://www.examv
url=https%3A%2F%
science%2Fpractice
mcq-question-
on-automation-
system%2F%3Fsect
English (https://www.examveda.com/mcq-question-on-competitive-english/)
Section 1 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=1)
Section 2 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=2)
Section 3 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=3)
Section 4 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=4)
Answer: Option C
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/semiconductor-devices-13407)
A. an output actuator
B. an input sensor
C. a position sensor
D. a sequence controller
Answer: Option D
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/a-drum-timer-is-a-good-example-of-13408)
A. MC = N/2
B. MC = 2/N
C. MC = N squared.
Answer: Option D
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/the-formula-for-memory-capacity-is-13409)
24. How is the integral mode implemented using analog methods?
C. Op amp and an RC network to place the error voltage across the capacitor
Answer: Option B
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/how-is-the-integral-mode-implemented-using-analog-methods-
13410)
A. discrete parts
B. continuous
C. batch
Answer: Option D
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/the-general-type-of-process-found-in-industry-is-13411)
(https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=1&page=4)
1 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=1)
2 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=1&page=2)
3 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=1&page=3)
4 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=1&page=4)
6 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=1&page=6)
7 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=1&page=7)
8 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=1&page=8)
(https://www.examveda.com/) Login
(https://www.examv
url=https%3A%2F%
science%2Fpractice
mcq-question-
on-automation-
system%2F%3Fsect
English (https://www.examveda.com/mcq-question-on-competitive-english/)
Section 1 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=1)
Section 2 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=2)
Section 3 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=3)
Section 4 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=4)
26. Which method is frequently used, especially in the early stages of design?
Answer: Option A
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/which-method-is-frequently-used-especially-in-the-early-stages-
of-design-13412)
Answer: Option D
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/in-raster-scan-colour-monitors-colour-can-be-intensified-by-
13413)
Answer: Option A
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/a-discrete-parts-process-is-13415)
Answer: Option C
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/speech-recognition-13416)
(https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=1&page=5)
1 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=1)
2 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=1&page=2)
3 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=1&page=3)
4 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=1&page=4)
5 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=1&page=5)
6
7 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=1&page=7)
(https://www.examveda.com/) Login
(https://www.examv
url=https%3A%2F%
science%2Fpractice
mcq-question-
on-automation-
system%2F%3Fsect
English (https://www.examveda.com/mcq-question-on-competitive-english/)
Section 1 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=1)
Section 2 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=2)
Section 3 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=3)
Section 4 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=4)
31. Which device does the general population associate most with automation?
A. Flexible manufacturing
B. Robots
Answer: Option B
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/which-device-does-the-general-population-associate-most-with-
automation-13417)
Answer: Option D
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/using-a-microcomputer-as-a-controller-allows-13418)
B. the value of the output will exceed the value of the input at times during the transient period
D. both a and b
Answer: Option D
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/if-the-transient-response-is-under-damped-13419)
D. The cost
Answer: Option B
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/what-should-be-first-considered-in-choosing-a-plotter-13420)
A. is always two-dimensional
Answer: Option C
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/the-coordinate-system-used-to-describe-a-workpiece-13421)
(https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=1&page=6)
1 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=1)
2 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=1&page=2)
3 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=1&page=3)
4 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=1&page=4)
5 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=1&page=5)
6 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=1&page=6)
7
(https://www.examveda.com/) Login
(https://www.examv
url=https%3A%2F%
science%2Fpractice
mcq-question-
on-automation-
system%2F%3Fsect
English (https://www.examveda.com/mcq-question-on-competitive-english/)
Section 1 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=1)
Section 2 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=2)
Section 3 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=3)
Section 4 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=4)
Answer: Option C
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/a-programmable-controller-13422)
A. consisted of an cathode-ray oscilloscope driven by a Lincoln Tx2 computer where by graphical information was displayed on the
screen.
C. is expensive because it is sophisticated and make demands on the power and resources of the computer.
Answer: Option D
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/the-sketchpad-system-13423)
38. The name given to the test that determines whether a machine can think is the:
A. Gaussian test
B. McCarthy test
C. Turing test
D. Boolean test
Answer: Option C
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/the-name-given-to-the-test-that-determines-whether-a-machine-
can-think-is-the-13424)
A. ADD 5
B. 10001101
C. GOTO XOUT
Answer: Option B
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/which-of-the-following-is-a-machine-language-instruction-13425)
40. The two major categories of software are: application software and
A. system software
B. UNIX software
C. high-level languages
D. CAD software
E. None of the above
Answer: Option A
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/the-two-major-categories-of-software-are-application-software-
and-13426)
(https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=1&page=7)
1 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=1)
2 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=1&page=2)
3 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=1&page=3)
4 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=1&page=4)
5 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=1&page=5)
6 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=1&page=6)
7 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=1&page=7)
(https://www.examveda.com/) Login
(https://www.examv
url=https%3A%2F%
science%2Fpractice
mcq-question-
on-automation-
system%2F%3Fsect
English (https://www.examveda.com/mcq-question-on-competitive-english/)
Section 1 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=1)
Section 2 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=2)
Section 3 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=3)
Section 4 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=4)
41. What was the name of the Japanese worker who was killed by an industrial robot at the Akashi plant of Kawasaki
Heavy Industries in Japan?
A. M. Shubhagya
B. Harun Shimada
Answer: Option C
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/what-was-the-name-of-the-japanese-worker-who-was-killed-by-
an-industrial-robot-at-the-akashi-plant-of-kawasaki-heavy-industries-in-japan-13427)
42. When of the following produces the best quality graphics reproduction?
C. Laser printers
D. Plotters
Answer: Option D
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/when-of-the-following-produces-the-best-quality-graphics-
reproduction-13428)
43. The three key elements for a graphics workstation include the host processor, display controller, and:
A. mouse
B. keyboard
C. CRT
D. digitizer
Answer: Option C
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/the-three-key-elements-for-a-graphics-workstation-include-the-
host-processor-display-controller-and-13429)
Sponsored by
Open
w57.in
Answer: Option D
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/an-operational-amplifier-13430)
45. The raster CRT eliminates:
C. flicker only
D. has no effect
Answer: Option A
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/the-raster-crt-eliminates-13431)
(https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=1&page=8)
1 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=1)
2 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=1&page=2)
3 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=1&page=3)
(https://www.examveda.com/) Login
(https://www.examv
url=https%3A%2F%
science%2Fpractice
mcq-question-
on-automation-
system%2F%3Fsect
English (https://www.examveda.com/mcq-question-on-competitive-english/)
Section 1 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=1)
Section 2 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=2)
Section 3 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=3)
Section 4 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=4)
46. Who made the statement "if a robot can do a job, a person should not be doing it"?
Answer: Option B
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/who-made-the-statement-if-a-robot-can-do-a-job-a-person-
should-not-be-doing-it-13432)
Answer: Option D
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/cadcam-is-the-inter-relationship-between-13433)
48. What prevents a robotic instrument from running into other objects?
A. negative image
B. functional manipulators
C. memory
D. sensory devices
Answer: Option D
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/what-prevents-a-robotic-instrument-from-running-into-other-
objects-13434)
A. Wrist rotation
C. elbow rotation
Answer: Option D
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/the-axis-of-movement-of-a-robot-may-include-13435)
Answer: Option A
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/numerical-control-13436)
(https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=1&page=9)
1 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=1)
2 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=1&page=2)
3 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=1&page=3)
4 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=1&page=4)
5 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=1&page=5)
6 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=1&page=6)
(https://www.examveda.com/) Login
(https://www.examv
url=https%3A%2F%
science%2Fpractice
mcq-question-
on-automation-
system%2F%3Fsect
English (https://www.examveda.com/mcq-question-on-competitive-english/)
SIGN UP
Section 1 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=1)
Section 2 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=2)
Section 3 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=3)
Section 4 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=4)
51. A flip-flop:
Answer: Option D
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/a-flip-flop-13437)
52. A technique for displaying applications where complex 3-D geometric are required for the exteror shall of a product is
called:
A. solid modeling
B. 2-D modeling
C. 3-D modeling
D. surface modeling
Answer: Option D
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/a-technique-for-displaying-applications-where-complex-3-d-
geometric-are-required-for-the-exteror-shall-of-a-product-is-called-13438)
53. The user communicates directly with the computer through its peripheral devices is known as
A. On-line processing
B. Remote-terminal processing
Answer: Option A
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/the-user-communicates-directly-with-the-computer-through-its-
peripheral-devices-is-known-as-13439)
Sponsored by
Open
w57.in
D. each operation in a sequence is continuous, but subsequent operations in the sequence may be different.
Answer: Option D
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/a-semi-continuous-operation-means-13440)
B. can accelerate
Answer: Option B
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/a-servo-controlled-robot-13441)
(https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=1&page=10)
1 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=1)
2 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=1&page=2)
3 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=1&page=3)
4 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=1&page=4)
(https://www.examveda.com/) Login
(https://www.examv
url=https%3A%2F%
science%2Fpractice
mcq-question-
on-automation-
system%2F%3Fsect
English (https://www.examveda.com/mcq-question-on-competitive-english/)
Section 1 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=1)
Section 2 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=2)
Section 3 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=3)
Section 4 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=4)
A. is very unreliable
B. can measure only atmospheric pressure
Answer: Option C
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/an-aneroid-barometer-13442)
A. BGT LOOPS
B. GOTO 50
C. X=5+Y
D. JMP MOTOR
Answer: Option A
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/which-of-the-following-represents-a-conditional-branching-
instruction-13443)
58. The electronic component that has been the key to recent developments in automation is the:
B. integrated circuit
C. diode
D. transistor
Answer: Option B
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/the-electronic-component-that-has-been-the-key-to-recent-
developments-in-automation-is-the-13444)
A. Machine language
B. FORTRAN
C. Assembly language
Answer: Option B
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/which-of-the-following-is-considered-a-high-level-language-
13445)
Answer: Option D
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/pressure-sensors-13446)
(https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=1&page=11)
1 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=1)
2 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=1&page=2)
3 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=1&page=3)
4 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=1&page=4)
5 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=1&page=5)
6 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=1&page=6)
(https://www.examveda.com/) Login
(https://www.examv
url=https%3A%2F%
science%2Fpractice
mcq-question-
on-automation-
system%2F%3Fsect
English (https://www.examveda.com/mcq-question-on-competitive-english/)
Section 1 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=1)
Section 2 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=2)
Section 3 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=3)
Section 4 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=4)
A. factory management
B. automated design
Answer: Option D
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/flexible-manufacturing-allows-for-13447)
62. Three different aspects of colour are used to define specific colours. They are hue, saturation, and:
A. metamer
B. value
C. gray scale
D. shading
Answer: Option B
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/three-different-aspects-of-colour-are-used-to-define-specific-
colours-they-are-hue-saturation-and-13448)
B. to copy the program into PROMs and install the PROMs in the system
Answer: Option B
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/a-way-to-transfer-programs-to-a-central-system-is-13449)
Thixomolded Magnesium
Thinner Walls, And
More. Our Focus Is On
Structural Automotive
Parts. Made In USA.
64. The device that assembles groups of characters into complete messages prior to their entering the CPU is called:
A. a compiler
B. an interpreter
C. a communications processor
D. an editor
Answer: Option C
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/the-device-that-assembles-groups-of-characters-into-complete-
messages-prior-to-their-entering-the-cpu-is-called-13450)
A. Chemical industry
B. Automobile industry
C. Electronic industry
D. Shipping industry
Answer: Option B
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/which-industry-is-the-leading-user-of-robots-13451)
Thixomolded Magnesium
Thinner Walls, And
More. Our Focus Is On
Structural Automotive
Parts. Made In USA.
(https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=1&page=12)
1 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=1)
2 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=1&page=2)
3 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=1&page=3)
4 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=1&page=4)
5 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=1&page=5)
(https://www.examveda.com/) Login
(https://www.examv
url=https%3A%2F%
science%2Fpractice
mcq-question-
on-automation-
system%2F%3Fsect
English (https://www.examveda.com/mcq-question-on-competitive-english/)
Section 1 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=1)
Section 2 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=2)
Section 3 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=3)
Section 4 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=4)
66. What two methods are available to build electronic continuous control?
Answer: Option C
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/what-two-methods-are-available-to-build-electronic-continuous-
control-13452)
A. the value of the output exceeds the value of the input at times during the transient period.
B. the value of the output never exceeds the value of the input during the transient period.
Answer: Option B
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/if-the-transient-response-of-a-system-is-overdamped-13453)
A. the speed at which the monitor can accept data from the computer
B. the number of phosphor dots that react when hit by the electron beam
Answer: Option C
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/resolution-in-a-crt-refers-to-13454)
Sponsored by
Open
w57.in
A. sense an object
B. activate a chemical
Answer: Option C
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/actuators-are-used-to-13455)
70. If the period of a sine wave is 0.001 second, the frequency of the sine wave is:
A. 0.001 Hz
B. 1,000 Hz
C. 10,000 Hz
D. 10 Hz
Answer: Option B
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/if-the-period-of-a-sine-wave-is-0001-second-the-frequency-of-
the-sine-wave-is-13456)
(https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=1&page=13)
1 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=1)
2 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=1&page=2)
3 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=1&page=3)
4 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=1&page=4)
5 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=1&page=5)
6 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=1&page=6)
(https://www.examveda.com/) Login
(https://www.examv
url=https%3A%2F%
science%2Fpractice
mcq-question-
on-automation-
system%2F%3Fsect
English (https://www.examveda.com/mcq-question-on-competitive-english/)
Section 1 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=1)
Section 2 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=2)
Section 3 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=3)
Section 4 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=4)
1. Software is:
A. printer output
B. a set of instructions
C. tape input.
Ad Robotics Project Competition
D. a programming language
robociti.com Visit Site
E. None of the above
Answer: Option B
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/software-is-13457)
A. Numerical control
B. Drafting
C. Documentation
D. Geometric modeling
Answer: Option A
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/which-item-best-describes-a-cam-technology-13458)
A. workstations
B. streaming
C. turnkey systems
D. networking
Answer & Solution
Answer: Option D
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/the-linking-of-pcs-with-a-communi-cations-system-is-referred-to-
as-13459)
A. LISP
B. COBOL
C. BASIC
D. Pascal
Answer: Option A
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/two-of-the-major-processing-languages-are-prolog-and-13460)
5. Vision sensors:
Answer: Option C
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/vision-sensors-13461)
Sponsored by
Open
w57.in
2 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=2&page=2)
3 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=2&page=3)
4 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=2&page=4)
5 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=2&page=5)
6 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=2&page=6)
(https://www.examveda.com/) Login
(https://www.examv
url=https%3A%2F%
science%2Fpractice
mcq-question-
on-automation-
system%2F%3Fsect
English (https://www.examveda.com/mcq-question-on-competitive-english/)
Section 1 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=1)
Section 2 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=2)
Section 3 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=3)
Section 4 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=4)
Answer: Option B
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/a-disadvantage-of-numerical-control-nc-is-13462)
7. Digitizers can be converted from "dumb" to "smart" through the addition of:
A. a microprocessor
B. an electromagnetic coupling
C. keyboard
D. a scanner
Answer: Option A
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/digitizers-can-be-converted-from-dumb-to-smart-through-the-
addition-of-13463)
8. Over the last ten years, productivity has risen most rapidly in:
A. Italy
B. Japan
C. France
D. United States
Answer: Option B
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/over-the-last-ten-years-productivity-has-risen-most-rapidly-in-
13464)
OPEN
A. speed of movement
Answer: Option D
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/the-difference-between-a-high-technology-and-a-medium-
technology-robot-is-the-13465)
A. a capacitance
B. a resistance
C. a current
D. a voltage
Answer: Option D
Solution:
DC voltage
Sponsored by
Open
w57.in
(https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=2)
1 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=2) 2
3 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=2&page=3)
4 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=2&page=4)
5 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=2&page=5)
6 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=2&page=6)
(https://www.examveda.com/) Login
(https://www.examv
url=https%3A%2F%
science%2Fpractice
mcq-question-
on-automation-
system%2F%3Fsect
English (https://www.examveda.com/mcq-question-on-competitive-english/)
Section 1 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=1)
Section 2 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=2)
Section 3 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=3)
Section 4 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=4)
Answer: Option D
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/compared-to-humans-machines-13467)
12. A solenoid:
B. is spring operated
D. is related to an aneroid
Answer: Option C
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/a-solenoid-13468)
Answer & Solution
Answer: Option D
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/most-industrial-control-applications-13469)
14. When was the first successful industrial robot installed in the General Motors Plant in USA?
A. 1960
B. 1961
C. 1963
D. 1967
Answer: Option B
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/when-was-the-first-successful-industrial-robot-installed-in-the-
general-motors-plant-in-usa-13470)
A. topology
B. pairing
C. queuing
D. logic
Answer: Option A
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/the-physical-arrangement-of-equipment-in-a-network-is-called-
13471)
(https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=2&page=2)
1 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=2)
2 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=2&page=2)
4 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=2&page=4)
5 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=2&page=5)
6 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=2&page=6)
7 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=2&page=7)
8 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=2&page=8)
(https://www.examveda.com/) Login
(https://www.examv
url=https%3A%2F%
science%2Fpractice
mcq-question-
on-automation-
system%2F%3Fsect
English (https://www.examveda.com/mcq-question-on-competitive-english/)
Section 1 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=1)
Section 2 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=2)
Section 3 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=3)
Section 4 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=4)
Answer: Option A
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/the-computer-graphics-system-called-sketchpad-was-
demonstrated-at-13472)
A. social unrest
B. advances in electronics
Answer: Option B
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/the-new-industrial-revolution-has-been-caused-by-13473)
Answer: Option B
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/straight-line-operations-13474)
Sponsored by
Open
w57.in
Answer: Option B
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/the-workspace-required-for-a-robot-13475)
20. In pen plotters, "resolution" refers to the shortest possible line, but in electrostatic plotters it refers to:
A. the number of dots per inch
C. dual-axis tracking
D. how accurately the plotter returns to a specific point
Answer: Option A
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/in-pen-plotters-resolution-refers-to-the-shortest-possible-line-but-
in-electrostatic-plotters-it-refers-to-13476)
(https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=2&page=3)
1 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=2)
2 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=2&page=2)
3 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=2&page=3)
5 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=2&page=5)
6 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=2&page=6)
(https://www.examveda.com/) Login
(https://www.examv
url=https%3A%2F%
science%2Fpractice
mcq-question-
on-automation-
system%2F%3Fsect
English (https://www.examveda.com/mcq-question-on-competitive-english/)
Section 1 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=1)
Section 2 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=2)
Section 3 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=3)
Section 4 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=4)
21. A common data base is one requisite for converting CAD and CAM to CIM. Another is that:
Answer: Option B
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/a-common-data-base-is-one-requisite-for-converting-cad-and-
cam-to-cim-another-is-that-13477)
22. Sensors:
Answer: Option D
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/sensors-13478)
A. thermometer
B. brake
C. relay
D. clutch.
Answer: Option A
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/which-of-the-following-devices-could-be-part-of-a-sensor-13479)
Sponsored by
Open
w57.in
Answer: Option D
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/in-general-american-buyers-will-purchase-goods-13480)
A. has three distinct rates of failure
B. cannot be predicted
Answer: Option A
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/the-reliability-life-cycle-of-a-product-13481)
(https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=2&page=4)
1 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=2)
2 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=2&page=2)
3 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=2&page=3)
4 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=2&page=4)
6 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=2&page=6)
7 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=2&page=7)
(https://www.examveda.com/) Login
(https://www.examv
url=https%3A%2F%
science%2Fpractice
mcq-question-
on-automation-
system%2F%3Fsect
English (https://www.examveda.com/mcq-question-on-competitive-english/)
Section 1 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=1)
Section 2 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=2)
Section 3 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=3)
Section 4 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=4)
26. Robots consist of three basic components; power supply, control (memory) console, and:
A. coaxial cable
B. microcomputer
D. software
Answer: Option C
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/robots-consist-of-three-basic-components-power-supply-control-
memory-console-and-13482)
27. Today's engineers feel that the ultimate solution to the CAD/CAM problem will be
A. Animation
B. the microprocessor
C. turnkey systems
Answer: Option B
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/todays-engineers-feel-that-the-ultimate-solution-to-the-cadcam-
problem-will-be-13483)
28. The method of solid modeling that defines the topology of faces, edges, and vertics, as well as data that defines the
surface in which each face lies is called:
B. layering
C. boundary representation
D. isometric
Sponsored by
Open
w57.in
B. require training
Answer: Option D
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/programming-languages-currently-available-for-robots-13485)
Answer: Option D
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/a-process-controller-13486)
(https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=2&page=5)
1 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=2)
2 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=2&page=2)
3 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=2&page=3)
4 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=2&page=4)
5 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=2&page=5)
6
(https://www.examveda.com/) Login
(https://www.examv
url=https%3A%2F%
science%2Fpractice
mcq-question-
on-automation-
system%2F%3Fsect
English (https://www.examveda.com/mcq-question-on-competitive-english/)
Section 1 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=1)
Section 2 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=2)
Section 3 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=3)
Section 4 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=4)
A. more accurate
B. more complex
C. more stable
Answer: Option D
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/compared-to-an-open-loop-system-a-closed-loop-control-system-
is-13487)
C. increased productivity.
Answer: Option D
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/automation-means-13488)
33. The "snap" command feature in both AutoCAD and VersaCAD ensure that:
Answer: Option B
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/the-snap-command-feature-in-both-autocad-and-versacad-ensure-
that-13489)
Sponsored by
Open
about.versusgame.com
A. make decisions
C. walk
D. speak
Answer: Option A
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/an-intelligent-robot-can-13490)
Answer: Option B
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/what-is-proportional-control-13491)
Sponsored by
Open
about.versusgame.com
(https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=2&page=6)
1 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=2)
2 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=2&page=2)
3 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=2&page=3)
4 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=2&page=4)
5 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=2&page=5)
(https://www.examveda.com/) Login
(https://www.examv
url=https%3A%2F%
science%2Fpractice
mcq-question-
on-automation-
system%2F%3Fsect
English (https://www.examveda.com/mcq-question-on-competitive-english/)
Section 1 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=1)
Section 2 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=2)
Section 3 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=3)
Section 4 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=4)
A. bubble memory
B. the expert system
C. recursive technology
Ad Robotics Project Competition
D. natural language interfaces
robociti.com Visit Site
E. None of the above
Answer: Option B
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/the-real-brain-of-an-artificial-intelligence-system-is-referred-to-
as-13492)
Answer: Option E
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/analog-and-digital-controllers-13493)
Answer: Option B
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/robot-motion-13494)
39. The digitizing technology that uses an electric field radiated from the tablet and picked up by a cursor is:
A. electromagnetic
B. raster
C. sonic
D. electrostic
Answer: Option D
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/the-digitizing-technology-that-uses-an-electric-field-radiated-
from-the-tablet-and-picked-up-by-a-cursor-is-13495)
A. increased productivity
Answer: Option D
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/advantages-of-robots-include-13496)
Sponsored by
Open
w57.in
(https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=2&page=7)
1 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=2)
2 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=2&page=2)
3 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=2&page=3)
4 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=2&page=4)
5 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=2&page=5)
(https://www.examveda.com/) Login
(https://www.examv
url=https%3A%2F%
science%2Fpractice
mcq-question-
on-automation-
system%2F%3Fsect
English (https://www.examveda.com/mcq-question-on-competitive-english/)
Section 1 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=1)
Section 2 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=2)
Section 3 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=3)
Section 4 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=4)
Answer: Option B
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/light-sensors-13497)
Answer: Option E
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/stepping-motors-13498)
Answer & Solution
Answer: Option D
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/most-continuous-control-actuators-13499)
44. Group technology brings together and organizes:
Answer: Option D
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/group-technology-brings-together-and-organizes-13500)
Answer: Option D
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/a-venturi-tube-13501)
Sponsored by
Open
w57.in
(https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=2&page=8)
1 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=2)
2 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=2&page=2)
3 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=2&page=3)
4 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=2&page=4)
5 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=2&page=5)
6 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=2&page=6)
(https://www.examveda.com/) Login
(https://www.examv
url=https%3A%2F%
science%2Fpractice
mcq-question-
on-automation-
system%2F%3Fsect
English (https://www.examveda.com/mcq-question-on-competitive-english/)
Section 1 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=1)
Section 2 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=2)
Section 3 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=3)
Section 4 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=4)
B. drafting systems
C. programmable controllers
Ad Ultimate ANSYS Coursework
D. numerical controlled machines.
skill-lync.com/ANSYS Visit Site
E. None of the above
Answer: Option D
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/the-apt-automatically-progra-mmed-tools-language-is-used-with-
13502)
47. The ideal solution is to have a system coordinator who will interface with the engineering and manufacturing
managers, as well as the:
A. finance manager
B. president
C. marketing manager
D. MIS manager
Answer: Option D
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/the-ideal-solution-is-to-have-a-system-coordinator-who-will-
interface-with-the-engineering-and-manufacturing-managers-as-well-as-the-13503)
48. Four basic elements are required for an automated machine tool or production process. They are: input interface,
memory, output interface and:
A. logic
B. software
C. NC tape programming
Answer: Option A
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/four-basic-elements-are-required-for-an-automated-machine-tool-
or-production-process-they-are-input-interface-memory-output-interface-and-13504)
Sponsored by
Open
w57.in
C. is a method of control
D. a and b above
Answer: Option D
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/the-ziegler-nichols-method-13505)
50. A Hall effect switch is usually used to:
A. measure voltage
B. measure temperature
C. sense a vacuum
Answer: Option D
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/a-hall-effect-switch-is-usually-used-to-13506)
(https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=2&page=9)
1 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=2)
2 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=2&page=2)
3 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=2&page=3)
(https://www.examveda.com/) Login
(https://www.examv
url=https%3A%2F%
science%2Fpractice
mcq-question-
on-automation-
system%2F%3Fsect
English (https://www.examveda.com/mcq-question-on-competitive-english/)
Section 1 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=1)
Section 2 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=2)
Section 3 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=3)
Section 4 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=4)
51. The hardware device Jhat acts as both a switching and connecting unit is called a(n):
A. concentrator
B. RS-232C port
C. multiplexer
Ad Big Festive Offers on Liebherr
D. communications processor
Liebherr Appliances Learn More
E. None of the above
Answer: Option C
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/the-hardware-device-jhat-acts-as-both-a-switching-and-
connecting-unit-is-called-an-13507)
A. A buffer
B. An EPROM
C. A converter
D. A co-processor
Answer: Option D
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/the-addition-of-can-reduce-processing-time-13508)
53. Which of the following method is used the results of a design analysis as a base for redesign decisions?
Sponsored by
Open
w57.in
54. What kind of capability is required if one plans to interface with a plotter or printer?
A. A graphics cable
B. RGB monitor
C. A graphics board
D. A co-processor
Answer: Option C
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/what-kind-of-capability-is-required-if-one-plans-to-interface-with-
a-plotter-or-printer-13510)
55. Robots can increase productivity because:
Answer: Option D
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/robots-can-increase-productivity-because-13511)
(https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=2&page=10)
1 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=2)
2 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=2&page=2)
3 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=2&page=3)
4 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=2&page=4)
5 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=2&page=5)
(https://www.examveda.com/) Login
(https://www.examv
url=https%3A%2F%
science%2Fpractice
mcq-question-
on-automation-
system%2F%3Fsect
English (https://www.examveda.com/mcq-question-on-competitive-english/)
Meesho
Meesho: #1 Reselling App
INSTALL
Section 1 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=1)
Section 2 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=2)
Section 3 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=3)
Section 4 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=4)
56. Which CAD display configurability allows work without any host support?
A. Highly intelligent
B. Medium intelligence
C. Low intelligence
Answer: Option A
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/which-cad-display-configurability-allows-work-without-any-host-
support-13512)
57. The rectangular boundary around a specific area on the display is called
A. a window
B. a conic section
C. a view point
D. a view plane
Answer: Option A
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/the-rectangular-boundary-around-a-specific-area-on-the-display-
is-called-13513)
A. algorithms
B. rules
C. memory
D. simulations
Sponsored by
Open
w57.in
A. decrease throughput
Answer: Option C
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/a-favourable-reason-for-automation-is-to-13515)
60. Which method uses the design analysis as a method for effecting the design?
Answer: Option B
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/which-method-uses-the-design-analysis-as-a-method-for-
effecting-the-design-13516)
(https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=2&page=11)
1 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=2)
2 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=2&page=2)
3 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=2&page=3)
4 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=2&page=4)
5 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=2&page=5)
(https://www.examveda.com/) Login
(https://www.examv
url=https%3A%2F%
science%2Fpractice
mcq-question-
on-automation-
system%2F%3Fsect
English (https://www.examveda.com/mcq-question-on-competitive-english/)
Section 1 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=1)
Section 2 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=2)
Section 3 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=3)
Section 4 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=4)
Answer: Option D
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/the-main-activityies-of-designer-in-cad-isare-13517)
62. The three different types of pen plotter technology are flatbed, drum, and:
A. electrostatic
B. thermal
C. pinch roller
D. impact
Answer: Option C
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/the-three-different-types-of-pen-plotter-technology-are-flatbed-
drum-and-13518)
A. are "procedure-oriented"
Answer: Option A
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/high-level-languages-13519)
Sponsored by
Open
w57.in
A. robots
B. computers
C. control
D. sensors
Answer: Option B
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/the-heart-of-automation-technology-is-13520)
A. uses a tachometer for speed feedback
Answer: Option D
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/a-dc-servo-motor-13521)
(https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=2&page=12)
1 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=2)
2 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=2&page=2)
3 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=2&page=3)
4 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=2&page=4)
5 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=2&page=5)
6 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=2&page=6)
(https://www.examveda.com/) Login
(https://www.examv
url=https%3A%2F%
science%2Fpractice
mcq-question-
on-automation-
system%2F%3Fsect
English (https://www.examveda.com/mcq-question-on-competitive-english/)
Section 1 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=1)
Section 2 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=2)
Section 3 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=3)
Section 4 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=4)
A. intelligence
B. vertical dimension
C. resolution
Ad Big Festive Offers on Liebherr
D. buffer size
Liebherr Appliances Learn More
E. None of the above
Answer: Option C
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/plotter-accuracy-is-measured-in-terms-of-repeatability-and-
13522)
A. availability
B. capacity
C. reliability
D. transmission
Answer: Option B
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/the-basic-difference-between-broadband-and-baseband-is-13523)
68. The power source that drives the manipulator can be:
A. pneumatic
B. electric
C. hydraulic
Answer: Option D
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/the-power-source-that-drives-the-manipulator-can-be-13524)
69. Which of the following devices would be classified as a robot by the Robot Institute of America?
A. Automobile
B. Pick-and-place manipulator
C. Artificial hand
Answer: Option B
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/which-of-the-following-devices-would-be-classified-as-a-robot-by-
the-robot-institute-of-america-13525)
Answer: Option A
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/an-operating-system-13526)
Sponsored by
Open
w57.in
(https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=2&page=13)
1 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=2)
2 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=2&page=2)
3 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=2&page=3)
4 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=2&page=4)
5 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=2&page=5)
6 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=2&page=6)
(https://www.examveda.com/) Login
(https://www.examv
url=https%3A%2F%
science%2Fpractice
mcq-question-
on-automation-
system%2F%3Fsect
English (https://www.examveda.com/mcq-question-on-competitive-english/)
Call Us Now
Section 1 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=1)
Section 2 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=2)
Section 3 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=3)
Section 4 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=4)
1. A programmable controller:
Answer: Option D
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/a-programmable-controller-13527)
A. random-access storage
B. a processor
C. a large address
D. a set of functions
Answer: Option D
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/a-lisp-environment-consists-of-a-language-a-programming-
environ-ment-and-13528)
A. A manipulated variable
B. A controlled variable
Answer: Option D
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/what-is-a-process-variable-13529)
Sponsored by
Open
w57.in
D. a and b above.
Answer: Option A
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/time-proportioning-control-13530)
A. The time it takes for the sensor to respond to a changed.
C. The time it takes for the mass of the process to respond to an input change.
D. All of the above
Answer: Option C
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/what-is-the-process-lag-13531)
Call Us Now
Thinner Walls, And
More. Our Focus Is On
Structural Automotive
Parts. Made In USA.
2 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=3&page=2)
3 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=3&page=3)
4 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=3&page=4)
5 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=3&page=5)
6 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=3&page=6)
(https://www.examveda.com/) Login
(https://www.examv
url=https%3A%2F%
science%2Fpractice
mcq-question-
on-automation-
system%2F%3Fsect
English (https://www.examveda.com/mcq-question-on-competitive-english/)
Section 1 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=1)
Section 2 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=2)
Section 3 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=3)
Section 4 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=4)
6. If the present value in a timer in the TI510 is 8, how many milliseconds is required from the time the timer is started
until the output is enabled?
A. 18
B. 133.36
Answer: Option B
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/if-the-present-value-in-a-timer-in-the-ti510-is-8-how-many-
milliseconds-is-required-from-the-time-the-timer-is-started-until-the-output-is-enabled-13532)
Answer: Option A
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/the-two-types-of-relays-in-a-pc-are-13533)
A. light pen
B. digitiser
Answer: Option B
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/a-common-way-to-take-x-y-coordinates-off-a-drawing-is-to-use-a-
13534)
Sponsored by
Open
w57.in
C. the error signal is summed over a discrete time interval and accumulated by the controller
Answer: Option C
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/how-is-the-integral-mode-implemented-on-a-digital-controller-
13535)
10. Which of the following is not critical in PC CAD software?
A. Crosshatching
B. Layering
C. Drawing/editing
D. Damping
Answer: Option D
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/which-of-the-following-is-not-critical-in-pc-cad-software-13536)
(https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=3)
1 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=3) 2
3 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=3&page=3)
4 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=3&page=4)
5 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=3&page=5)
(https://www.examveda.com/) Login
(https://www.examv
url=https%3A%2F%
science%2Fpractice
mcq-question-
on-automation-
system%2F%3Fsect
English (https://www.examveda.com/mcq-question-on-competitive-english/)
Section 1 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=1)
Section 2 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=2)
Section 3 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=3)
Section 4 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=4)
11. Which of the following editor(s) is(are) incorporated into general CAD system?
A. Point Editor
B. Line Editor
Answer: Option D
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/which-of-the-following-editors-isare-incorporated-into-general-
cad-system-13537)
12. A microprocessor:
Answer: Option D
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/a-microprocessor-13538)
13. Which document sums up the general provisions of purchase, terms and agreement, warranties, and maintenance?
A. The contract
Sponsored by
Open
w57.in
14. Which of the plotters listed below eliminates media size limitations?
A. Drum
B. Flatbed
C. Electrostatic
D. Pinch roller
Answer: Option A
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/which-of-the-plotters-listed-below-eliminates-media-size-
limitations-13540)
15. In order to combat foreign competition, U.S. companies are:
A. automating
B. ignoring the situation
Answer: Option A
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/in-order-to-combat-foreign-competition-us-companies-are-13541)
Call Us Now
Thinner Walls, And
More. Our Focus Is On
Structural Automotive
Parts. Made In USA.
(https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=3&page=2)
1 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=3)
2 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=3&page=2)
3
4 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=3&page=4)
5 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=3&page=5)
(https://www.examveda.com/) Login
(https://www.examv
url=https%3A%2F%
science%2Fpractice
mcq-question-
on-automation-
system%2F%3Fsect
English (https://www.examveda.com/mcq-question-on-competitive-english/)
Section 1 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=1)
Section 2 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=2)
Section 3 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=3)
Section 4 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=4)
Answer: Option D
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/historically-central-systems-were-used-because-13542)
A. solids modeling
B. 2-D drawings
C. circuit simulation
Answer: Option B
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/most-current-pc-cad-systems-are-used-for-producing-13543)
C. self-contained in that raw materials enter the process and an identifiable products exits the process.
Answer & Solution
Answer: Option C
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/a-continuous-process-is-13544)
19. The rate at which scanning is repeated is called the:
A. stroke rate
B. refresh rate
C. bandwidth
D. resolution
Answer: Option B
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/the-rate-at-which-scanning-is-repeated-is-called-the-13545)
20. One of the following is not considered a method of input control in a CAD system.
A. Joystick
D. Touch terminal
Answer: Option C
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/one-of-the-following-is-not-considered-a-method-of-input-control-
in-a-cad-system-13546)
(https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=3&page=3)
1 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=3)
2 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=3&page=2)
3 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=3&page=3)
5 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=3&page=5)
6 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=3&page=6)
7 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=3&page=7)
8 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=3&page=8)
(https://www.examveda.com/) Login
(https://www.examv
url=https%3A%2F%
science%2Fpractice
mcq-question-
on-automation-
system%2F%3Fsect
English (https://www.examveda.com/mcq-question-on-competitive-english/)
Section 1 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=1)
Section 2 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=2)
Section 3 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=3)
Section 4 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=4)
A. operating system
B. compiler
C. interpreter
Ad The Bot Wizard - RPA/AI/ML Training
D. translator
thebotwiz.com Visit Site
E. None of the above
Answer: Option A
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/which-part-of-the-system-performs-the-housekeeping-chores-
13547)
22. The greatest change as a result of CAD/CAM is taking place in which industry?
A. Medical
B. Aerospace
C. Electronics
D. Cartography
Answer: Option C
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/the-greatest-change-as-a-result-of-cadcam-is-taking-place-in-
which-industry-13548)
A. Office clerks
B. Factory workers
D. Robots
Leggera Technologies
Precision Molded
Magnesium Delivers Net
Shaped Parts, Superior
Material Properties,
Answer: Option D
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/for-a-type-1-system-the-steady-state-13550)
25. Several objectives are required to achieve a successful data base management program. These are availability of data,
quality of data, and
A. compatibility of data
B. transmission of data
C. desirability of data
D. up-to-date data
Answer: Option D
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/several-objectives-are-required-to-achieve-a-successful-data-
base-management-program-these-are-availability-of-data-quality-of-data-and-13551)
Sponsored by
Open
w57.in
(https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=3&page=4)
1 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=3)
2 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=3&page=2)
3 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=3&page=3)
4 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=3&page=4)
(https://www.examveda.com/) Login
(https://www.examv
url=https%3A%2F%
science%2Fpractice
mcq-question-
on-automation-
system%2F%3Fsect
English (https://www.examveda.com/mcq-question-on-competitive-english/)
Section 1 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=1)
Section 2 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=2)
Section 3 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=3)
Section 4 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=4)
26. Which of the following is required for a plotter to perform specific commands?
A. Firmware
B. Software
C. Driver
Ad Turbo Industries Pvt. Ltd.
D. Hardware
turbogroup.in Visit Site
E. None of the above
Answer: Option C
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/which-of-the-following-is-required-for-a-plotter-to-perform-
specific-commands-13552)
Answer: Option D
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/for-a-type-2-system-the-steady-state-13553)
A. The beam constantly travels across the screen to turn on/off a series of pixels.
D. Creates images on the screen by scanning straight-line vectors between selected points.
Answer: Option D
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/the-refresh-vector-crt-uses-which-of-the-following-techniques-
13554)
Sponsored by
Open
w57.in
29. A set of well-defined procedures based on mathematical and geometric formulas for solving a problem in a finite
number of steps is called:
A. a permutation
B. an algorithm
C. arithmetic logic
D. a geometric model
Answer: Option B
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/a-set-of-well-defined-procedures-based-on-mathematical-and-
geometric-formulas-for-solving-a-problem-in-a-finite-number-of-steps-is-called-13555)
B. expensive to alter
Answer: Option A
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/a-flexible-manufacturing-system-may-be-13556)
(https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=3&page=5)
1 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=3)
2 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=3&page=2)
3 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=3&page=3)
4 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=3&page=4)
(https://www.examveda.com/) Login
(https://www.examv
url=https%3A%2F%
science%2Fpractice
mcq-question-
on-automation-
system%2F%3Fsect
English (https://www.examveda.com/mcq-question-on-competitive-english/)
Section 1 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=1)
Section 2 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=2)
Section 3 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=3)
Section 4 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=4)
31. Which of the following elements can be used with a TI510 FC?
A. Drum timer
B. Metronome
C. Cymbal timer
Ad This Diwali Get Home Liebherr
D. Flashing light
Liebherr Appliances Learn More
E. None of the above
Answer: Option A
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/which-of-the-following-elements-can-be-used-with-a-ti510-fc-
13557)
Answer: Option C
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/for-a-type-0-system-the-steady-state-13558)
Answer: Option B
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/an-assembly-language-instruction-13559)
Thixomolded Magnesium
Thinner Walls, And
More. Our Focus Is On
Structural Automotive
Parts. Made In USA.
A. FORTRAN
B. BASIC
C. machine language
D. COBOL
Answer: Option C
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/the-lowest-form-of-computer-language-is-called-13560)
A. a common data base and communications system
Answer: Option A
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/cae-and-cam-are-linked-through-13561)
Sponsored by
Open
w57.in
(https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=3&page=6)
1 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=3)
2 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=3&page=2)
3 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=3&page=3)
4 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=3&page=4)
5 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=3&page=5)
(https://www.examveda.com/) Login
(https://www.examv
url=https%3A%2F%
science%2Fpractice
mcq-question-
on-automation-
system%2F%3Fsect
English (https://www.examveda.com/mcq-question-on-competitive-english/)
Section 1 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=1)
Section 2 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=2)
Section 3 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=3)
Section 4 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=4)
Answer: Option A
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/the-parallel-register-13562)
B. will have more standard industrial application software available in the future.
Answer: Option B
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/microcomputer-based-control-sys-tems-13563)
38. A thermistor:
C. measures temperature
Answer & Solution
Answer: Option C
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/a-thermistor-13564)
Untangle Your Math
Homework
with expert explanations
Answer: Option D
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/the-steady-state-error-is-13565)
40. Many things can be done to minimize downtime loss. Identify two of them.
D. both b and c
Answer: Option D
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/many-things-can-be-done-to-minimize-downtime-loss-identify-
two-of-them-13566)
(https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=3&page=7)
1 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=3)
2 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=3&page=2)
3 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=3&page=3)
4 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=3&page=4)
5 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=3&page=5)
6 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=3&page=6)
7 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=3&page=7)
8
(https://www.examveda.com/) Login
(https://www.examv
url=https%3A%2F%
science%2Fpractice
mcq-question-
on-automation-
system%2F%3Fsect
English (https://www.examveda.com/mcq-question-on-competitive-english/)
Section 1 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=1)
Section 2 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=2)
Section 3 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=3)
Section 4 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=4)
A. Controller
B. Tape input
C. Machine tool
Complete ANSYS Coursework - Work on Projects. Enroll Now
D. All of the above
Join India's No.1 Engg Platform. Work on Projects. Interact with Experts. OPEN
Get Job-Ready skill-lync.com
E. None of the above
Answer: Option D
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/a-typical-nc-system-has-which-of-the-following-components-
13567)
42. Which part of the system allows the user to interact with the compiler? (a) Memory
A. Translator
B. Communications processor
C. Interpreter
Answer: Option D
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/which-part-of-the-system-allows-the-user-to-interact-with-the-
compiler-a-memory-13568)
B. represents the most powerful new industrial automation tool currently on the horizon
Call Us Now
Thinner Walls, And
More. Our Focus Is On
Structural Automotive
Parts. Made In USA.
Answer: Option B
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/direct-numerical-control-means-13570)
Answer: Option D
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/a-proportional-plus-integral-contro-ller-can-13571)
Sponsored by
Open
w57.in
(https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=3&page=8)
1 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=3)
2 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=3&page=2)
3 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=3&page=3)
4 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=3&page=4)
5 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=3&page=5)
(https://www.examveda.com/) Login
(https://www.examv
url=https%3A%2F%
science%2Fpractice
mcq-question-
on-automation-
system%2F%3Fsect
English (https://www.examveda.com/mcq-question-on-competitive-english/)
Section 1 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=1)
Section 2 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=2)
Section 3 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=3)
Section 4 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=4)
Answer: Option C
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/a-pick-and-place-manipulator-is-13572)
A. machine dependent
B. a medium-level language
Answer: Option C
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/fortran-is-13573)
48. Which of the methods below can be used to tell a robot what it is to do?
A. Walk-through
C. Software program
Answer & Solution
Answer: Option D
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/which-of-the-methods-below-can-be-used-to-tell-a-robot-what-it-
is-to-do-13574)
Call Us Now
Thinner Walls, And
More. Our Focus Is On
Structural Automotive
Parts. Made In USA.
49. The processing, which normally consists of a small computer with one or more peripheral devices, connected via a
high-speed line to the large control computer is known as
A. On-line processing
B. Remote-terminal processing
Answer: Option D
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/the-processing-which-normally-consists-of-a-small-computer-
with-one-or-more-peripheral-devices-connected-via-a-high-speed-line-to-the-large-control-computer-is-known-as-13575)
Answer: Option C
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/vlsi-very-large-scale-integrated-circuits-logic-13576)
Sponsored by
Open
w57.in
(https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=3&page=9)
1 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=3)
2 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=3&page=2)
3 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=3&page=3)
4 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=3&page=4)
(https://www.examveda.com/) Login
(https://www.examv
url=https%3A%2F%
science%2Fpractice
mcq-question-
on-automation-
system%2F%3Fsect
English (https://www.examveda.com/mcq-question-on-competitive-english/)
Section 1 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=1)
Section 2 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=2)
Section 3 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=3)
Section 4 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=4)
51. The term used to represent the recycling of unused memory is:
A. garbage collection
B. diagnostic routine
C. memory dump
Ad Ultimate ANSYS Coursework
D. direct memory access
skill-lync.com/ANSYS Visit Site
E. None of the above
Answer: Option A
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/the-term-used-to-represent-the-recycling-of-unused-memory-is-
13577)
A. 500
B. # 50000
C. SUBA
Answer: Option C
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/in-the-instruction-500-suba-50-the-command-field-is-13578)
A. reduces costs
B. improves reliability
C. increases yield
Answer: Option D
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/use-of-modern-control-technology-in-automation-systems-13579)
Thixomolded Magnesium
Thinner Walls, And
More. Our Focus Is On
Structural Automotive
Parts. Made In USA.
54. One of the major benefits of using CAD in tool design is that:
B. tool motions can be checked to see if there is interference between the tool and the object
Answer: Option B
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/one-of-the-major-benefits-of-using-cad-in-tool-design-is-that-
13580)
A. bandwidth
B. response time
C. interlacing
D. scanning
Answer: Option A
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/the-speed-at-which-the-monitor-accepts-data-is-called-13581)
Sponsored by
Open
w57.in
(https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=3&page=10)
1 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=3)
2 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=3&page=2)
3 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=3&page=3)
4 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=3&page=4)
5 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=3&page=5)
(https://www.examveda.com/) Login
(https://www.examv
url=https%3A%2F%
science%2Fpractice
mcq-question-
on-automation-
system%2F%3Fsect
English (https://www.examveda.com/mcq-question-on-competitive-english/)
Section 1 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=1)
Section 2 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=2)
Section 3 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=3)
Section 4 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=4)
56. The chosen language for the Japanese Fifth-Generation Compu-ter Project is:
A. LISP
B. FORTRAN
C. COBOL
Ad SDLTRACE for COBOL
D. PROLOG
sdltrace.com Visit Site
E. None of the above
Answer: Option D
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/the-chosen-language-for-the-japanese-fifth-generation-compu-
ter-project-is-13582)
57. When a computer fetches an instruction, the binary code representing the instruction appears on the:
Answer: Option B
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/when-a-computer-fetches-an-instruction-the-binary-code-
representing-the-instruction-appears-on-the-13583)
B. has a commutator
Sponsored by
Open
w57.in
A. controlled by a program
B. an integrated circuit
C. relatively inexpensive
Answer: Option D
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/a-microprocessor-is-13585)
60. An up/down counter used in a TI510PC has three inputs. Which of the following is not one of them?
A. Count up
B. Count out
C. Reset.
D. Count down
Answer: Option B
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/an-updown-counter-used-in-a-ti510pc-has-three-inputs-which-of-
the-following-is-not-one-of-them-13586)
(https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=3&page=11)
1 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=3)
2 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=3&page=2)
3 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=3&page=3)
4 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=3&page=4)
5 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=3&page=5)
(https://www.examveda.com/) Login
(https://www.examv
url=https%3A%2F%
science%2Fpractice
mcq-question-
on-automation-
system%2F%3Fsect
English (https://www.examveda.com/mcq-question-on-competitive-english/)
Section 1 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=1)
Section 2 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=2)
Section 3 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=3)
Section 4 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=4)
61. If a sine wave has a frequency of 500 Hz, the period in seconds of the sine wave is:
A. 5000
B. 0.003
C. 0.02
Ad Ultimate ANSYS Coursework
D. 0.002.
skill-lync.com/ANSYS Visit Site
E. None of the above
Answer: Option D
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/if-a-sine-wave-has-a-frequency-of-500-hz-the-period-in-seconds-
of-the-sine-wave-is-13587)
Answer: Option A
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/standard-computer-control-products-13588)
63. Skipping every other line and picking up the skipped lines on the second pass is called:
A. interlacing
B. refresh-vector
C. raster-scan
D. stroke writing
Answer: Option A
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/skipping-every-other-line-and-picking-up-the-skipped-lines-on-
the-second-pass-is-called-13589)
Sponsored by
Open
w57.in
A. the human aspect of the environment around the workstation as well as the workstation itself
Answer: Option A
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/ergonomics-refers-to-13590)
65. Artificial intelligence operates on the principle of using a _____ base as opposed to a data base.
A. Character
B. Knowledge
C. PROLOG
D. LISP
Answer: Option B
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/artificial-intelligence-operates-on-the-principle-of-using-a-base-
as-opposed-to-a-data-base-13591)
OPEN
(https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=3&page=12)
1 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=3)
2 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=3&page=2)
3 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=3&page=3)
4 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=3&page=4)
5 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=3&page=5)
(https://www.examveda.com/) Login
(https://www.examv
url=https%3A%2F%
science%2Fpractice
mcq-question-
on-automation-
system%2F%3Fsect
English (https://www.examveda.com/mcq-question-on-competitive-english/)
Thixomolded Magnesium
Section 1 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=1)
Section 2 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=2)
Section 3 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=3)
Section 4 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=4)
A. one that integrates both logic and a solid-state sensor into one unit.
B. one that has two or three substrates
Answer: Option A
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/a-smart-solid-state-sensor-is-13592)
Answer: Option C
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/da-digital-to-analog-conversion-13593)
B. analog in nature
Answer & Solution
Answer: Option A
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/most-data-transmission-in-the-future-will-be-13594)
Sponsored by
Open
w57.in
Answer: Option D
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/the-integrated-circuit-13595)
A. the difference between the sensor input and the absolute sensed parameter.
B. the difference between the controller output and the setting of the manipulated variable.
C. the difference between the control setpoint value and the actual value.
D. All of the above
Answer: Option C
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/what-is-offset-error-13596)
Thixomolded Magnesium
Thinner Walls, And
More. Our Focus Is On
Structural Automotive
Parts. Made In USA.
(https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=3&page=13)
1 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=3)
2 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=3&page=2)
3 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=3&page=3)
4 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=3&page=4)
5 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=3&page=5)
(https://www.examveda.com/) Login
(https://www.examv
url=https%3A%2F%
science%2Fpractice
mcq-question-
on-automation-
system%2F%3Fsect
English (https://www.examveda.com/mcq-question-on-competitive-english/)
Section 1 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=1)
Section 2 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=2)
Section 3 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=3)
Section 4 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=4)
A. automated warehouses
B. numerically controlled machine tools
C. robotics
Ad Ultimate ANSYS Coursework
D. All of the above
skill-lync.com/ANSYS Visit Site
E. None of the above
Answer: Option D
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/which-of-the-following-may-be-classified-as-an-automation-
system-13597)
A. + 0.0005 inches
B. + 0.05 inches
C. 0.008 inches
D. 3%
Answer: Option A
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/the-accuracy-of-a-pick-and-place-robot-can-be-as-good-as-
13598)
3. The difference between CAD and CAM is that CAD software is directed at product design while CAM software is:
Sponsored by
Open
w57.in
4. Localizing an object in an image and selectively analyzing the object in a series of redundant layers is referred to as
the:
A. Turing test
B. pyramid
C. Gaussian pyramid
D. Maxwell pyramid
Answer: Option C
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/localizing-an-object-in-an-image-and-selectively-analyzing-the-
object-in-a-series-of-redundant-layers-is-referred-to-as-the-13600)
Answer: Option A
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/in-the-operation-of-a-programmable-controller-13601)
Refurbished Robots
OPEN
2 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=4&page=2)
3 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=4&page=3)
4 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=4&page=4)
5 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=4&page=5)
(https://www.examveda.com/) Login
(https://www.examv
url=https%3A%2F%
science%2Fpractice
mcq-question-
on-automation-
system%2F%3Fsect
English (https://www.examveda.com/mcq-question-on-competitive-english/)
Section 1 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=1)
Section 2 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=2)
Section 3 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=3)
Section 4 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=4)
Answer: Option D
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/the-concept-of-a-general-cad-system-was-that-it-should-provide-
13602)
7. The insect type robot Attila is a more competent version of the robot Genghis an weights 1.7 kg. What is the number of
microprocessors carried by its body?
A. 15
B. 10
C. 33
D. 15
Answer: Option B
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/the-insect-type-robot-attila-is-a-more-competent-version-of-the-
robot-genghis-an-weights-17-kg-what-is-the-number-of-microprocessors-carried-by-its-body-13603)
A. walking through your suggested procedure with your supervisor prior to programming
Answer: Option B
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/the-walk-through-method-of-programming-a-robot-involves-
13604)
Thixomolded Magnesium
Precision Molded
Magnesium Delivers Net
Shaped Parts, Superior
Material Properties,
9. Which of the following is often used as an alternative to the light pen or in association with storage tube displays?
A. Digitiser
B. Track ball
C. Mouse
D. Tablet
Answer: Option D
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/the-general-cad-system-was-development-by-considering-a-wide-
range-of-possible-uses-of-such-a-system-13606)
(https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=4)
1 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=4) 2
3 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=4&page=3)
(https://www.examveda.com/) Login
(https://www.examv
url=https%3A%2F%
science%2Fpractice
mcq-question-
on-automation-
system%2F%3Fsect
English (https://www.examveda.com/mcq-question-on-competitive-english/)
Thixomolded Magnesium
Section 1 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=1)
Section 2 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=2)
Section 3 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=3)
Section 4 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=4)
C. most industrial control personnel are familiar with relay ladder logic diagrams and this is the easiest for them to use
Ad Ultimate ANSYS Coursework
D. All of the above
skill-lync.com/ANSYS Visit Site
E. None of the above
Answer: Option C
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/relay-ladder-logic-is-used-in-a-pc-because-13607)
Answer: Option D
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/the-end-effector-of-a-robot-13608)
Answer & Solution
Answer: Option B
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/the-program-execution-time-13609)
Sponsored by
Open
w57.in
Answer: Option A
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/one-advantage-of-a-pc-in-industrial-control-is-that-it-13610)
Answer: Option D
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/an-operating-system-13611)
(https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=4&page=2)
1 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=4)
2 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=4&page=2)
4 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=4&page=4)
5 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=4&page=5)
6 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=4&page=6)
(https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=4&page=4)
(https://www.examveda.com/) Login
(https://www.examv
url=https%3A%2F%
science%2Fpractice
mcq-question-
on-automation-
system%2F%3Fsect
English (https://www.examveda.com/mcq-question-on-competitive-english/)
Section 1 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=1)
Section 2 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=2)
Section 3 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=3)
Section 4 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=4)
16. When one must sell a project to management, the most important document he or she can produce is a:
C. project evaluation
Answer: Option C
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/when-one-must-sell-a-project-to-management-the-most-
important-document-he-or-she-can-produce-is-a-13612)
A. Software
B. A laser printer
C. A color monitor
D. A graphics board
Answer: Option A
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/what-is-required-to-enable-the-pc-to-emulate-a-graphics-terminal-
13613)
18. Which type of digitizer measures a wave traveling at the speed of sound?
A. Electrostatic
B. Sonic
C. Digitizing sr amer
D. Caparitive
Sponsored by
Open
w57.in
19. An encoder:
Answer: Option B
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/an-encoder-13615)
20. Operator interaction directly with the CRT is accomplished via:
A. a digitizing tablet
B. vector scanning
C. a stylus
D. a touch terminal
Answer: Option D
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/operator-interaction-directly-with-the-crt-is-accomplished-via-
13616)
(https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=4&page=3)
1 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=4)
2 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=4&page=2)
3 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=4&page=3)
4
5 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=4&page=5)
(https://www.examveda.com/) Login
(https://www.examv
url=https%3A%2F%
science%2Fpractice
mcq-question-
on-automation-
system%2F%3Fsect
English (https://www.examveda.com/mcq-question-on-competitive-english/)
Section 1 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=1)
Section 2 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=2)
Section 3 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=3)
Section 4 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=4)
21. What two disciplines are usually tied by a common data base?
Answer: Option B
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/what-two-disciplines-are-usually-tied-by-a-common-data-base-
13617)
A. Dot-matrix Printer
B. Plotter
C. Laser Printer
D. Line Printer
Answer: Option B
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/which-of-the-following-is-a-graphical-output-device-13618)
23. A display of a volume model that shows all of its edges is called a:
A. surface model
B. 3-D model
C. wire-frame
D. solid model
Answer: Option C
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/a-display-of-a-volume-model-that-shows-all-of-its-edges-is-
called-a-13619)
Sponsored by
Open
w57.in
A. is difficult to program
Answer: Option D
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/a-sequence-controller-13620)
25. Having compatibility and commonality in and between vendors' equipment is called:
A. registration
B. standardization
C. integration
D. networking
Answer: Option B
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/having-compatibility-and-commonality-in-and-between-vendors-
equipment-is-called-13621)
(https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=4&page=4)
1 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=4)
2 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=4&page=2)
3 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=4&page=3)
4 (https://www.examveda.com:443/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?
section=4&page=4)
5
(https://www.examveda.com/) Login
(https://www.examv
url=https%3A%2F%
science%2Fpractice
mcq-question-
on-automation-
system%2F%3Fsect
English (https://www.examveda.com/mcq-question-on-competitive-english/)
Section 1 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=1)
Section 2 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=2)
Section 3 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=3)
Section 4 (https://www.examveda.com/computer-science/practice-mcq-question-on-automation-system/?section=4)
Answer: Option D
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/programmable-controllers-13622)
A. Input
B. Arithmetic
C. Conditional branching
Answer: Option D
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board (https://www.examveda.com/which-of-the-following-are-kinds-of-instructions-13623)
Call Us Now
Precision Molded
Magnesium Delivers Net
Shaped Parts, Superior
Material Properties,
Computer Graphics 2D Translation
1. A translation is applied to an object by
a) Repositioning it along with straight line path
b) Repositioning it along with circular path
c) Only b
d) All of the mentioned
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: A translation is applied to an object by repositioning it along with straight line path from one location to
another.
4. In 2D-translation, a point (x, y) can move to the new position (x’, y’) by using the equation
a) x’=x+dx and y’=y+dx
b) x’=x+dx and y’=y+dy
c) X’=x+dy and Y’=y+dx
d) X’=x-dx and y’=y-dy
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: By adding translation distance dx and dy to its originsl position (x, y) we can obtain a new position (x’,
y’).
Answer: b
Explanation: By translating the center coordinates and redraw the figure in new location we can change the position
of a circle or ellipse.
2D Rotation
1. A two dimensional rotation is applied to an object by
a) Repositioning it along with straight line path
b) Repositioning it along with circular path
c) Only b
d) Any of the mentioned
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: A two dimensional rotation is applied to an object by repositioning it along with circular path.
4. The rotation axis that is perpendicular to the xy plane and passes through the pivot point is known as
a) Rotation
b) Translation
c) Scaling
d) Shearing
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The rotation transformation is also described as a rotation about a rotation axis that is perpendicular to
the xy plane and passes through the pivot point.
5. The original coordinates of the point in polor coordinates are
a) X’=r cos (Ф +ϴ) and Y’=r cos (Ф +ϴ)
b) X’=r cos (Ф +ϴ) and Y’=r sin (Ф +ϴ)
c) X’=r cos (Ф -ϴ) and Y’=r cos (Ф -ϴ)
d) X’=r cos (Ф +ϴ) and Y’=r sin (Ф -ϴ)
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The original coordinates of the point in polor coordinates are X’=r cos (Ф +ϴ) and Y’=r sin (Ф +ϴ).
7. ________ is the rigid body transformation that moves object without deformation.
a) Translation
b) Scaling
c) Rotation
d) Shearing
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: Rotation is the rigid body transformation that moves object without deformation.
2D Scaling
This section of our 1000+ Computer Graphics multiple choice questions focuses on 2D Scaling.
1. The transformation that is used to alter the size of an object is
a) Scaling
b) Rotation
c) Translation
d) Reflection
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Scaling is used to alter the size of an object.
5. If the scaling factors values sx and sy are assigned to the same value then
a) Uniform rotation is produced
b) Uniform scaling is produced
c) Scaling cannot be done
d) Scaling can be done or cannot be done
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: When sx and sy are assigned the same value then uniform scaling is produced that maintains relative
object proportions.
6. If the scaling factors values sx and sy are assigned to unequal values then
a) Uniform rotation is produced
b) Uniform scaling is produced
c) Differential scaling is produced
d) Scaling cannot be done
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: Unequal values for sx and sy results in differential scaling that is often used in design applications.
5. If point are expressed in homogeneous coordinates then the pair of (x, y) is represented as
a) (x’, y’, z’)
b) (x, y, z)
c) (x’, y’, w)
d) (x’, y’, w)
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: If point are expressed in homogeneous coordinates then we add 3rd coordinate to the point (x, y), that is
represented as (x’, y’, w).
7. We can combine the multiplicative and translational terms for 2D into a single matrix representation by expanding
a) 2 by 2 matrix into 4*4 matrix
b) 2 by 2 matrix into 3*3
c) 3 by 3 matrix into 2 by 2
d) Only c
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: We can combine the multiplicative and translational terms for 2D into a single matrix representation by
expanding 2 by 2 matrix representation into 3 by 3.
16. For 1-D bar elements if the structure is having 3 nodes then the
stiffness matrix formed is having an order of
(A) 2*2
(B) 3*3
(C) 4*4
(D) 6*6
17. To find the nodal displacements in all parts of the element, ______are
used.
(A) shape function
(B) node function
(C) element function
(D) coordinate function
18. The nature of loading at various locations and other surfaces conditions
called
(A) boundary condition
(B) traction
(C) friction
(D) surfacing
19. The truss element can resist only
(A) axial force
(B) surface force
(C) point load
(D) none of the above
25. Which of the following is not a method for calculation of the stiffness
matrix?
(A) The minimum potential energy principle
(B) Galerkin's principle
(C) Weighted residual method
(D) Inverse matrix method
26. For thermal analysis, the field variable is _________.
(A) stress
(B) strain
(C) displacement
(D) temperature
30. Elements with an aspect ratio of near to ______ generally yield best
results in FEA.
(A) 0 (B) 0.5
(C) 1 (D) 2
31. In truss analysis, the reactions can be found by using the equation
______.
(A) R=KQ+F (B) R=KQ-F
32. As per the penalty approach, the equation of reaction force is _____.
(A) R = -CQ (B) R = CQ
a. inventory control.
d. plant management
A computer-driven system for analyzing and projecting materials needs and then scheduling
their arrival at the workstation at the right time is called:
a. material requirement planning.
b. just in time (JIT) inventory control.
c. CAD.
d. CAM.
An approach that tries to match the output of manufacturing with market demand, in order to
minimize inventories is called:
a. JIT.
b. MRP.
c. CAD.
d. CAM.
The use of computers to draw plans for a product or service applying pre-programmed
parameters that describe the desired finished product is called:
a. computer aided engineering.
b. computer aided manufacturing.
c. computer aided design.
d. flexible manufacturing system.
The use of computers to control the operation of production process is known as:
a. CAD.
b. CAE.
c. CAM.
d. CAQ.
1. Which of the following code will give point to point movement?
a) G00
b) G01
c) G56
d) G94
4. Which of the following code is used to give input of cutter offset data?
a) G30
b) G20
c) G10
d) G04
7. Which of the following code will change specified input values in millimeters?
a) G01
b) G00
c) G20
d) G24
8. The device, fed to the control unit of NC machine tool which sends the position
command signals to sideway transmission elements of the machine, is called as
a. controller
b. tape
c. feedback unit
d. none of the above
9. In NC (Numerical Control) machine tool, the position feedback package is
connected between
10. Which of the following options is correct for the control unit and panel of NC
(Numerical Control) and CNC (Computer Numerical Control) machine tools?
a. The control unit of NC machine tool works in ON-line mode and the control
unit of CNC machine tool works in batch processing mode
b. The control unit of NC machine tool works in batch processing mode and the
control unit of CNC machine tool works in ON-line mode
c. The control units of both NC and CNC machines work in ON-line mode
d. The control units of both NC and CNC machines work in batch processing
mode
11. In CNC machine tool, the part program entered into the computer memory
14. The machine tool, in which calculation and setting of the operating conditions
like depth of cut, feed, speed are done during the machining by the control
system itself, is called
18. In how many ways CNC machine tool systems can be classified?
a) 2
b) 3
c) 4
d) 5
22. An absolute NC system is one in which all position coordinates are referred to
one fixed origin called the zero point.
a) True
b) False
ubaidbahussain@gmail.com
7350715191/9420014590
Prof. Shaikh Ubaid
M.Tech (Mech – PLM), Assistant Professor, Mechanical Engineering Department
JSPM’s Imperial College of Engineering & Research, Pune
I. Zero, II. discrete and continuous III. variational IV. homogeneous solution and a particular
solution V. Discretization Vi) Nodes
A) Three
B) Two
C) One
D) Four
Page 1
Prof. Shaikh Ubaid
M.Tech (Mech – PLM), Assistant Professor, Mechanical Engineering Department
JSPM’s Imperial College of Engineering & Research, Pune
A) Noble, Global
B) Local, Non-Local
C) Local, Global
D) Total, Sub-Total
A) [B]
B) [Q]
C) [K]
D) [A]
A) E.Bq
B) D.q
C) B.q
D) E.q
A) [K]
B) [C]
C) [B]
D) [Q]
Page 2
Prof. Shaikh Ubaid
M.Tech (Mech – PLM), Assistant Professor, Mechanical Engineering Department
JSPM’s Imperial College of Engineering & Research, Pune
Experimental methods
Analytical methods
Numerical methods or approximate methods
1D element
2D element
3D element
Preprocessing
Analysis
Post Processing
Page 3
Prof. Shaikh Ubaid
M.Tech (Mech – PLM), Assistant Professor, Mechanical Engineering Department
JSPM’s Imperial College of Engineering & Research, Pune
Displacement at each nodal point is obtained. By these displacements solution stress and strain
in each element can be calculated.
Temperature or fluid pressure at each nodal point is obtained. By using these values properties
such as heat flow fluid flow for each element can be calculated.
What are the methods are generally associated with the finite element analysis?
Force method
Displacement or stiffness method.
Analysis and evaluation of the solution result is referred to as post processing. Postprocessor
computer program help the user to interpret the result by displaying them in graphical form.
Ritz method.
Ray-Leigh Ritz method.
When the force or reaction act at nodal point node is subjected to deformation. The deformation
includes displacement rotation, and or strains. These are collectively known as degrees of
freedom
Page 4
Prof. Shaikh Ubaid
M.Tech (Mech – PLM), Assistant Professor, Mechanical Engineering Department
JSPM’s Imperial College of Engineering & Research, Pune
It is integral approach method which is useful for solving complex structural problem,
encountered in finite element analysis. This method is possible only if a suitable function is
available.
It is defined as the ratio of the largest dimension of the element to the smallest dimension. In
many cases, as the aspect ratio increases the in accuracy of the solution increases. The
conclusion of many researches is that the aspect ratio
It is used to improve the accuracy of the finite element method. In h version, the order of
polynomial approximation for all elements is kept constant and the numbers of elements are
increased. In p version, the numbers of elements are maintained constant and the order of
polynomial approximation of element is increased.
Required result can be obtained in graphical form. Contour diagrams can be used to understand
the solution easily and quickly.
Page 5
Prof. Shaikh Ubaid
M.Tech (Mech – PLM), Assistant Professor, Mechanical Engineering Department
JSPM’s Imperial College of Engineering & Research, Pune
Local axes are established in an element. Since it is in the element level, they change with the
change in orientation of the element. The direction differs from element to element. Global axes
are defined for the entire system. They are same in direction for all the elements even though
the elements are differently oriented.
If a system has finite number of degree of freedom (q1,q2,and q3), then the potential energy
expressed as, π = f (q1,q2,and q3)
It is known as function. If a system has infinite degrees of freedom then the potential energy is
expressed as
What are the basic steps involved in the finite element modeling.
Discretization of structure.
Numbering of nodes.
What is discretization?
1. In a banded matrix all of the ________ elements are contained within a band
2. The Local and Global Coordinate system is introduced in___________
3. The number of nodes of a quadratic one dimensional elements are_________
4. The bar element has__________________DOF at each node
5. The shape functions used here are called_________ functions.
Answers
Page 6
Prof. Shaikh Ubaid
M.Tech (Mech – PLM), Assistant Professor, Mechanical Engineering Department
JSPM’s Imperial College of Engineering & Research, Pune
i) In which of the following elements, the displacement of the nodes of the element always
takes place in one direction
A) 1D Elements
B) 2D Elements
C) 3D Elements
D) None of the these
A) One degree
B) Two Degrees
C) Three degrees
D) All of these
Page 7
Prof. Shaikh Ubaid
M.Tech (Mech – PLM), Assistant Professor, Mechanical Engineering Department
JSPM’s Imperial College of Engineering & Research, Pune
Answers
Write down the expression of shape function N and displacement u for one dimensional bar
element.
U= N1u1+N2u2
N1= 1-X / l
N2 = X / l
Among all the displacement equations that satisfied internal compatibility and the boundary
condition those that also satisfy the equation of equilibrium make the potential energy a
minimum is a stable system.
v) The deformed shape of beam is specified by__________ and__________ of the beam. (2.66)
Page 8
Prof. Shaikh Ubaid
M.Tech (Mech – PLM), Assistant Professor, Mechanical Engineering Department
JSPM’s Imperial College of Engineering & Research, Pune
Answers
A) One
B) Two
C) Three
D) Four
A) Link
B) Bar
C) Beam
D) Truss
iii) Shape Function for beam eliminate differ from bar element because of it involves
A) Nodal Displacements
B) Nodal Rotations
C) Nodal Displacements and Nodal Rotations
D) All of above
A) Cubic Order
B) Quadratic Order
C) Quartic Order
D) Quadrilateral Order
Page 9
Prof. Shaikh Ubaid
M.Tech (Mech – PLM), Assistant Professor, Mechanical Engineering Department
JSPM’s Imperial College of Engineering & Research, Pune
A) Transverse Loading
B) Axial Loading
C) Longitudinal Loading
D) None of these
Answers
iii) Strain energy for a truss element in local coordinate is given by…………
Answers
A) Cosθ, Cosθ,
B) Cosθ, Sinθ
C) Sinθ,Cosθ
D) Sinθ,Sinθ
A) Link
B) Bar
C) Beam
D) Truss
Page
10
Prof. Shaikh Ubaid
M.Tech (Mech – PLM), Assistant Professor, Mechanical Engineering Department
JSPM’s Imperial College of Engineering & Research, Pune
What is truss?
The truss elements are the part of a truss structure linked together by point joint which
transmits only axial force to the element.
Chapter 5: 2D Elements
ii) The relationship between the unit and natural coordinates is_____________________
i) The stiffness matrix for C.S.T element using potential energy approach is given by General
formula as
A) K=tATBDB
B) K=tABDTB
C) K=tABDBT
D) K=tABTDB
Page
11
Prof. Shaikh Ubaid
M.Tech (Mech – PLM), Assistant Professor, Mechanical Engineering Department
JSPM’s Imperial College of Engineering & Research, Pune
ii) A thin planner body is subjected to in plane loading on its edge surface is set to be in
A) True Stress
B) True Strain
C) Plane Stress
D) Plane Strain
iv) A body is in equilibrium if internal virtual works equals the external virtual work for
every kinematically admissible displacement field *φ,ԑ(φ)+ is statement of
A body force is distributed force acting on every elemental volume of the body Unit: Force per
unit volume.
Page
12
Prof. Shaikh Ubaid
M.Tech (Mech – PLM), Assistant Professor, Mechanical Engineering Department
JSPM’s Imperial College of Engineering & Research, Pune
Traction force is defined as distributed force acting on the surface of the body. Unit: Force per
unit area.
Example: Frictional resistance, viscous drag, surface shear
Local coordinates
Natural coordinates
The points in the entire structure are defined using coordinates system is known as global
coordinate system.
A natural coordinate system is used to define any point inside the element by a set of
dimensionless number whose magnitude never exceeds unity. This system is very useful in
assembling of stiffness matrices.
It has unit value at one nodal point and zero value at other nodal points. The sum of shape
function is equal to one.
Page
13
Prof. Shaikh Ubaid
M.Tech (Mech – PLM), Assistant Professor, Mechanical Engineering Department
JSPM’s Imperial College of Engineering & Research, Pune
Differentiation and integration of polynomial are quit easy. The accuracy of the result can be
improved by increasing the order of the polynomial. It is easy to formulate and computerize the
finite element equations.
Global stiffness matrix size = Number of nodes X Degrees of freedom per node
Six nodded triangular elements are known as LST. It has twelve unknown displacement
degrees of freedom. The displacement function for the elements are quadratic instead of linear
as in the CST.
Ten nodded triangular elements are known as Quadratic strain triangle. It is also called as
cubic displacement triangle.
Plane stress is defined to be a state of stress in which the normal stress and shear stress directed
perpendicular to the plane are assumed to be zero.
Many three dimensional problem in engineering exhibit symmetry about an axis of rotation
such type of problem are solved by special two dimensional element called the axisymmetric
element
Page
14
Prof. Shaikh Ubaid
M.Tech (Mech – PLM), Assistant Professor, Mechanical Engineering Department
JSPM’s Imperial College of Engineering & Research, Pune
Give the stiffness matrix equation for an axisymmetric triangular element. Stiffness matrix
ii) If order of shape function for geometric configuration is equal to the order of shape function
then such element is called as…………….
iii) If order of shape function for geometric configuration is lesser than the order of shape
function then such element is called as…………….
iv) If order of shape function for geometric configuration is greater to the order of shape
function then such element is called as…………….
Answers: i) curved boundries ii) isoparametric element iii) sub-parametric element iv) super
parametric element
A) N1 = A1/A
B) N1 = A/A1
C) N1 = A1/N
D) N1 = N/A
Page
15
Prof. Shaikh Ubaid
M.Tech (Mech – PLM), Assistant Professor, Mechanical Engineering Department
JSPM’s Imperial College of Engineering & Research, Pune
A) 1
B) 2
C) 3
D) None of the above
A) Triangular Elements
B) Tetrahedron Element
C) Rectangular Elements
D) None of the above
A) One
B) Two
C) Three
D) None of the above
It is difficult to represent the curved boundaries by straight edges finite elements. A large
number of finite elements may be used to obtain reasonable resemblance between original body
and the assemblage.
Page
16
Prof. Shaikh Ubaid
M.Tech (Mech – PLM), Assistant Professor, Mechanical Engineering Department
JSPM’s Imperial College of Engineering & Research, Pune
If the number of nodes used for defining the geometry is more than of nodes used for defining
the displacement is known as super parametric element
If the number of nodes used for defining the geometry is less than number of nodes used for
defining the displacement is known as sub parametric element.
If the number of nodes used for defining the geometry is same as number of nodes used for
defining the displacement is known as Isoparametric element.
Beam element is not an Isoparametric element since the geometry and displacement are
defined by different order interpretation functions.
What is the difference between natural coordinate and simple natural coordinate?
L1 = 1-x/l
L2 = x/l
Page
17
Prof. Shaikh Ubaid
M.Tech (Mech – PLM), Assistant Professor, Mechanical Engineering Department
JSPM’s Imperial College of Engineering & Research, Pune
iii) When we calculate area integration by………………., the area is divided in number of strips.
iv) The two values of y with respect to x are y1= …….. and y2=……. in Gauss Legendre two
point formula.
Answers: i) Gauss Legendre Quadraryre Method ii) Trapezoidal Rule and Simpson (1/3rd )Rule
iii) Newton Cotes Method iv) f(x1) and f(x2)
Page
18
Prof. Shaikh Ubaid
M.Tech (Mech – PLM), Assistant Professor, Mechanical Engineering Department
JSPM’s Imperial College of Engineering & Research, Pune
Answers: i) Three ii) Thermal Energy iii) extended iv) Fouriers Law of Conduction
i) Convection is the heat transfer process by which the thermal energy is transferred between
ii) For transfer of energy from one region to another through solid medium required
A) Pressure Difference
B) Temperature Difference
C) Pressure Rise
D) None of the above
Page
19
Prof. Shaikh Ubaid
M.Tech (Mech – PLM), Assistant Professor, Mechanical Engineering Department
JSPM’s Imperial College of Engineering & Research, Pune
A) Conduction
B) Convection
C) Both Conduction and Convection
D) None of the above
iv) How many kind of Boundry Conditions are there in Heat Transfer problems
A) One
B) Two
C) Three
D) None of the above
States the assumption are made while finding the forces in a truss.
A body is in equilibrium if the internal virtual work equals the external virtual work for the
every kinematically admissible displacement field
Primary boundary condition or EBC Boundary condition which in terms of field variable is
known as Primary boundary condition.
Secondary boundary natural boundary conditions which are in the differential form of field
variable is known as secondary boundary condition
Page
20
Prof. Shaikh Ubaid
M.Tech (Mech – PLM), Assistant Professor, Mechanical Engineering Department
JSPM’s Imperial College of Engineering & Research, Pune
iii) The Maximum displacement from the equilibrium position is called as……………
v) The………………………of the bridge is the Eigen value of the smallest magnitude of a system
that models the bridge.
Answers: i) Equilibrium ii) Free Vibration iii) Amplitude iv) Eigen Values v) The Natural
Frequency
A) Vibration
B) Amplitude
C) Frequency
D) None of the above
ii) The vibration which is under the influence of continuous external excitation is called as
A) Forced Vibration
B) Natural Frequency
C) Free Vibration
D) None of the above
A) mx+cx+Kx = 0
B) mx+cx = 0
C) cx+Kx = 0
D) None of the above
Page
21
Prof. Shaikh Ubaid
M.Tech (Mech – PLM), Assistant Professor, Mechanical Engineering Department
JSPM’s Imperial College of Engineering & Research, Pune
A) [K]-λ*M+=0
B) [K]- [M]=0
C) λ*M+=0
D) None of the above
Static analysis: The solution of the problem does not vary with time is known as static analysis
Example: stress analysis on a beam
Dynamic analysis: The solution of the problem varies with time is known as dynamic analysis
Required result can be obtained in graphical form. Contour diagrams can be used to understand
the solution easily and quickly.
It is used to improve the accuracy of the finite element method. In h version, the order of
polynomial approximation for all elements is kept constant and the numbers of elements are
increased. In p version, the numbers of elements are maintained constant and the order of
polynomial approximation of element is increased.
Concentrated load acting point Cross- section changing point Different material inter junction
point
Sudden change in point load
Page
22
Prof. Shaikh Ubaid
M.Tech (Mech – PLM), Assistant Professor, Mechanical Engineering Department
JSPM’s Imperial College of Engineering & Research, Pune
Answers:
i) σ1=
ii) Discretize the problem.
iii) Work requirement
iv) CAD geometries
A) Ansys
B) Creo
C) Pamcrash
D) None of the above
A) Ansys
B) Creo
C) Hypermesh
D) None of the above
Page
23
Prof. Shaikh Ubaid
M.Tech (Mech – PLM), Assistant Professor, Mechanical Engineering Department
JSPM’s Imperial College of Engineering & Research, Pune
ANSYS can import all kinds of CAD geometries (3D and 2D) from different CAD
software's and perform simulations, and also it has the capability of creating one
effortlessly.
ANSYS has inbuilt CAD developing software's like Design Modeler and Space Claim
which makes the work flow even smoother.
Page
24
Prof. Shaikh Ubaid
M.Tech (Mech – PLM), Assistant Professor, Mechanical Engineering Department
JSPM’s Imperial College of Engineering & Research, Pune
All 2D approximations like plane stress criteria, plane strain criteria, axis symmetric
criteria reduce 3D problems into 2D problems.
Page
25
G&M Codes
C G & M Codes
Mill G Codes
G00 Rapid Positioning Motion (X , Y , Z , A , B )
C-1
Mastercam Handbook Volume 1
Appendix C
C-2 Mastercam X2
G&M Codes
Mill M Codes
M00 Program Stop
M08 Coolant ON
C-3
Mastercam Handbook Volume 1
Appendix C
Notes:
C-4 Mastercam X2
Faculty of Degree Engineering-083
Department of Mechanical Engineering – 19
7. By which ,we can take a view of an object from different directions and different distances
a) Projection
b) Rotation
c) Translation
d) Scaling
8. Parallel projection shows the
a) True image of an object
b) True size of an object
c) True shape of an object
d) all of these
9. Projection rays(projectors) emanate from a
a) COP(centre of projection )
b) Intersect projection plane
c) Both a & b
d) None of these
10. The centre of projection for parallel projectors is at
a) Zero
b) Infinity
c) One
d) None of these
11. In orthographic projection, engineering use
a) Top view of an object
b) Front view of an object
c) Side view of an object
d) All of these
12. The orthographic projection that show more than one side of an object are called
a) Axonometric projection
b) Isometric projection
c) Both a & b
d) None of these
13. The projection that can be viewed as the projection that has a centre of projection at a finite
distance from the plane of projection are called
a) Parallel projection
b) Perspective projection
c) Isometric projection
d) None of these
14. The perspective projection is more practical because the distant objects appear
a) Smaller
b) Larger
c) Neither smaller nor larger
d) None of these
15. In choosing the right modeling method, which of the following is a key consideration?
a) software capabilities
b) time to model part
c) accuracy
d) end uses of model
e) all of the above
16. Which of the following is the least likely to benefit from solid modeling?
a) Civil mapping
b) Finite Element Analysis
c) Product design
d) Machine design
17. Which of the following 3D modeling methods cannot be shaded to look like a realistic
object?
a) Surface modeling
b) Solid modeling
c) Parametric modeling
d) Wireframe modeling
18. Wireframe modeling software has the following advantage over solid modeling software:
a) Modeling complex shapes
b) Low-cost
c) Surface area and volume calculations
d) Visualization
19. Which of the following is not a basic method to create a surface model?
a) Boolean operations
b) Revolution
c) Extrusion
d) Spline approximations
20. Which of the following is not a modeling kernel used by many solid modeling software
packages?
a) Parasolid
b) Proprietary
c) CSG
d) None of above
21. The rectangle portion of the interface window that defines where the image will actually
appear are called
a) Transformation viewing
b) View port
c) Clipping window
d) Screen coordinate system
22. A composite transformation matrix can be made by determining the ________of matrix of
the individual transformation
a) Addition
b) Subtraction
c) Product
d) None of these
23. Each successive transformation matrix _________ the product of the preceding
transformation
a) pre-multiples
b) post-multiples
c) both a & b
d) none of these
24. Forming products of transformation matrices is often referred as
a) Composition of matrix
b) Concatenation of matrix
c) Both a & b are same
d) None of these
25. Two consecutive translation transformation t1 and t2 are
a) Additive
b) Subtractive
c) Multiplicative
d) None of these
26. Two consecutive rotation transformation t1 and t2 are
a) Additive
b) Subtractive
c) Multiplicative
d) None of these
27. Two consecutive scaling transformation t1 and t2 are
a) Additive
b) Subtractive
c) Multiplicative
d) None of these
15. The art of subdividing a structure int a convenient number of smaller components isCalled
a) discretization
b) numbering of nodes
c) continumm
d) both a &b
16. A three noded triangular element is called as
a) linear strain triangular element
b) constant strain triangular element
c) varaiable strain triangular element
d) differable strain triangular element
17. The geometry and other parameters of an element in terms of only one spatial coordinate
then the element is
a) 2 dimensional
b) one dimensional
c) three dimensional
d) none
18. The finite element method is mostly used in the field of
a) structural mechanics
b) classical mechanics
c) applied mechanics
d) engg mecahnics
19. FEM cant produce exact results as those of…………methods
a) analytical
b) logical
c) theoritical
d) all the above
20. 16 Sum of all shape functions is equal to
a) Zero
b) -1
c) +1
d) 2
21. The higher order elements are also called as
a) complex elements
b) compound element
c) linear element
d) none
50. The state of stress for a three dimensional body has ——— components.
a) six
b) three
c) two
d) four
51. The determinant of an element stiffness matrix is always
a) one
b) zero
c) depends on size of [K]
d) Two
52. Finite element analysis deals with
a) Approximate numerical solutions
b) Non boundary value problems
c) Partial Differential equations
d) All the above
53. How many nodes are in 3-D brick element
a) 3
b) 6
c) 5
d) 8
54. A Deformable system is in equilibrium, if the first variation in the total P.E of the system is
zero‘refers to
a) theorem of stationary P.E
b) theorem of virtual work
c) theorem of virtual displacement
d) bettis theorem
55. In one of the property of shape function, summation of shape function [Σfi] is
a) n
b) 2n
c) 1
d) 0
56. In case of a truss member if there are 3 nodes and each node 2 DOF, then the order of
Stiffness matrix is
a) 2x2
b) 3x3
c) 2x3
d) 6x6
57. The size of the stiffness matrix is equal to the degree of freedom of the
a) element
b) node
c) shape function
d) beam
58. In FEM the degree of freedom is often called as
a) shape function
b) nodal displacement
c) element matrix
d) coordinates
59. The final global finite element equation for the complete structure can be written in the
Matrix form,
a) {F}=[k]+{u}
b) {F}=[k]-{u}
c) {F=[k]{u}
d) {F=[k]/{u}
60. The number of shape functions will be equal to the number of
a) nodes of element
b) elements of the structure
c) size of the structure
d) coordinates
61. At Fixed support the displacements are equal to ……………………………
a) 1
b) 2
c) 3
d) 0
62. LST element has ________nodes.
a) 3
b) 4
c) 5
d) 6
63. ________ elements are preferred to four node rectangular elements.
a) Triangular
b) square
c) orthogonal
d) None
64. First derivatives of the three node elements are called as,
a) CST
b) LST
c) VST
d) None
65. In CST element ________ is constant.
a) Stress
b) Strain
c) shape function
d) All
66. In local co-ordinate system the nodes of the structure are specified by the _______.
a) Origin
b) End points
c) Any point on the element
d) None
67. In local co-ordinate system ________case letters are preferred.
a) Upper
b) Lower
c) both a & b
d) None
68. The two dimensional elements are called ________elements.
a) Para symmetric
b) dia symmetric
c) Axi symmetric
d) All
69. To convert Cartesian co-ordinates in to local co-ordinates we use_______ matrix method.
a) Crammer
b) Henry
c) Jacobian
d) None
70. If the geometry and field displacement variables of the elements are described by the same
shape functions, then these elements are called___________.
a) Iso Parametric
b) Axi Symmetric
c) Super parametric
d) Sub Parametric
te
Answer: B
a
q M
2. From the following, which type of element is not two dimensional?
A. Tetrahedron c
B. Quadrilateral
M
C. Parallelogram
D. Rectangle
Answer: A
B. Parallelogram
C. Rectangle
D. Bar
Answer: D
B. dynamic elements
C. infinite elements
D. finite elements
Answer: D
B. assemblage
C. continuum
D. traction
o m
Answer: A
.c
teto
6. The sum of the shape function is equal
a
A. 0
q M
B. 0.5
c
C. 1 M
D. 2
Answer: C
B. 4
C. 5
D. 6
Answer: D
B. type of an element
C. degrees of freedom
D. nodes
Answer: C
B. KQ?F
C. K=QF
D. K?QF
Answer: A
B. molecules
C. elements
D. none
Answer: C
B. 2
C. 3
D. 0
Answer: B
C. Laplace equations
Answer: A
B. geometry
Answer: B
16. For 1-D bar elements if the structure is having 3 nodes then the
stiffness matrix formed is having an order of
A. 2*2
B. 3*3
C. 4*4
D. 6*6
Answer: B
17. To find the nodal displacements in all parts of the element, are used.
A. shape function
B. node function
C. element function
D. coordinate function
Answer: A
B. traction
C. boundary condition
D. surfacing
Answer: C
B. horizontal direction
C. inclined direction
D. axial direction
Answer: D
B. brick element
C. truss element
D. axisymmetric element
Answer: C
B. 2
C. 1
D. 0
Answer: D
B. 6
C. 8
o m
D. 9 .c
te
Answer: C
a
M
24. From below, choose the condition for the axisymmetric element.
q
A. Symmetric about axis c
M
B. Boundary conditions are symmetric about an axis
Answer: D
B. 2D
C. 3D
D. 4D
Answer: B
For Discussion / Reporting / Correction of any MCQ please visit discussion page by clicking on
'answer' of respective MCQ.
o m
.c
te
a
q M
c
M
B. Solution
C. Post Processing
o m
.c
D. None
te
Answer: C
a
q M
27. The minimum number of dimensions are required to define the position
of a point in space is .
c
A. 3 M
B. 4
C. 1
D. 2
Answer: A
C. vibration
Answer: D
29. If the structure is more complex in order to simplify the model, we need
to subdivide the structure into substructures. These substructures are
termed as .
A. elements
B. modules
C. links
D. models
Answer: B
30. Which of the following is not a method for calculation of the stiffness
matrix?
A. The minimum potential energy principle
B. Galerkin's principle
c
A. Element depth ratio
Answer: C
B. Shape functions
C. Natural curves
Answer: B
33. When a thin plate is subjected to loading in its own plane only, the
condition is called _
A. plane stress
B. plane strain
C. zero stress
D. zero strain
Answer: A
C. both a & b
Answer: C
o m
.c
system is known as te
35. The points in the entire structure are defined using the coordinates
a
A. local coordinates system
q M
B. natural coordinates system
c
C. global coordinate system M
D. none of the above
Answer: C
B. gravity of dams
C. axisymmetric shells
Answer: C
37. If the body is in a state of equilibrium then the energy is minimum. This
statement is considered in .
A. inverse matrix method
C. Galerkin’s principle
Answer: D
38. Which of the following is true for the stiffness matrix (K)?
A. K is a banded matrix
B. K is un-symmetric
C. K is an un-banded matrix
Answer: A
B. Nastran
C. Abaqus
D. AutoCAD
Answer: D
B. Thermal analysis
C. Modal analysis
Answer: C
B. strain
C. displacement
D. Temperature
Answer: D
C. pressure distribution
o m
D. all of the above .c
te
Answer: C
a
M
44. Crack propagation problems come under category.
q
A. steady-state problems c
B. eigenvalue problems
M
C. transient problems
Answer: C
B. very small
C. very large
D. infinite
Answer: D
B. 4
C. 5
D. 6
Answer: B
B. 6
C. 8
D. 10
Answer: C
o m
.c
e
48. How many nodes are there in a tetrahedron with curved sides element?
t
A. 6
a
B. 8
q M
C. 10 c
D. 12
M
Answer: C
49. If the size of the elements is small, the final solution is expected to be
accurate.
A. more
B. less
D. can't say
Answer: A
50. In truss analysis, the reactions can be found by using the equation .
A. R=KQ+F
B. R=KQ-F
C. R=K+QF
D. R=K-QF
Answer: B